The URL can be used to link to this page

Subarea Plan COMPLETE Document Large Format 10-15-09 iic.' .. :. - ,:.. „,„,- , 7:::,.,.... . a. n • � "I I /iO� I .• Sprague 8c, , ,.. _ ,_,„,, Appleway :'`1 'ilhlilllifllle �'•••� [1 Ma �,•'.,•` �Illlll . , . ' lle • . I! .,.� "IA 4: ... i‘ \14 '731 ri t -- 4 • i.,LF >• :w .,.? /• I , ,, • • Pil IA I N‘ .1 -. lrOV . ....:',.iii-t•:.%,„ ,.•,- immi �� f • — '7.l mum ' V 1111:11;Xt*N1111111111-114: 1:476: ' 2' Amwiliat._ . ,,,;,.:E.:,!..,'L, ..'' �:��1 �. tin ;. :. �' A,, i .�,�', :1:'''-''''''... AC::: . ,:rALT, .1� \s' " ',. .. I,, •L'/ Ilui �,Illly�,l ;I �. �.::.1..� - I Mit 11 `� -- z1111 �f�\ mak . ij i' � �� ,If _ ~_� 4-.:7,......". m, , it ur. — =r ,,-':1 r''' .. . /1:1 10 Lirt)fi* . al irk( ' '/ (raj x••• i E q:,..0.: ..! . t .,: ,,,„ ,. _ Mt. 11Thai!.1 iii MI - 1 Ai . _,- Magid*:Ex•:4 :I: : : :E: : °_° ° G �,. _sem;.=-. . . . : i,- A--------, „g2,,,,, . . Corridors Subarea Plan Com. - _ `�roll - r ii■■im■■.M■...■i■■:••■■�• ,.i.MEM■.■I■■■l�- C l � --®iii IPM — TiF L I�r-mE_ , f SCE 71 — -n I--1— �f.0 no=.f L III WI 111:�!I:■■ R1■1 ■ ■■ ■■■ u J J J Ll I I-L ®■u-■■;mir��u■111 L �JJ�J + L - Li___1 ` -� 1 - L J I n�...- _ •IMI EMI 1:1 . 'I��1■— I I I u�,�U J LUUJ- — I - �_ y — -- - l yllll�� bllll ��i �� ' I I I , III I!,, ..._....„ _ r ENN'111- LLQ I Ii i 1 .ir 1 ALL ISI JJJ q ._.„ �\ I _ ,-- I .. -J1., 1 '''i - - - ,.- Community Intent - Development Regulations - City Actions CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY, WASHINGTON SPRAGUE & APPLEWAY CORRIDORS SUBAREA PLAN ADOPTED PLAN AUGUST 2009 — I • k' w.►os.«w r.� a 3 •'. iciabitiktiL,A4rsoilikik,„,„::•••••• • • FINCH t 1..e t _fr. i I plippip•-•---deemalikpo, _ , .. "". _ T s , ....4;• -; ri• R i .fit , ^�• ,w+ f•. R s • x __ • .-•'A • !'.:.,..1:1:.,.I, .,1.•':'::„:''' ::::.11::-'4r.' IP /ow • 4- „--_____-_,„,_-..1ro Iva' { • -. _� r «._.. ,�.,.. - � .sot Y w w,It• I . ye • , '.:611,.' ': I , .„ v, x. i” Vi '4 P .1,- qr''�'."�:.+ ,u�+' �, ., � kY L� ra") 1Y 1'. :.' ..art "*� TABLE OF CONTE 1TS INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................ iii i.1 . Purpose iii i.2. Authority iii i.3. Plan Area iii i.4. Document Organization iii BOOKI: COMMUNITY INTENT ................................................................................................................ 1 1.1 . The Evolution of the Sprague Avenue Corridor 2 1 .2. Intent 2 1 .3. Starting Point: Existing Conditions 2 1 .4. The Envisioned Future Corridors 3 1 .5. Corridor Revitalization Strategy 11 2.0. Orientation 13 BOOK II: DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS ........................................................................................ 1 3 2.1 . District Zones Regulations 16 2.2. Site Development Regulations 27 2.3. Street and Open Space Regulations 42 2.4. Parking Regulations 51 2.5. Architectural Regulations 55 2.6. Signage Regulations 67 BOOK III: CITY ACTIONS....4 0 4* 0 0 4* 4 0 0 4**4 4** 0 0 ** 0 0 4* 4 0 4* 0 0 4* 4 0 4**0 0 0 4**4 0 0 ** 0 0 ** 4 0 4* 0 0 • 4 0 4* 4 4**4 0 0 4** 0 0 ** 3 3.1 . The City Center 84 3.2. Street Network Improvements 84 3.3. Streetscape Improvements 87 APPENDIX Aa STARTING POINT ......................................................................................................... 9 A. 1 . Starting Point: Existing Conditions 98 A.2. Transportation Network 106 APPENDIX IB:WOR KS HO]P SUMMARY ............................................................................................... 1 1 4 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS........................................................................................................................ 1 2 1 CID SEPARATELY BOUND COMPENDIJY123 z .............................................................................................. G.4 Appendix C: Transportation 123 E. Appendix D: Policy 123 Appendix E: Economics 123 H PAGE 1 PAGE ll INTRODUCTION 1. 1 . PURPOSE la PLAN AREA This Subarea Plan is established in response to the community's desire to reverse The Plan Area refers to all private and public properties that come under the the visual and economic decline of the Sprague and Appleway corridors,restore purview of the Subarea Plan as indicated in the Subarea Plan Area Map (see the beauty and vitality of these corridors, and instigate the creation of the City Fig.i.1), and consists of approximately 1000 acres of properties lining along and of Spokane Valley's first City Center. It presents the community's vision for the located in between the Sprague Avenue and the Appleway Boulevard rights-of- future of these corridors. It establishes the primary means of regulating land way, extending west from Interstate 90 to just east of Sullivan Road. The Plan use and development within the Plan Area (see Fig.i.1. Plan Area). Finally, it Area generally lies between E. Main Ave./E. Riverside Ave. to the north and describes the City actions and public investments that will support the corridors' E. 4th Ave. to the south. In some locations, the Plan Area extends as far north revitalization and creation of the City Center. as E. Valleyway Ave. West of N. Argonne and Mullan Rds., the Plan Area is The Subarea Plan is intended to implement the broad policies established in the geographically bounded by the Union Pacific Railroad right-of-way to the north Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan for a new City Center and the development/ and Dishman Hills to the south. The entire Subarea Plan Area falls within the redevelopment of Sprague Avenue/Appleway Boulevard corridor into an area [Sprague&Appleway Subarea] of the Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan. For of quality commercial and mixed-use development. The regulations contained a more precise record of the exact location of the Plan Area refer to the Fig.i.l within the Subarea Plan replace land use and development regulations previously Subarea Plan Area map. contained within the Spokane Valley Municipal Code (SVMC) for this portion of the City. In the instance of conflicting regulations with other municipal planning documents containing policies for land use and development within the Plan Area, 1.4. DOCUMENT ORGANIZATION the Subarea Plan shall prevail. The Subarea Plan document does not replace or augment regulations pertaining to issues of building safety codes or other The Subarea Plan is organized into three sections,or"books,"as follows: non-planning related codes. All applications for new construction, substantial modifications to existing buildings,and for changes in land use,shall be reviewed Book I: Community Intent describes the envisioned physical outcomes that for conformance with the policies contained in the Subarea Plan. the Subarea Plan is intended to instigate and the primary means by which the community intends to make those outcomes happen. It describes the primary goals, the envisioned form that the future district will take, and the strategy to achieve those intended results. 1.2. AUTHORITY Book II: Development Regulations describes the primary means of directing land use and development on privately owned properties located within the Plan This Subarea Plan is adopted under the authority of RCW Section 36.70A.080 of Area. the Washington State Growth Management Act,which establishes Subarea Plans that are consistent with Comprehensive Plans as an authorized mechanism for regulating land use and development in the City. 71 IE 7- L-- 1 ��ir1��=�L, i1 i - i —I fiI _I11I�= J �� - I T =1 �� I �, �1 `�� . II L-_— ' IWC �w■•i ��i h� �_ , ,� y4ri L1 I I IP AI L 111-1 1 n/ /I I �Ls� I - Pfi_i - f � �� „� r 1 .:- . �� '�, SIT - I .I L� O L,.7 -r. T�? _...... �� ■. I N. HI 'i�. �' �IMO I EE im ii- J '1 a - . • — - :I �„� = � 111 -�1 �■■ ��.�� . rn � I _ • - =- r 1■ - �ritu n`*!n1 1pI IIII N 111 1 • ■ Ili 1Ilu� ■ 114�! ❑D■C❑EB❑I I II 11FH14H {�1Wi. W� =7; ■ ■■■ �1 ■ El �, �� u-- �� --sl' '� ■ r- �� ■ � � '■ �� IIHIIHIu�lull) III I � _� � ��—1-•Ji � �■�1 i �� I - • il z 1-T 111�7111111R� �4_ p' �I i ^ ,` �= J�11 1 nu •I_.=W "1-17-t_711----1 � .. - 1 1.'J _s. 1 o T-ff,Lr,-1-+ y-T-L-7 Tii 1 ■ 1 HH 7 SIL 1 � �iin� i� �11 _� _ 1 ii-�I�� W. �� O h �l �I �1117-1 1 hl1 Il n1-i 11 L 0 }� 1 PLAN AREA Piii AGE 0' 5001000' 2000' (JD 1' 16 . 1 • z 0 H U 0 0 H H z PAGE iv BOOK Iv COMMUNITY INTENT This Subarea Plan establishes a planning and design framework to restore the vitality, functionality, and beauty of the Sprague and Appleway Corridors in accordance with the forces of the free market and the community's vision for its central spine. This first Book of the Subarea Plan sets forth what the community aspires to achieve and describes the physical outcomes that the Plan is intended to orchestrate as new investment creates change. This section also outlines the means by which the community intends to support and promote the realization of the vision of the future Sprague-Appleway Corridor. Finally, Book I is intended to provide guidance for actions not specifically covered by the development regulations or city actions in the subsequent sections of this Subarea Plan. H z H H z H z 0 U 0 0 PAGE 1 and shabby visual character is the direct cause of this study and the reason that the 5) Substantially enhance the development potential 1 . 1 . THE EVOLUTION OF THE leaders of the new City of Spokane Valley have established this Plan to re-center the and value of the properties currently lining the SPRAGUE AVENUE CORRIDOR community along its central spine, dramatically upgrade the thoroughfare, and re- undeveloped Appleway right-of-way. position corridor properties to capture value in the contemporary marketplace. Sprague Avenue has been the region's primary east-west transportation and 6) Support the continued growth and success of Auto commercial corridor for over a century. By 1908 there was already a rail line along Row as the region's premier destination for Auto the roadway connecting Downtown Spokane with Liberty Lake and Coeur d'Alene, 1 .2. INTENT Sales. Idaho. The right-of-way was a segment of US Route 10, initially an unpaved pathway that may have extended from Seattle to Minneapolis by the end of the It is the intention of the Spokane Valley community and the purpose of this Plan 7) Balance mobility and access, vehicular and pedestrian 1920s. At least one very large celebration was held locally in honor of its paving to intervene in the evolution of this Corridor, to stem the forces of disinvestment functionality along the Corridor. in the 1930s. During World War II Sprague Avenue (then called Appleway)was a and put in place a framework to restore the primacy,vitality and beauty of this,the segment of the sole connecting corridor between the Spokane region and the Pacific City's central spine. More specifically,it is the community's intention to: Coordinate public and private investments to insure that sufficient vehicular Northwest. When the explosion of post-war suburban development began all over capacity is provided along with sufficient accessibility for corridor-fronting the nation in the 1950's, Sprague Avenue became the central transportation and development, and that the needs of the automobile are met within a context 1) Transform the visual character of A Sprague venue. of pedestrian comfort. Define a framework for the implementation of street commercial arterial connecting the region's growing suburban communities with the City of Spokane. It was lined with shops,restaurants and tourist motels.At the Create a planning framework that instigates the delivery of attractive improvements geared to the requirements of enfronting development for each center of what is now Spokane Valley, the first mall was constructed at University buildings, site improvements and signage, and begin the implementation of segment of the Corridor. Village,anchoring what was then the central commercial spine serving the growing streetscape improvements that will make Sprague Avenue the most attractive suburban communities of metropolitan Spokane. wide road in the region. 8) Incorporate transit planning into the vision for the The shift of some commuter traffic away from Sprague Avenue began with the Corridor construction of Interstate 90 in the early 1960s. But the corridor remained the 2) Re-position disinvested corridor properties to capture Establish a planning framework in which envisioned private development, primary suburban commercial destination, as evidenced by the easy absorption of value in the contemporary marketplace. planned public street improvements,and future regional transit infrastructure the land freed up along the northern frontage when the railroad right-of-way was The market and financial conditions that supported commercial strip are integrated and mutually supporting. relinquished in the mid-1970s. As part of that controversial relinquishment process, development are no longer in place. Establish a plan framework founded on Sprague Avenue was widened from four to seven lanes, which resulted in faster updated market fundamentals. More specifically, support existing properties 9) Create a framework for sustainable development. automobile traffic and reduced pedestrian comfort. But commercial strip development that have managed to remain valuable,most of which are located on large sites patterns were dominant nationwide, and property values were probably at their at prominent crossroad locations, while establishing a planning framework Incorporate principles and guidelines for sustainable development to guide most stable for commercial development along the corridor up through the 1970s. to re-position disinvested corridor properties along Sprague Avenue and decision-making so that future actions further the City's dedication to meeting (This development pattern was severely exacerbated by accelerated depreciation Appleway Boulevard. Also,establish a planning framework to position new the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations income tax which created a tremendous indirect government subsidy for low cost corridor properties along planned new portions of Appleway Boulevard to to meet their own needs, and to preserving the natural environment that the construction along suburban commercial arterials resulting in the overbuilding of capture value in the contemporary marketplace. community values highly. low value commercial structures all out of proportion with real market demand—a primary cause of the severity of today's disinvestment.) 3) Instigate the construction of the first City Center for 10) Establish a planning framework that builds on and The disinvestment along segments of Sprague Avenue that is currently so visible has the new City of Spokane Valley. reflects the unique character of the City and Region. its earliest roots in the nationwide trend of the shopping industry away from pure Spokane Valley was incorporated in 2003, and does not contain an existing Establish a clear framework to guide the design of new and renovated "strip' or "ribbon" development in favor of increasingly large anchored shopping or historic downtown district. The Spokane Valley community intends to buildings,landscaping and signage so that every built piece contributes to the centers located at major crossroads. In the 1980s and 90s,newer shopping centers see to it that a new City Center is constructed. A City Center is defined, in expression of the distinctive character of Spokane Valley and of the unique anchored by increasingly large supermarkets and general merchandisers werethis context to mean a compact and synergistic cluster of activity-generating architectural and landscape heritage of the Spokane Metropolitan region. opened primarily on or near strategic corner locations, draining investment away shops,services and eateries sharing a walkable-scaled district core with civic from the smaller properties in between. But by far the greatest shock to the business buildings, urban style homes and workplaces, all organized around public community along Sprague Avenue was the construction of the Spokane Valley Mall space and pedestrian-oriented street environments. 1 .3. STARTING POINT: at the I-90 interchange in 1997, and the ongoing gravitation of new and larger retail anchors and shops of all kinds to that new regional shopping destination. EXISTING CONDITIONS z 4) Increase the vehicular capacity of the Sprague- , So the double-punch of the shift of traffic to grade-separated interstates and the Appleway transportation corridor. z corresponding development of the freeway interchanges corresponds with the The condition of the Corridor at the inception of this Subarea Plan is detailed in H accelerating concentration of retail investment in larger agglomerations at major The Sprague-Appleway Corridor does not currently have sufficient capacity Appendix A. Ultimately,the implementation of the planning framework contained to meet the needs of planned future city & regional growth. Increase the herein will result in sufficient modification of these conditions as to make this crossroads of freeways and primary arterial intersections. This tectonic shift of customers and investment patterns has drained customers and investment away vehicular capacity of the Sprague-Appleway Corridor to meet the needs of the Plan obsolete. At that point, a newly updated Corridors Subarea Plan will need to U from the properties located in between those crossroads along the older suburban vision for the revitalized corridor,city growth and regional commute traffic. be prepared to engage the problems and opportunities presented by the modified highway, resulting in a vast curtailment of property reinvestment and today's existing conditions. As change occurs, the community intends to measure those opreponderance of under-maintained structures and low rent-paying ventures on changes against the existing conditions recorded herein to monitor the Plan's success = what are now disadvantageously located properties. The resulting disinvestment and the degree to which it remains sufficiently current. PAGE 2 F I G . 11 , 11 . URBAN DESIGNSIGN C ON PATTERN OF CENTERS AND SEGMENTS t / aWJLJInII II I I IL l' II ILILJL-_JI " l iL��LII IJJL H LJ II L J❑❑L —IL —.rt\ gh �or hoo❑ iD d ❑ fixedUs - iCit Ct - ❑ j-51 ,❑ __,_ nters: ), rGntewa Comrrercial Neighb rhood: venue: J J 4 Aveue , r- N N _ � [ 1= m u_ a J - I w - -- . , _r •1 NI- r.j.,-'-1_ t,�`l ` -_l__T_--_1L.,Y :�r I ,T- ` —'—.—'—.—.—' —' ._. _.,...„7.4-_-11-1_,,,,67.-..„,"- -• . � —. ti[ l p_gt.-.1rri.r ...L._.Y'.i."rIr*- 1e L - `tT. I [ [ Ll Sprague a, 1' -L;E, Sprague i�` I 'E: ,--it--1 Sprague ._ _. �. l.�. -- -4\ — —� -_ _ ._._. —. _. T —. —..—._._._.Y [�L._.�.�._.—.1 i \\ Appleway I �_�a.�[a.•r.�•�_.nT �.—.� Appleway r_....�4 --..� a--._. 1 _ L L.Y_ $p(Zleway T� "4 MEM L l� Gateway .-�.� ,�; - - -+ - '— 7'Ern unit IT t J�, - II II- Commercial \ �t �I i��- Y _� I z I� \ i Yi ❑❑ levard: ° —z- I❑ I I to ❑❑t l -i E Centers. _ 7—, 1 1 ❑�-I �I „ �I 1 o 1 I ❑ Ia II 1 �(� �"—I0�1�i1--1 A ❑ \\\N„.._„__; nn ml II II II If�f ll 1 r 1 .4. THE ENVISIONED FUTURE CORRIDORS From Commercial Strip to a Pattern of Centers and Segments: The Sprague and Appleway Corridors are composed of one thousand, one hundred During the period of time in which development is guided by this Subarea Plan,the The implementation of this Subarea Plan is intended to begin this transformation and eighteen individual privately held properties and over ten miles of public rights- Sprague Avenue Corridor will begin its transformation from commercial strip to a from the linear commercial strip that has fallen out of favor with market trends of-way that are under the ownership and control of a variety of public agencies. pattern of Centers and Segments (see Figure 1.1). Whereas the commercial strip is to a pattern of centers, boulevard and avenue segments more in keeping with The overarching purpose of the Subarea Plan is to orchestrate individual public and undifferentiated — a linear pattern of exclusively commercial buildings, typically contemporary consumer and investor preferences. The particular characteristics private investments to produce greater value than any separate project could ever one-story (with very few notable exceptions), surface parking lots, and pole signs, envisioned for each of the Centers and Segments that will characterize the revitalized achieve by providing a common purpose that all investors can rely upon,contribute — the future corridor will be increasingly characterized by emerging structural Corridors are as follows: to, and derive value from. This section describes the common purpose to which differentiation: there will be clusters of shops,activity,mix,and intensity-Centers, all investments shall be directed: the realization of a vision of the future that is and there will be longer linear portions distinguished by cohesive building types, sufficiently specific to provide a common purpose,yet loose enough to respond to frontage landscaping,and dominant uses—Segments. Whereas the commercial strip opportunities and changes in the marketplace that will inevitably arise. caters to a narrow segment of market demand (the demand for commercial goods and services), the emerging Centers and Segments will have differentiated market focus. Neighborhood Centers will specialize in serving the needs of neighborhoods within a short drive; the City Center will offer community services as well as commercial goods and services that cater to the entire City in a lively pedestrian friendly environment;Appleway Boulevard will ultimately be lined primarily with large residential buildings facing a landscaped boulevard;the Gateway Commercial Segment of Sprague Avenue will continue to enhance its position as a regional Auto z Row, and the Mixed Use Avenue Segments of Sprague will focus on a synergistic z mix of workplace,commercial and high density residential uses. Hz w 0 U 0 0 PAGE 3 1) The City CenterIrr What is now the new City of Spokane Valley was long a collection of rrrrrrrrrrrrrrr _Mp4.;. UM undifferentiated suburban developments anchored by their relationship to the urban r cf. r €{ rr -.' center of downtown Spokane and to recognizable features of the beautiful natural 101041011146014 c d �ilet e . .AIIN I N110 gl1Nllll ,,- r-r I terrain of the Spokane Valley. It is the dream and intention of this community to R e e I l T: l ri t.,-i -dry; , , , rT= complete the formation of their city by establishing its Center. The City Center _ r- r r - , r r r aln�nlr_� n�nn= rr - r s" ..rr will provide the community with its symbolic, social, and geographic heart. The " �^ �•' rums . rrt ttte, r "40. ,44qin,- , : i III, ,a, , ; IIIIIIY_II!IvII inun_iiI _ IIi INIIg1IUl4 -vIq.n Y. tom 91NIAll„ , ^n'"� _ elF4,t City Center will be, more than anywhere else in Spokane Valley, the place that ef"cccrrr r,r- _i _- r ; �, -1 ` -_ ...... µ et'�l aRRI I alll��Ilii~. >tRI iNu RIa: A rr a .. r.._� EIEC .uNnl ii" lilt ' Inl�n ,�nmNn ._.,11,1.,.,. tells you where you are, that you are in much more than a city defined only by rr�""��"�°� o""""""' �` �' r,,, � F'�"";I 7.11".1111r,��„� legal jurisdictional boundaries. The City Center will provide the community with 4.'4- ; r ' _el. ii...1 "' , �" �.� " , r ' -r, S� ctfe *Litho _ w +ice$ :. � rt.° K r r {�il�liiilklo l.. ni RI N o"_ p Ii p N, q II I iR.0 r1' � �'' 0 1 f R' r c �" 4 the center of its civic and social life. Citizens will be drawn to their center b o � _r �� u II,II�IIIN: shops cafes restaurants community services and by the offering of comfortable �" 1 _ R`l"!" I I '' • IRIIINI �.r J,IIIIIIIIIIIINIP CCCC �'�krE'cr�p''�.�g' { e { F '" J J J J y�;•z M o f 1 _ • �.F"t r - R ` --_1'M 4,u r�!^L T t F :i �4'PP Q' public streets and plaza spaces to linger in when the weather is fine.And the busy ,, r e f3 a rr!, _ �" �� ` ^� ,I armee num= .• ie r,,,, • t =:.. .._.:1 � � err r 7":' r-�'@`1-��&�fi��rrfi'^ r PEE'�cr�F rrriii,rt^ec sc� t��,r�rr�� streets and public places will be presided over by the first City Hall built to house ��! �• R the government of the new city. t� �� a F;f, ...0,—;,,,,crrrrrTh , - r rrrrrrrrrrr...,4,a .v �� cc, 14 The new City Center will be the antithesis of the linear strip: development in r ..... . * r ;_•.�• ...1 r the City Center will not sprawl outward, low to the ground, it will be compact ; M rr e i F and clustered; it will not be only one type of land use, but a mixture of uses P: n rrmug c � ecc c� ecr and destinations—retail, entertainment, civic, residential, and ultimately places of work and lodging will be found there. The shopping core will center on a FIG.1.2. AN EXAMPLE OF A CITY CENTER DISTRICT FEATURING A FINE GRAINED NETWORK OF STREETS AND BLOCKS main street with curbside parking and slow moving traffic reminiscent of historic _ downtown districts, but featuring contemporary businesses and accommodating • - \-,/'•,-) I:�,,)1 , ,•1 n'r,r'lf► the parking and services that they require. The Civic Center will preside over r �-. .. the city's main outdoor gathering space and its vista will be the iconic image that I t oir.il'i�l'I ` 1 . ..ill, j � stands for Spokane Valley. T",iiri:i1 Is / �� The City Center will be built in the vicinity of the region's first shopping mallsLN " I , %- ' � li //�\°�' Ji.s —a prominent location for successful retail anchors lying at a major community \� ' \ '' + 4 il /.,\�� ; , crossroads and close to the precise geographic center of the City. Its main entrance -' , / /r�•�" ' and its most visible frontage will occupy the very central point along Sprague ��~ i' — \ ��• ` � �.''� A.._a,/_:; ,,,;. ,�!`1�� ms Avenue,the city and region's primary arterial. The Sprague Avenue frontage will ` �' �- , c a,.. .:,../es'$14-*:,'!%t fern TOR` �� 1 '� 4•;� ;'° �` * '' } /� ✓/ % , it ir,>, / C ` `,�A�,s 1 provide the new district with the unmistakable identity of the City's most urban ' \ ` -r-'t% �' ' /-, i' '� �,\:�"i:- ` ,T/.i'1 ,,,,,,,,,T.,,7":.-....,‘„,„ -� I i .:ms`s �! i p !} 0,-,1 ' 0010, and lively district offering a hint to passing travelers of what is available inside ti. 1ot. �1fr., �� V / -''' ,i 141 Li:i��ciii! &4"% ;fit. 1 0 Irk 1% =1 7-''° .1.4± �.- - I. 1, , ,i ,. _ „: People living in the City Center will be those who value convenience enjoy being ��' ' . v } ': 1 "where the action is" and like to walk. The CityCenter will provide businesses IN!►`� ` �� I`� ,'' _r '!' ,1 I I' r° • R , 'iii ' C►� �ll 'u: '. , .I?� ! I > � , j l=1- ,F�� I t ti with a prominent address while offering workers and customers nearby places to �,y^I`I t aa.� ., , . _ 't _ ,S n IM, 4 •-SR",1,r e; `t"--. 1 ��"40w*•:.it ` f--0; ...- �4 Ni,. i Wil`., . Vim, ., +" lunch,shop,see and be seen. More than anything else,the district will attract people l •� \ \ ,z e;_ ; ice,, _`s�.�-f1 phI ta, x, 1p:al .. ,i I,-I li ifii"- X9111 ♦ _ r� .s �. .:.; t�4iwith its lively pedestrian activity and comfortable environment for walking and ~p� , ,. i�'Y:I11R ` ., t ♦ : , Is 161 ;II- 114r '\ s,ticieliitlai ti it•, a ;;1'iliati F' �� i _� -� ^ 1, hIC / � ��`'r lingering,featurin a generous assortment of sitting laces,warmly lit sidewalks = . RR \ _ rAR/— l A g g gp Y , '' -Aye-r✓sly. � � � v. ` �� '�'� � � ___ .�.x �� /� '. �: and attractive window displays. Walking and bicycling will be made easy by the , 'it ,,,, r„ iiialit .w„� . .:1_ :.-_.-0— j _ --- ..�0-7-..,15,4iie■■w__;, gr WMIS .' /( � districts mixture of uses concentrated development pattern, and its fine-grained 4 �� `��1 j R.I, q� if. . '"■'—� e .i �i //!,/�� i 1 ,- �y/ `'' 1'it-ii P P g I a ' '"1b iv,.. `� , — r '111 irr: -� '1 'c.�. .77=1M1-5_1_7511k, A'..I �`, I: : ,. •, ''- 14, :. '1t %N le network of streets shared b vehicles and pedestrians alike (Figure 1.2. . Along ,ri d--' �, 1.r ' — , '�` ,, . .� r -rfz' I these streets offices housing, and lodging will easily mix in attractive buildings ,-1 r1 r;' , I 1,1-0;- -' mom z 1,� =�� ` i 0, lortfr i - t�� E. g g Y g ��i / ,,., '.�:.si 144 t ��a ° �//�i _ A �,�,. �� z built right upto the sidewalk forming a consistent street wall that creates the 4 i/ 1 �im` � ;. '�_r m �� Z� ��_ -� �; <<l"i _ g g �r �7 feeling of an outdoor living room (Figure 13.). t..7---- ,._.somilin_ �..� p f � fU � Z `2 `t iiia f , I rwe...o`..r .ate- -� ...,.®�, z �r, �' ' - i !.may .!,. —, ,. 1'��"�, 'f�� - J odi �p L) -- © •.. --- — .1�, ��a te'=—"--, f ,, 1 r"i a` v% -- •� — ter—l��4 �-i _ ® meg, r�"5..� ..."0,7----:,...."5.5*---- FIIG.!o3. THE SHOPPING CORE WILL CENTER ON A MAIN STREET WITH CURBSIDE PARKING AND SLOW MOVING TRAFFIC PAGE REMINISCENT OF HISTORIC DOWNTOWN DISTRICTS 4 a The City enter- ore n._. . - 4 Near term development activity will take advantage of the large areas of vacant ' and underutilized land around the University Rd. intersection to plant the "" �r: �,, c•••� «g. ,i I li to seeds that will grow into City Center's entertainment, shopping, and dining _t F �: �� - � 4 ttt core. Larger retail establishments will anchor new boutique retail, restaurants P d , ,4 \\II . �4 ? Mill1 .' k t a" `�r_ r trc rr with outdoor dining and entertainment uses in mixed use buildings featuring ,� �; z'. � ,4 1 .- fig. *t �• i�: ` r° c� continuous ground floor shop fronts. Shop windows and doors will adorn Itaii'''.:`,, I�° , � f f u 1 - 4,i-•,7 I buildings with a high level of finish and detail(Figure 1.4.). Above these shops, +A • •ev. • r residents, workers, and visitors will enjoy the excitement and convenience of t M• k lt, Itrfk �rtrt g - `� the entertainment environment below while the soft yellow light coming from ■ . ' I' + I MN it ,, ,t�,e, F , their windows will add to the atmosphere (Figure 1.5. . The narrow streets �:�:� lined with street trees and decorative furnishings,will offer convenientgparking _ 11;rI !!!:€E _l�� , _ �, c spaces at the curb, with mores aces tucked behind buildings in lots and „ • :!;!;l g. structures. lir •_' ` . , FIIG,ll+6+ AN EXAMPLE OF THE TYPE OF CITY Y CEl�1 II EIIZ The backbone of the City Center Core will be a new"Main Street," featuring ? — o 1 Iw • �� V . i CORE ENVISIONED BY THE COMMUNITY II Y AA continuous ground level shops, cafes, and small restaurants built close to the -"�"' + I �' ti. '. sidewalk that enhance the street's appeal for walking(Figure 1.6.). New public - --- open spaces will provide ample opportunity for people to gather, relax, and —:,•••-•7 _ �•; Y k 1 � „r,,.� � 9rr- --' experience the hustle and bustle of CityCenter life(Figure 1.7. .Buildings such FIIG+ .4. GROUND FLOOR S HGPFIIZGI�II S `� a v tr---a SIDEWALK ACTIVITY +4r � � .Y fir,.. !I'° as a City Hall and Public Library—terminating prominent views and presiding 1 1- 4-tg-i• �1 i faili�1111141iiii n VI /1111,- v;'"-- ---i;iY - ' �� Niru 1 over civic spaces-will add to the long list of amenities that the Spokane Valley ,• .�. �' , i �� /_ community will enjoy far into the future(Figure 1.8.). Landmark features will ../ �. % 'r. '''''1'.'k0.7'11 -r 4' 1, � X41":, i, f celebrate the CityCenter and make the core highly visible and easyto reach ""'"*wsw►� / d i° s ' 4 4, i<< t= ' g Y 1 , I.a fi l�nn q l {��r. ;�� ill�l��l/fit f ✓+�.`N k� �� if s"\/ _�� p♦t nul . from both Sprague Avenue and Appleway Boulevard(Figure 1.7.). a i .,71,,,,„ ,,. ,�,Iq,�$�1 ' " n�i_ ,-7.44.74,((4^,�'R. 1r '•-:,,171. p.d 1 IPI 0, '1! `V ; - - _0 I 1 1 . - :I :7I1 1 �tLIl / ii , , _i I i�r,' / all,1P-4--„�6�1.- t �� ,,^y . .A___ -- Aj: ,\ ., :i,�/;� `• �� .II �� y� r ' I,1 • 11111 11 — I I HMI I" , + r, FIG 1.7. THE CIVIC CENTER WILL PRESIDE OVER THE II ■■l r ' ' . CIITY'S MAIN OUTDOOR GATHERING SPACE II'yr , .. . :?• . }lA, +41n1,1 '*j 4\ r IllflllST! ' rrttln -Pi.'''' ww. -""""iribowl&- - -.411 ..., rl:elle, _4_ 11411,-11- - Alith, t? aki........._ th _ `.6 W.- `11116.. --..molli, A A H Y I b 4. .,\\ i„,,\ # ,. i E. i--i FIIG.1+5+ MIXED USE BUILDINGS ARE THE FUNDAMENTAL FIG 1+:+ THE NEW CITY HALL WILL PROVIDE THE o o BUILDING BLOCKS OF THE ENVISIONED CITY CENTER DISTRICT WITH A MEMORABLE CIVIC ICON = PAGE 5 b) The City Center— Sprague Avenue The character of Sprague Avenue within the City Center will create a notably � , e..„..• ; ki,:-...sii-: unique atmosphere that distinguishes this portion of Sprague Avenue as obviously different from other portions of the Corridor. Streetscape improvements will • er i feature a unique parallel access lane on the south side of the street with slow ' moving traffic and amenities that buffer the sidewalk from the fast-moving . i .�Q le, L �:- center of Sprague. Pedestrians will be able to stroll eat outdoors when theli �,„" 1 weather is nice, and window shop. This main street-like environment along • _ a• {� �` r Sprague will also create a comfortable pedestrian zone for upper stories of � � �{ "' 1111 I j housing,lodging and/or offices that will help make the City Center successful. , , Ile •• . ai 40" - . c) The City Center- Neighborhood ,.' !' — T The urban neighborhood surrounding and supporting the City Center will be a ''_. - city neighborhood with a difference. The City's widest range of housing types, • • . i -TO. F ,. the greatest mixture of homes, offices, and lodging, will begin to concentrate :' .�,y+I+� within walking distance of the City Center Core's theaters, shops, restaurants, _ " I '� N0 j cafes, nightlife, and amenities. Building off of the existing STA Plaza and - • . • ..` '• '�'" a '" �_ ,:-•-.----g potential future transit lines along Appleway Boulevard, the residents of the — = _ = ,___,, , _ J y _,___-_ �_ _ ' _ City Center will be served by the City's most extensive concentration of transit � �'� �_ � � lel �, � �■��n � facilities (Figure 1.10.). yl�, m,, p � This neighborhood will consist of artfully designed buildings built closer to the FIG 1.9. STREETSCAPE IMPROVEMENTS ALONG SPRAGUE I _ -_ -� 1 J sidewalk featuring grand scale entrances,facades with richly detailed windows AVENUE WILL FEATURE A UNIQUE PARALLEL ACCESS LANE � and doorways, building forecourts, terraced urban gardens, front stoops, and J bay windows. This variety of buildings and entrances will add interest and o-+ s - ��- activity to the sidewalk(Figure 1.11.). __ _ i •',.. N..„,N‘N N N•,.. \.0/.------\/ - =t ..... _. ..._ .... , - :' ‘‘ 1.1 -NN Afr'...'"''./..'''''' . ;''' '';I 1111prei;:t-_,-. �"4 a ate.,v, ,,. "g i' • ' N ,I . if -' ?`w a+' - _ -,,...Z.''''''' U Y • ztl t� k BUSES • 1 E. ' c W. -..! J, 111 ,. F _ �, M: .. lill 1 1 -%` `. 1! E fr - - - Ij! j -----_--moi O , III =R o e ` U '-' FIG t.1 0. THE EXISTING STA PLAZA: A FOUNDATION FOR FIG 1.1 1. THE CITY CENTER o FUTURE TRANSIT FACILITIES IN THE CITY CENTER NEIGHBORHOOD WILL FEATURE A MIXTURE 0 = OF URBAN BUILDING TYPES PAGE 6 11111111- 2) Neighborhood Centers An even distribution of supermarkets and neighborhood serving convenience uses �I1 currently punctuate the corridor at major intersections along Sprague Avenue. As �. 1 of ! the corridor transitions,development in these neighborhood centers will introduce :' 1 mixed-use buildings and line grocery anchors with shops that will be located closer to the sidewalk(Figure 1.12.). New mixed-use development in these locations will11 - - - be larger scale with parking lots that are screened from nearby housing in order _ - s _y to ensure compatibility with adjacent development(Figure 1.13.). A combination ,-,- 4 -� of new infill development and streetscape improvements with wide sidewalks e f and on-street parking will provide nearby residents with a safe and convenient pedestrian environment (Figure 1.14.). In contrast to the unique, entertainment Mr �• � �� oriented City Center,Neighborhood Centers and their services will continue to be — — --' - _ distributed throughout the Plan Area. These centers, with their close proximity ,..._ to surrounding neighborhoods, will supply nearby residents with all their daily needs (Figure 1.15.). FIG L12. NEIGHBORHOOD SERVING RETAIL CLOSE TO THE SIDEWALK .11 jj 11Williiiir 6 04. � III111 II ■. " 'l' ' ' �, .1 , "'� 1- I• MI _ _ - -- - • -^' * � : - 40 �$ a0Iritmrc - f► - FIG 1.13. NEIGHBORHOOD SERVING RETAIL FIG 1.14. A PEDESTRIAN ORIENTED NEIGHBORHOOD SHOPFRONTS IN A MIXED USE BUILDING CENTER SIDEWALK ENVIRONMENT JUL' " IUIL�UL UULLI I IIUUU L 1 Neighborhood —1 �� it, ❑� �� I .�❑❑fit IL, �� iJmi - i 1i cLCennt r �1_—� ia E VT e^ i. to "---.1-+tom :S-T_. ---�� - `�.a I ji� ,• � _� �rague `_'' SPra9�e Sprague_____J F-' "\ r---�1--- rZ — I W _• _• •—.- 11 .Y iii - -_ r_�uu[x,•rv�= .—. Appleway --, "'r +- _ —_ .t Appleway�..— H • .—. - - J Ir s.—l — .—.� I �J 7 \ _ �7 J 1- —jY J E 27 Z —bishman Hill - I c _D j6 1 � �� li UU__ ll J. 1 I� r „Jabs �-�H 1 I ._� J IL / v ❑r ❑❑I ll 1❑❑f �❑ I 11 I �o�� ❑❑ 0 FIG 1.15. THE ENVISIONED PATTERN OF CENTERS ALONG THE CORRIDOR ao PAGE 3) Sprague Avenue — Between The Centers ,, , - - a) Mixed Use Avenue Segments i fr �° n In between centers,new investment will gradually replace older strip commercial �„: .Y. ,r _ -4.,--IN } 11 1 development along Sprague Avenue. Step-by-step,the corridor will transform, Parking a movingtoward an environment where new multi-familyhousing, will mix ~44 —� ' „.. g I Behind compatibly with commercial office, and lodging neighbors (Figures 1.16.- '' ; , r x' 1.18.). This transformation will be supported by streetscape improvements. ' =" x -4,1,..,,(; ,•..i0:-, iiiiNer Residential Sprague Avenue will be narrowed and improved to convert the existing fast, .� p, jr, „`, S 7i. itiLti,„,_ { ' � wide road into a green, tree lined avenue that is appropriate for large scale ,z ate; ,ter ..' , . residential buildings (Figure 1.19.). Development will orient toward the street � _ -� Vii, r Medium Box with design detail that matches the scale of a wide road and a prominent Sprague �� - ,+i .--; ,,, I. ,. . Commercial Avenue address. The streetscape improvements will also allow pedestrians to "�” ;- • '' ;;..1,,,,,-;..-.:,. � � enjoy sidewalks buffered from movingtraffic bystreet trees within =` J Y planting !� .. ; iv,' �� . strips, decorative boulevard-scale lights, and landscaping. These features will "` ` `�' ixt;.,,, >:N combine to project the community's desired image for these mixed-use avenue :°Af , ,' tfps segments. Frontage11i, ; Office Re uirements "` " New investment on large properties along Sprague Avenue will help establish an - G ' ;�' - r' expanded medium sized block and street network in between Sprague Avenue FIG t.11 :. A COMPATIBLE MIX OF USES and Appleway Boulevard. These new streets and blocks will allow portions of deep parcels that currently have limited access to infill a mix of office, and - �, 1 _ medium density housing that will create a transition from Sprague's mixed use -' ` BACK t EWALX 1 environment to the housing along Appleway Boulevard and beyond (Figure ,J 1.20.). ...f 4yy'.��. R yi!:1 tom' 1 71„. ____ '" _ III 1111 y� FJ �' h 1 , r I .. 3 liJ ill' �_ill 7 1�,�f'� 1 I {: 44,_gal 'II- L, ^i.if }0 j �)f '�`tet, ` .,�,,, 1 r .. Office/ ., Housing L. T I FIIG 1.16. ]EXAMPLES OF COMPATIBLE OFFICE, MEDIUM FIG 1.19. ]ENVIISIIONED FRONTAGE IMPROVEMENTS BOX COMMERCIAL, AND RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS SUPPORT SPRAGUE AVENUE'S TRANSFORMATION � V ro 1 r S_ dI' , ��- f ', 1....,= loa / deal , EZ ' 1— � ,1 I M fS , �1f,foF4M ■ i, . ..:___ ,,,,# ,,, )a tMM' _ • �� cc G.c.' cKK KFiz,,F tit-t411-1.. . 1 „ , •-",-”-*-- , • K,n , _F F F F t I I . � 1 4 11 11 1-4,tt ,_i J,-,__,J, hil 19", III. „,_,„„, E r L �iF F F � y HJ � iti _rc L Y F s d_ _. do d ague R.-@•-t-tk--Q- -t-f.-t, -P.$i.4 .�P�R, .-0-4� :, -@,-Q-R�� f, - � Prague � � _ .@�-Od��:�-4-R-f,� -P�$-R r $-Q .-P-Q- t. �-t,-f.-@-�-R-4--F--T,--B-•� +.fir' f t. 1 _t 1 • �E �,e"r tt:.7.7).0 _- �.z �i � � ff L ' I rl H Z ;- !ANN l R. , €a,,, f n r� M R5 c ai A iii .� s q�l r f r v 1 — W I a` �rmv= .. ss� vay. s ,F. d �` v�vav`aa�.A. { �siiR��S! 9ii9�I 't�� II;_��31 �^' -` I.�f:: ::..4: I�€I �'i� il ,171 i..� 3 7i ; ®® [TS. r H a a 9.4 1— e4 '-a :.122422422242;2* t• I g 6 a"a"ted• a' Inn ® au un 4-..14 ao7 m'I +� "" tt TE a �ry� '+rF1' ,$: Appleway �'d $$ "�S9Y' ' it - -f ' .P -Y� C" xdk� 'tea � - _.3=�-� iV� ---§4. r �Y Gfl ..i _ -!.r-P°�8-9 ,-P s-f^ -t rni,P m P r t6.1^ ,„.e.r 4 t ,r _"_ Appleway P Y tr. : s . ,... I" tom"'_ f- r�r t� : . plewal =___ '1 6N; ,��, �, Ig_ -I _ r PP Y� 1� � 1� k inp -- fI I y'' '1...`' _.I, .r .:r I inf' E?' 'L._ --- °o FIG 1.17. THE ENVISONED MIX OF OFFICE, MEDIUM BOX FIG 1.20. ENVISONED DEVELOPMENT ALONG SPRAGUE = COMMERCIAL AND HOUSING ALONG SPRAGUE TRANSITIONS TO NEW APPLEWAY BOULEVARD HOUSING PAGE 8 b) Gateway Commercial Avenue \ ��, The community intends to maintain the specialty segment between I-90 and the ��.1'' ��- railroad overpass as the region's premier destination for automobile sales. The _ �� \�a� Gateway Commercial Avenue will be a"themed" stretch of Sprague Avenue, �04- , � -kit-7.--n \\ \ LI 1 home to a busycluster of vehicle dealers and supporting services (Figure ,,',' ""'nii� :::: pp g ( g 1.21.). �' -k t 4i ,' r:: 1 VI In this District, Sprague Avenue will provide easy access and on-street parking �� i _ to all dealers and other businesses in the district. A unique streetscape design M4' � '4, - 7,1 :- q 1� g a ea I : -1 ,, r� 4 �+ = rIF / ire K 7 } with special treatments will include architectural vehicle display spaces that ;,, .a a r- •p ,�,.i 1 . "�'� ,, reinforce the district s generally auto oriented character. Sprague Avenues �, * . K �.�5 ,� ;; 1 y w,. 44214.,'A.411.' IP new streetscape improvements, with modern boulevard-scale streetlights, will "•+� +� "' / �� '� -+r --, ' ifimp_*44;1; be complemented by well designed signs advertising the District's brands and Vim,' -----' -' * ii • services. �, 4 '� Interspersed with the automobile dealers, compatible uses such as "medium '— — `" � - -- ' box"commercial sales and services will line Sprague Avenue,taking advantage ' r I i r _. _ _ — ir of the District's clear identity and proximity to I-90 (Figure 1.22.). • � � „. ”- *rnommAsib. __ rr Gateway features and coordinated signage will announce a revitalized Sprague i ._ Avenue and the new City Center to passing motorists on I-90. , /. - k.. FIG 1.21. A "THEMED" AUTO SALES CLUSTER c) Gateway Commercial Centers - , y T. �. . At select intersections, the Gateway Commercial Avenue will be punctuated + _- by clusters of restaurants and/or entertainment. In these centers, destination _—7.....,-,"' _ uses will support district retailers by providing an opportunity for Gateway _ es ,7_ i" Commercial related entertainment and recreational gatherings. In these .-iik Kil -----:- — _ Centers, shopfronts with display windows and welcoming entrances will sit closer to the sidewalk than along the Gateway Avenue segments(Figure 1.23.). I ' HC . P • pit ti - By taking advantage of the unique streetscape environment with on street / .� 7. Ellparking,landscaping,and Boulevard Scale streetlights,buildings will be able to --i— _. — - iii_ be designed to help promote the pedestrian activity appropriate to the restaurant 1- '_ `i "�! and entertainment uses within the centers. �.l r -_,,, e ► _ - , `' r. 7-"' , , .� ,� • ir H a Z 4 Ate ` )� W i��rms: Ilk • .. p. E• ,nrsa�s r .. d I r Z E. iii,,k1 ;ill, .„ , , , . 111 I ri ter' . -� , U ---- -------- FIIG 1.22. ENVISIONED DEVELOPMENT ALONG THE FIG 1.23. ENVISIONED DEVELOPMENT WITHIN THE o GATEWAY COMMERCIAL AVENUE GATEWAY COMMERCIAL CENTERS = PAGE 9 4) Appleway — The Community Boulevard 10 ',.,,,,.... _ ;; ' " -` '' The undeveloped Appleway right-of-way provides an immense opportunity to rkwil, improve the Sprague-Appleway corridor and the City as a whole. Appleway w � " . . Boulevard will be extended East of University Road, creating a lush,pedestrian + 1 • �� _ I__– - friendl environment. This new "Grand Boulevard" with continuous planting _ strips along the sidewalk featuring street trees,decorative lighting,and pedestrian -,1,-, ' a - 4,.:-:-.,.:1,' � , ��r , amenities will provide the perfect opportunity for previously undevelopable deep ' j �'� T I� ' +`; v 'A _viii iiii ,, parcels to build new grand scale housing and sensitively designed, residentially compatible office buildings (Figure 1.24.). This new housing corridor will help �� E �� - -4Ip 11 J 1 I ' 1 J � 1 i transition between Sprague Mixed Use Avenue development and the single family -- _ : residential neighborhoods South of Appleway(Figure 1.25.). - ;1= • As it passes through the City Center,Appleway Boulevard will build upon the rest of the corridor's Grand Boulevard character with attached housing that takes on a _ -- - - ----- ., more urban character along the City Center's tree lined streetscape. This housing will be complemented well by similarly-scaled office buildings in the City Center - . k' ',) (Figure 1.2.). ,- 4,10 Down the center of this Community Boulevard, a wide, landscaped central = " n *: "'� ' I -- --'------._,_ _ ` --- parkway median with large, leafy trees accommodates multi-use pathways for ` ,...,_ 4, ,, , _ u.t • ,a C• .g bikingor strolling (Figure 1.26. . Thisprominent open space is also located to ..,,, - =- - - ( g ) p p ti - ; maintain the potential to accommodate a future transit line. The transit line will �i li take advantage of the existing bus transit center to provide easy access to the City v .. ..'° �� Center to Spokane valley residents,workers,and visitors,from throughout the city LI _ I r 1O"'��i' ' A; ., .: ' and the region while further increasing the development potential of Appleway as -=-- _ ( .,� - o - S ± a mixed-office/residential boulevard. --— _= �- ' :_:_::::. _ — - -- FIG 1.24. ENVISIONED NEW "BOULEVARD" HOUSING OR OFFICE r �t t t •-. Myer �� r�-�, �.� ;. l i' �•�. F. I e._••4 - ;44 Ail .601 own --E:=?.-,_t_t. -4' : ,..-t;-t- �? t •d-4• -[ _t -3-#• 1 1!-. �!,-t.; 1 V , _ .ifY " •IP:2 7. c t-t-t t.-tw-c-t. .4.-t-t,ct-t,+-t-t-g r€.4.--t p -e., y 3,.> 4' 4111•.-" Y' 11r71i�iV�� .. t P P !s , ' `.... lit..v. x- 'r ` ,t R ! n r cV F F Pl it f. •�'. A ° t a ce t • -+' • * •y _. "1!1!11 "7HI4i r t ti '''. _ f °I .. i Ail" i- 4�� ,.c..d. t`g :i,, � 7.. +eider _ 1 �•• • ( . rt t taa� 01! tl�ll�H It-1 8�� ",n �` 4?,'7 UP' 'L�3 s�n=• - - s • �y— 1 an ant as C a;sp tp: .fea; _-�.. an r np g got lag my as ® CI' ®®®®- 1111 .:— "� t _. X f."-8�' F F #tit Appleway �,.-.- V �, I rs s/ le g� I®®yah er 9mo@ GI�. - - •„” _ '� � i iii .l n ruJ _ '�� z L - _c'-� , ❑',q-1 r- � L F _ ,Arm _ _ z - FIG 1.25. ILLUSTRATION DEPICTING THE ENVISIONED FIG 1.26. THE CHARACTER OF A WIDE, LANDSCAPED U FUTURE HOUSING CORRIDOR IN BETWEEN SPRAGUE CENTRAL PARKWAY WITH A MULTI-USE PATHWAY AVENUE AND THE NEIGHBORHOODS SOUTH OF 0o APPLEWAY BOULEVARD PAGE 10 2) Provide a Policy Framework that accommodates b) Replace entitlements for retail types suited to city center 1 .5. CORRIDOR the market's preference for retail concentrations at and neighborhood center clusters with residential REVITALIZATION STRATEGY major crossroads, while building on the patterns of entitlements value already in place. Economic analysis of property values revealed that with the exception of The image of the Corridors that exists at the time of Plan adoption (see Starting properties located at primary crossroad locations, the potential value of Point: Existing Conditions section and the corresponding Appendix) contrasts a) Realign development policy with contemporary properties for residential development has caught up with their potential vividly with the image of the Corridors portrayed in the Envisioned Future shopping industry investment preferences for retail development. Further investigations concluded that physical Corridor section that immediately preceded this one. To revitalize the Corridors improvements to the corridor would likely result in residential development The commercial strip pattern of retail development has fallen out of favor. in keeping with this vision, the City leadership intends to promote and guide in long segments exceeding the value for retail development. Finally,given While supporting successful existing retail ventures along the corridor, new investment and change by employing municipal policies and resources the vast reduction in real demand for rent-generating retail in the long provide policy support and encouragement for the transition to the pattern of strategically. Keeping in mind that strategy must always remain sufficiently segments,residential uses would increase the likelihood of rent generation larger anchored centers at major crossroads that is favored by contemporary nimble to respond to unexpected opportunities and to make best use of resources customers and investors. in those locations. as they come available, the strategic action priorities that the City leadership intends to pursue are the following: 4) Implement phased transportation design and b) Refocus retail development over time to foster a streetscape improvements to enhance mobility and 1) Place highest priority on the realization of the mutually supportive hierarchy of retail-driven centers access for motorists, bicyclists and pedestrians and mixed use segments community's dream of a City Center. in keeping with city and regional growth, while Transition from miles of"anything goes retail" to a pattern that clusters simultaneously supporting the land use and a) Move swiftly mutually supportive types of retail in centers or segments with differentiated development pattern necessary to the upgrading of market focus. Use land use&development policies to focus city center retail To leverage current investor preferences for City Center development types in the selected location for that special district; focus neighborhood properties as envisioned by the Subarea Plan. projects and to take advantage of the region's lack of urban center projects center retail at the designated crossroad locations;cluster auto-row serving to date,move as swiftly as possible to instigate the development of at least retail and services in convenient clusters, and limit retail in between a) Implement a cohesive plan for private property a substantial first phase City Center Core that contains a sufficient critical crossroad-located centers to non-competing retail types that thrive on development and public right-of-way design mass of shops, restaurants, civic buildings, public space and ambiance to visibility and that make less sense in pedestrian-oriented districts. Integrate transportation planning and development planning so that begin functioning as a primary destination for the larger community. capital improvements combine with private development lining a public c) Support value already in place thoroughfare that forms one seamless and functional part of the City. b) Public-private partnership In keeping with this notion, support the presence of strong anchored Leverage city investments in civic buildings, public spaces and street neighborhood centers already located at strategic crossroad locations by b) Accommodate movement, access and civic beauty improvements to stimulate the development of the first portion of the City limiting the tendency of such developments to overbuild. At the same Integrate circulation improvements, streetscape design and transit Center. time,recognize that some assets are in place that do not conform to a pure planning. Establish a Plan Framework that avoids the discredited approach model of clustered retail: between the neighborhood centers,build on the of designing circulation improvements as separate from the design of the c) City Center must come first multiplicity and range of medium-box commercial ventures along Sprague pedestrian realm and elements for civic beauty. Consider long term transit The successful delivery of a City Center for the City of Spokane Valley will Avenue with supportive development policy and street improvements. planning in the development of both the extensions and improvements of create not only a district that functions as the Heart of the Community,but Appleway Boulevard segments. it will provide a substantial armature for beneficial change that will radiate 3) Reverse creeping disinvestment by identifying the out in ever-increasing rings from the Center. Therefore, notwithstanding long term "highest and best uses" for the Corridor 5) Give Appleway its own identity and market focus. the various needs clamoring for attention along the Corridors,place highest as a whole. Avoid allowing the continued development of Appleway as "the back priority on actions and expenditures that stimulate and support investment of the development along Sprague." Accommodate strong demand for in and delivery of a City Center district in the selected location. a) Widen the range of investment types attached single family housing types such as duplexes and townhomes To reposition properties no longer advantageously positioned for retail that cannot be easily accommodated along Sprague Avenue but that make d) Flexible entitlements development, implement policy changes and capital improvements to complete sense in the residential context of the Appleway right-of-way and Provide a policy framework specific enough to insure that new investment widen the range of potential investment types permitted,and to provide an its environs. Use public improvements combined with Subarea Plan land z w adheres to the fundamental principles of the formation of lively pedestrian environment more suitable for a mixture of uses,including housing. use & development policies to organize buildings, site improvements and z oriented city centers,but flexible enough to respond to changing opportunities. streetscape design to form a distinctive residential boulevard that figures H More specifically,provide a policy framework that accommodates both all- prominently in the image of the City. z at-once City Center development as well as incremental development;and provide a policy framework that can accommodate the development of a 0 City Center Core on either side of University Road, or on both sides of University Road. o 0 PAGE 11 6) Protect and enhance Auto Row. a) Land Use & Development Use land use&development policy to promote further clustering of new auto sales and restricting used car sales to limit the dilution of the specialized Auto Row segment with non auto-sales related uses. Support the development of complementary destination uses that enhance the convenience and experience of shopping for automobiles within Auto Row. Use transportation improvements to unlock the potential of the northern frontage. Emphasize district gateways and introduce shared parking lots to make way-finding and business access easier for visitors. b) Visibility & Identity Strengthen architectural and signage standards to reduce visual clutter and promote a coherent Auto Row identity. As resources allow, work with dealerships and other Auto Row stakeholders to finance street improvements that enhance the visibility,visual quality and convenience of Auto Row. 7) Use the Subarea Plan to organize public and private improvements to foster the emergence of integrated streetscape & development compositions along all Sprague and Appleway segments that flatter the community and capture value for property owners. a) Employ "form-based" development regulations Establish development regulations that are composed to achieve the envisioned physical form—the pattern of Centers and Segments described in earlier sections—for the Corridors. Rather than using policy to separate land uses,focus development regulations on physical specifications that permit a more harmonious mixture of uses on neighboring properties and that foster the creation of a more attractive public realm and city identity. b) Use street design to stimulate and support desired forms of investment As resources become available, invest strategically in the beautification of Sprague Avenue and Appleway Boulevard. Target design improvements to the particular needs of the specific Centers and Segments that they enfront. 8) Provide a streamlined project approval process. Provide clear, detailed and appropriately flexible development regulations. EZ Streamline the development application review and approval process. Provide investors with complete and detailed specifications for new development E. required for City approval. E. H z 0 U 0 0 PAGE 12 BOOK IIn DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS 2v0o ORIENTATION 4) Existing Buildings and Completed Applications Nothing contained in this section shall require any change to an existing building or structure for which a building permit has been previously issued or applied for in the Book II contains the Development Regulations that govern all future private Community Development Department,and the application is deemed complete prior development actions in the Spokane Valley - Sprague and Appleway Corridors to the effective date of this Subarea Plan. Subarea Plan Area (Plan Area). These standards and guidelines will be used to evaluate private development projects or improvement plans proposed for properties within the Plan Area. The Development Regulations are presented in the following 5) Ownership/Tenant Changes seven sections: Changes in property ownership or tenants of existing uses shall likewise require no • 2.0 Orientation change in any existing building or structure. • 2.1. District Zones Regulations 6) Limitations on Required Improvements • 2.2 Site Development Regulations Where improvements and additions are made to existing buildings, requirements • 2.3. Street and Open Space Regulations for renovation or enlargements apply only to net new floor area. Improvements and • 2.4 Parking Regulations additions to existing buildings that increase non-conformities are not permitted. If regulations to be applied to net new floor area are not specified in this Subarea • 2.5 Architectural Regulations Plan, then the Community Development Director/Designee shall determine which • 2.6 Signage Regulations. regulations shall apply. 24041 APPLICABILITY 7) Non-conforming uses Non-conforming uses shall be regulated by Spokane Valley Municipal Code(SVMC) 1) The City Center District Zone Title 19.20.060,with the exception that the lawful use of land at the time of passage These regulations shall apply to: of this code may be continued unless the use is discontinued or abandoned for a period of twenty four consecutive months. (a) New construction. (b) Additions greater than twenty percent 8) Development regulations established in this Plan are (20%) of the building floor area. specified as either Standards or Guidelines. (c) Exterior improvements (`facelifts')costing more than twenty (a) Standards address those aspects of development that are percent(20%)of the assessed or appraised value of the building. essential to achieve the goals of the Subarea Plan. They include specifications for site development and building design, such as 2) All Other District Zones permitted land uses, building height and setbacks. Conformance with standards is mandatory. Such provisions are indicated by z These regulations shall apply to: use of the words "shall", "must", or "is/is not permitted." (a) New construction (b) Guidelines provide guidance for new development in terms of (b) Exterior improvements (`facelifts')costing more than aesthetics and other considerations such as district character or design O� twenty percent(20%) of the assessed or appraised value of the details. They are intended to direct building and site design in a way building and land. Such exterior improvements shall conform that results in the continuity of the valued character of the City of Whereas con Spokane Valleyconformance with the Standards is mandator to the architectural regulations contained in Section 2.5. S p .f Y conformance with the Guidelines is recommended. Provisions that fall a 3) New Construction into this category are indicated by the use of words "should","may" or "are encouraged to." In various cases, the Guidelines provide New construction is defined as an entirely new structure or the reconstruction, a choice of treatments that will achieve the desired effect. z remodel, rehabilitation or expansion of a building costing more than fifty percent (50%)of the assessed or appraised value of the existing structure and land. 0 0 0 PAGE 13 2A) 2. How TO OBTAIN PROJECT 2.0.3. How TO USE THE DEVELOPMENT 2) To review the regulations for new development: REGULATIONS See Figure 2.0.3."How to Use the Development Regulations"in addition to the text below for instructions on how to locate and review the Development Regulations 1) Purpose The Development Regulations in this document are applied to those properties that apply to a specific property. These administrative procedures have two major purposes: within the Spokane Valley-Sprague and Appleway Corridors Subarea Plan Area as indicated on the Plan Area map(see Fig.i.1 in the Introduction.). (a) To ensure that development in the Plan Area a) Identify the property's District Zone conforms to the Plan's regulations. Locate the property in question on the District Zones Map (Figure 2.1.). Note 1) The Development Regulations are divided into six (b) To ensure that the City's review is as expedited sections: which District Zone(s)the property is in. as possible while remaining legal and proper. 2.1. District Zones Regulations establish a series of District Zones as the basic organizing principle for all development regulations and set forth standards and b) Review District-Specific regulations 2) Conformity with the Plan guidelines that are specific for each District Zone. Refer to the appropriate District Zones Regulations section in order to review Each application will be reviewed by the City for conformity with the Subarea Plan. District-Specific regulations for that District Zone(s). These regulations are 2.2. Site Development Regulations govern permitted and conditionally permitted Conformity has two components: use categories, minimum and maximum building height, building placement/ provided on the District Zones Regulations pages in Sections 2.1.1 — 2.1.6. disposition, and each development's frontage conditions. The District Zones Map & Regulations are intended as a summary and do not (a) Standards. Compliance with the Standards inencompass all mandatory standards presented throughout the Development the Plan is mandatory and the City may not approve a 2.3. Street and Open Space Regulations set forth minimum requirements for the Regulations. Reference each applicable section on the pages that follow for project that fails to comply with the Standards. provision, design, and configuration of new streets and publicly accessible spaces definitions and specifications of each regulated element. (b) Guidelines.Conformance to the guidelines is recommended. as well as regulations governing landscaping of front,side,and rear yards and other on-site improvements to ensure that new development creates attractive and livable City Center and Corridor environments with amenities for pedestrians. c) Review regulations common t0 all properties in the Plan 3) Project Review Area Applications for development approvals shall be filed with the Community 2.4.Parking Regulations set forth parking type,provision,and design requirements Regulations common to all properties in the Plan Area can be found in all sections to ensure that the parking provided for new development contributes to each of the Development Regulations. Development Director/Designee. Applications must meet all items identified in district's envisioned environment. p g the Plan as "Standards". Applications will be deemed incomplete if they do not conform to the Plan Standards and will be returned to the applicant for revision. 2.5.Architectural Regulations regulate building massing,composition, and design. d) Regulation compliance Applications that the Community Development Director/Designee has determined They are provided to ensure that new development will reinforce the essential scale to be complete shall be processed consistent with Titles 17 and 24. and character of each district within the Plan Area. Projects must comply with all standards in order to achieve approval in the developmental review process. Projects are encouraged to adhere to the 2.6. Signage Regulations govern signage types and their location, number and recommendations presented as guidelines within each section. configuration. z 0 E. H z z O z 0 0 H z a 0 0 0 PAGE 14 F IGo 2 o ® o3 o How TO USE THE DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS BOOK II: DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS 2.1. B.B. 8.3. 2.4. 8.5. 8.6. DISTRICT ZONES SITE DEVELOPMENT STREET APARKING ARCHITECTURAL SIGNAGE REGULATIONS REGULATIONSOPEN SPACE REGULATIONS REGULAT IONS 1REGULA CIONS IREGULAT IONS 2.3.1. 2.5.1. 2.6.1. 2.1. 2.2.1. BUILDING B.B.B. SIDE 2.4.1. DISTRICT ZONES MAP ORIENTATION STREET SETBACK STREE➢ ]PARKING TYPES BUILDING MASSING GENERAL SIGNAL STANDARDS & COMPOSITION REGULATIONS 1 B.B.B. B.B.J. SIDE 1 1 1 1 locate the property in BUILDING USE YARD SETBACK review the definitions on the District review the definitions review general signage questionand specifications for Zones Mapand identifythe review street standards and specifications for definitions,standards, each buildingmassing&- applicable District Zone(s) 6.6.3. B.B.I O. REAR each Parking Type and guidelines 1 BUILOING HEIGHT YARD SETBACK 1 1 composition element 1 lir 2.2.4. RELATION 2.2.1 1. 2.3.2. B.S.B. HEIGHT 2.6.2. 2.1.1. TO SINGLE 2.4.2. CITY CENTERALLEY SETBACK OPEN SPACE MASSING & SIGN TYPE FAMILY HOMES PARKING STANDARDS STANDARDS COMPOSITION I' ; I : I 1 l; 5 B.I.B. B.B.S. PUBLIC B.B.1 B. FRONTAGE NEIGHBORHOODlir FRONTAGE 8.5.3. LENGTH 1 ]FRONTAGE COVERAGE review open space MASSING & review definitions, CENTERSreview parking standards standards COMPOSITION standards,and guidelines 8.1.3. 2.2.6. PRIVATE B.B.1 3. BUILD-TO- 1 1 1 for each Sign Type MIXED USE FRONTAGE CORNER 8.3.3. STREET AND 2.4.3. review height and length AVENUE OPEN SPACE PARKING massing dT composition 2.1.4. 2.2.7. FRONT 2.2.1 4. MAXIMUM GUIDELINES GUIDELINES regulations COMMUNITY STREET SETBACK BUILDING LENGTH 4 1 z BOULEVARD 1 10 2.1.5. GATEWAY 1 review street and open review parking guidelines 2.5.4. z space guidelines,including L4 COMMERCIAL ARCHITECTURAL review the definitions and specifications for lighting and landscaping ELEMENTS O AVENUE each site development regulation — B. .6. GATEWAY 1 0 COMMERCIAL review standards and guidelines for CENTERS architectural elements 1 H review the District-Specific w regulations for the property's 0 District Zone(s) w 1 Q reference the definitions and specifications that follow 0 in sections 2.2-z.6 O PAGE 15 4q� '� ! :it 111�� IN - :■mf 1- . —H H 11■ .. k■ iii■ lila .■ - 1111■• ■ ��41 ■ ■ ■ -�°.� . -7, n.■ :n■_�■_I 1111111 �I 11 ■■1 III m I. ry ■1■m mEN ■■, fin. ME liii' lam ft ■11111111 • ■ ■7 .■ ■lI .� _■1 sm IMP [�/ /� 1 - aim ■ :.r �� mlaril ��-■■. � �� Imirlam MI est --"F" _ Th est IIIE7 111 :11■1 ... Ell ii i•i Mr=177 Tn TTn n �y`1111' nll 111 n . fin v +�o _ a11111111.-T T - - a�'�-' - _,, 11 111 ' 11■ 11 n l .��1\ ,. 1 . ■I d4Z M I ■1 1�l II ■■11111`11■11■1`.I nn �� 111 11III I■■11■A'.1111 II I I I I I I I I % �: ■� ,i, :E 1111111.�� `T ■■111' 11■ nn nn a Vii■ 111 TTTn o ■ 11111161��■I�II■■. ..11 1 1 _LH rrnlTn n __WELL] ■ ■1 -•. C� num I 1::1 •• rid M11■111■�1■Illi n I I I I I I I TT�Tn•1111 ■ 1111111 1■_ 1111 ,��11 1■11111 . ■■ 1■1111 1■■■1 Henn n l n�1111 n 111 I Appleway Boulevard right-of-way to the Sprague Avenue right-of-way, 2) How To Review District Zone's Regulations 2. 1 . DISTRICCT ZONES REGULATIONS the farthest northern boundary of the development area to be regulated by i the Community Boulevard District Zone Development Standards shall be I a) Identify the District Zone: Six District Zones are established in specific locations and with specific names the southern edge of the development that touches the southern edge of the indicated in Figure 2.1,District Zones Map. Sprague Avenue right-of-way. i) To review the regulations that apply to new development on a given property, first find the property in the map displayed in Fig 2.1 District (3) Parcels where physical improvements are split zoned may continue Zones Map, to find out what District Zone or District Zones the property ItHow District Zones Apply To Parcels lilland/or expand as a conforming use if permitted by the majorityzone. falls within, and refer to the section for that District Zone or for those Every parcel in the Subarea Plan shall be regulated by one or two designated Physical improvements shall include buildings and required parking District Zones in Sections 2.2-2.6. District Zone as shown in the Figure 2.1. District Zones Map. areas serving the existing use. This provision shall not apply to vacant z portions of parcels that are split zoned or where the physical improvements b) Identify the Street(s) the Development will Face: a) Parcels with a single District Zone: are entirely contained within one zone. Type I screening, as defined in a SVMC 22.70.030,shall be required along Appleway Boulevard unless the i) Development Standards for each District Zone are organized by street c i) All development on these parcels is regulated by the standards and or street category. To review the District Zone standards that apply to Community Boulevard site development standards are followed. new development, identifythe street(s) or street category (or categories) regulations indicated in this Subarea Plan for the single District Zone p g rYg ) zdesignated for the property. ii) Properties Only Partially included in the Subarea Plan: that the development will front - that is, the street right-of-way that the N (1) All properties only partially included in the Subarea Plan shall be considered development will be located along. Corner properties must identify the streets or street categories on both sides of the corner development. Then E. U b) Split Parcels: to be within the Subarea Plan for a minimum of sixty (60)feet of parcel review all development standards in the street-organized column(s) that rx H i) Properties that are partially within the Community Boulevard District depth. apply to the property. Development along two or more streets should refer Q Zone as well as another District Zone as indicated in the Figure 2.1.District (2) All development that is contiguous with development facing Appleway to the columns that apply to both streets. 1 . — Zones Map are regulated as follows: Boulevard shall be regulated by the development standards and regulations o (1) The Community Boulevard District Zone boundary for all properties of the Subarea Plan,regardless of how deep the development runs southward c) Determine if New Streets will be required: bordering the parcel line in question following construction of the from the southern boundary of the Appleway Boulevard property line. w i) In some cases,development will include the construction of or establishment .. Appleway Boulevard as that right of way is designated at time of issuance "Contiguous" development shall be defined in this case as a continuity of of setbacks for new streets as a result of policies contained in Section 2.3.1 of a building permit. physical blocks sharing a single use category, or simply continuity of use. -Street Standards.In those instances,the applicable development standards (2) All development that is contiguous with development facing Appleway In the instance of development extending from the Appleway Boulevard for new construction along those new streets are contained in the District a. right-of-way to another public street to the south of Appleway Boulevard, Zone chart column that applies to the name or category of the new street.In o Boulevard shall be regulated by the development standards and instances where the roe owner voluntarilyincludes new streets within regulations of the Community Boulevard District Zone, regardless of the farthest southern boundary of the area to be regulated by the Sprague property rtY w and Appleway Corridors Subarea Plan shall be the northern edge of the the development, development along those new streets will be classified how deep the development runs northward from the northern boundary as"Other Streets"and the regulations that apply to the development along " development that touches the other City street. of the ApplewayBoulevard propertyline. "Contiguous" development those new streets will be found in the Other Streets column within the o shall be defined in this case as a continuity of physical blocks sharing a property's assigned District Zone(s). o = single use category. In the instance of development extending from the PAGE 16 at �� .,� ■ , .fit J1■■al nI � II II■ ■ 1 I IIII ■■: " ' 1 : 11 ■ -:I III■ 1 ... I I� 111■■ ■.1■■.11 1 ��■■rill■■■111■ N�■ F ■. P' i' •.. . ... E1111- ■■ .I ■1 g .;■!�.■ �■.. 111 -- .- -� -- .. � .�� -g m. E ■■. ■..,�11.. 1111 .- � ■ � �..�__ .... ■. TE. �■■■■■� ■ 1111 � �� "e ■■� m.�igni. . til:■■■■■ - i 911 II� IIS ..,..�■i�� ■�111l- IIi !1.'1I! � .. 17 EMI 1■111 ■ IPII!!TriF I ■ SNF �ILi IDEE EFE:iliiii,...i. • _OR ''-110- 111I. k■ �r 1� JI1HIIIIIPJ 1 111■■■ . . . i 2nd me r ..� N 111 ■.■w' =`��11 1■�� RN ■mei -==gyp Thr ■�� d> = = P�EN i■E 1 :i I. 1■ ce ani �� .r X11! �-- s ..:--■ ` 1 111 .■�■ 1■ '::! �lh�■■II �II 1..r ■■� .n. . :: r - 1• • mrchz ) ■� :!:■i■11.1111■ i ■ ■■ ■IIII: s.mee 1111 ■-■ ■ ■1 ■■ M n ■1 ■■■1 111 ■■ ■i ■ ■■ . 111 ■ 1 ■� J ■�i °° ■ ■ i i ■ L p_ ��!!■ `m ._E.. -�Till■ - '0 m. .■in■iii111It111I 111■I■■H ! ■■IIII_Mw:■nE:■ ■ 'i■ .•1■ 1 111■■■imm E11111I■ . ■ ■ ■■� 11111 ■= ■ ■■ ■ lin ��` i 1..... 1 �■ -- • 1111■V„111 1E'. 1 ■ .■ ■ ■:� ■■ IIII■■■-„ ■ — .IIII■■ ■ iii h ., q I■111 1■ �wow ■■ 11.111111 i-■■11.1 ■(� ■■■■■■ 1 �� It FIG . 2 . 1 . DISTRICT ZONES MAP MAP LEGEND DISTRICT ZONES Eim City Center - 2.1.1. Neighborhood Centers - 2.1.2. Mixed-Use Avenue - 2.1.3. Community Boulevard - 2.1.4. 4 0 Gateway Commercial Avenue - 2.1.5. E. N U Gateway Commercial Centers - 2.1.6. Q — - — Plan Area Boundary E - - Parcel Line z w E a 0 a w w Q 0 0 PAGE 17 2 T o T. CITY CENTER DISTRICT ZONE Location: City Center Description: City Center Core Street Development Description: City Center Neighborhood Development City Center Core Street Development is the most urban development in the City City Center Neighborhood Development has slightly less urban setbacks and with consistent, urban streetscape treatments and attached commercial block frontage coverage that surrounds and supports the Core Streets. These parts of 00 WH — buildings set along the sidewalk. Sprague Avenue and other new Core Streets put the City Center are primarily composed of a mix of office, lodging, and housing oo� �❑ ��ry<<n,.v:��.7� ❑ ■moi �° __ ■.° �� .' "Main Street"development on display,hi hli highlighting its finegrained concentration (stacked units&townhomes). Boulevard scale buildings highlights the Sprague 000000 ■■ 1 8 - - Min WADS,..,.'.—r� P g g g g amBa ��o� �C]... . L f of ground floor, activity-generating retail. The buildings are primarily mixed-use Avenue Edge, while attached housing and compatible office lines the Appleway '1•1Ne�® `..r 0 0 ■1'42 I °� with housing,office,or lodging above. Addingto this CityCenter Core network Boulevard Edge. Ati tight of Other Streets,with wide sidewalks and f ��n111 � �'s g g ggsteady is the largest concentration of Civic and Cultural uses in the City. (Applicability street planting make this a concentrated,walkable neighborhood. of City Center Core Street Regulations is established by 2.1.1. 1) City Center Core: Pre-Located Core Street Regulations) Envisioned Core Development Composition .= Envisioned Neighborhood Development Composition The City Center District is the heart of the community. It is an urban district that This diagram represents an example of thetypical development envisioned for This diagram represents an example of thetypical development envisioned for consists of a wide range of building types and uses. The district is where pedestrian g p p p g p p p this district. It does not represent a specific design required on any particular site this district. It does not represent a specific design required on any particular site activity is most lively and where the most pedestrian amenities are located. It has or property. or property. a core of entertainment, shopping and dining supported by a neighborhood of urban homes and workplaces. Within the City Center District, entertainment and shopping oriented City Center Core Street Development is surrounded and supported by City Center Neighborhood Development. flkiltop _414tep APtiiimI.sP. FORM ,' ! k11 n ! C'!` FORM - /"IsIII o,1110f ,J` Nob. Viiirk USE USE �� `♦ 14 4. E . i , S1 0 ��N H DISPOSITION DISPOSITION All ��...� �, "' H 'pE` t4'� `P-/ +" s tee. ��. . ,SQ- ..,.1„%100‘Cqt..--.S f 4.z 0 C7 I H z W a 0 G4 G4 0 0 A:1 PAGE 18 2 f o 1 a CITY CENTER DISTRICT ZONE 1) City Center Core: Pre-Located Core Street d) Core Street Configuration & Design City Center: Pre-Located Core Street Map Regulations i) All new Core Streets shall be designed as specified in Section 2.3. In order to "incubate" a District Core within the City Center District Zone, Street and Open Space Regulations. MEN I I I EL jb_o --"'M ''M O11 ISI a new, Pre-located Core Street is established. This Pre-located Core Street Mall �� ■111�� ,� 1111 1`_ 11 is the basis for temporary regulatory restrictions on the entire City Center 2) Relation to Civic Buildings i_E MEy '' .7,.1.1:111=='1I District as described in the following sections. These restrictions insure that ;1 wA 1 la � m_:, 1 a critical mass of clustered ground level retail shops is established along a i) As shown in the City Center: Pre-Located Core Street Map to the i_ IM I RRpedestrian oriented street frontage in the core of the district before a more right side of this page, a new street(street B) shall be built connecting 1MM i ..,bw,r�s, diffuse pattern of retail is allowed to develop. Once the Minimum City the Pre-located Core Street (street A) and the planned civic facilities II: a • Center Core is fully constructed, these Pre-Located Core Street regulatory described in Section 3.1.1.(this pre-located street is consistent with the ii restrictions will no longer be in effect. Figure 2.3.1.(2)Pre-Located Streets map). I ii) The location of the Pre-Located Core Street may be changed in a manner consistent with the intent of Book I, with the approval Pre-located Core Street of the Community Development Director/Designee. 11 7 .w i) The creation of the City Center Core shall begin along the Pre-Located Core Street(street A)shown in the City Center:Pre-Located Core Street 3) Special Parking and Frontage Coverage _ I=1J g'� IITHEI •m1� 111 Map to the right side of this page (this pre-located street is consistent Regulations '" ,�1�' C�° li X1111 '�` '' ■■IM . s with the Figure 2.3.1. (2)Pre-Located Streets map.) ' m NEIN. ■DINT in The following special regulations apply to new Core Street development v � IIIIU] 6i —FI I 111111 MEI ii) The location of the Pre-Located Core Street may be changed in a manner along Sprague Ave., pre located Street B (described above and shown in Street A: Pre-Located Core Street consistent with the intent of Book I,with the approval of the Community the City Center:Pre-Located Core Street map to the right side of this page), Development Director/Designee. In any case,the Core Street must be at and Other streets: Street B least six hundred(600)feet long. i) Core Street Development with a Retail Anchor Store: b) Minimum City Center Core (1) Surface parking lots serving the anchor store may be exposed to the Example of City Center Core Development Satisfying The minimum City Center Core shall be established when the entire length following streets in combination with the minimum frontage coverage Minimum City Center Core of the Pre-located Core Street is built out with continuous City Center Retail exceptions indicated: Shopfronts and one hundred percent(100%)frontage coverage on both sides 'wil aner '°" actio tel,, '"° am' 411,p 1 l 1 l 1l LJ ll IL_ (a) Sprague Avenue:fifty percent(50%)minimum frontage coverage d Sprague Ave. Prelocated Core Street of the street(unless a part of the frontage along the Pre-located Core Street is ,4 rt'4 To public open space associated with a civic building.p p g• (b) Street B:eighty percent(80%)minimum frontage coverage ti F��R;a 4 g�� e li"'� -i1 P YFttt � �� c Other Streets:zeropercent(0%)minimum frontage coverage c) Core Street Development Temporary Restrictions O f g g P . �1�� P P y t .,�r PP�, i !. ] MM �L `�ISI IS ii) Core Street Development without a Retail Anchor Store: Pm P Pt r: L,:;::::::: KPP PF ,,P� or ¢ rcrr Prrzi) Core Street Development restrictions shall be effective only AFTER arP Q P P; E(1) Surface parking lots serving this Core Street Development may be frref<<�� .< ��final Binding Site Plan(BSP)establishing the City Center Core Street isz �Q�`"``` "" °� ° exposed to the following streets in combination with the minimum 4;; PPS P F _ approved. y v , e ��'ilii � frontage coverage exceptions indicated: `� - � � P �+ ` �� ii) After the final BSP creating the City Center Core Street is approved, �. " P ` & — City Center Retail is only permitted: (a) Sprague Avenue:seventy percent(70%) Example of a City Center Core Layout (1) In shopfronts along the Pre-located Core Street minimum frontage coverage (b) Street B:eighty percent(80%)minimum frontage coverage (2) In shopfronts that continuously extend from shopfronts along the Pre- 1 l 1 l 1l LJ 1 l IL_ 1 l 11 1l LJ 1 l IL_ z Sprague Ave. /—Prelocated Core StreetSprague Ave. Prelocated Core Street Z located Core Street: (c) Other Streets: twenty percent(20%)minimum frontage coverage ilio o (a) Along the south side of Sprague Ave. Qi1 Sin I 1 l 1 (b) Along other new Core Streets south of Sprague Ave. �� 4 � 111 (c) Along the west side of University Rd. �� E Z P.. (d) Along the north side ofAppleway Boulevard. —° li � e H D W iii) The pre-located core street shall be considered fully built out after permitsll App'Pw y a'v�. ' Ap,'w y 'v�� are issued for buildings lining and facing both sides of the Pre-located Core Street,City Center Retail shall be permitted on all properties within Example of Core Streets Example of Core o the City Center District Zone as determined by the City Center District Development Layout Streets Layout 0 oa Zone Regulations, Section 2.22,Building Use. PAGE 19 2 J o J. CITY CENTER DISTRICT ZONE Regulations: City Center Legend: Not Permitted IU:Upper Floors Only G:Ground Floor Only +:Permitted with Shopfront *:80%Along City Center"B"Street(see Section 2.1.1 3);70% Permitted:These elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in Section 2.2.2.Building Use Required:These are Required elements of all new development as indicated. along 4th Street,3rd Street,Main Avenue;20%on Other Streets H H Limited:These frontages may only be applied to access lobbies for upper floor uses that are different from the (A):For Anchor Buildings: (Al):Upper façade must be designed to look **Restricted:see Section 2.1.1.2) ground floor use like 2-story buildings for all single buildings (A2):anchor buildings larger than 50,000 sq.ft.-special regulations apply(see section 2.1.1.(3)) (A3):anchor buildings larger than 50,000 sq.ft.-parking type is permitted ***Restricted to north side of Appleway Blvd. 2.3.Street and 2.2.Site Development Standards Sprague Appleway Core Other Open Space Standards Ave. Blvd. Street Streets Street/Street Category 2.2.1.Building Orientation to Streets and c)Detached Single-Family Housing Sprague Appleway Core Other 2.3.1.Street Standards Ave. Blvd. Street Streets 1)Street Provision required required required required 2)Pre-Located Street required required required required Public Open Spaces 3)Maximum Block Size 5 acres 5 acres 5 acres 5 acres required or not required required I required I required required 4)Street Configuration required required required required 2.2.2.Building Use 5)StreetType 1)Retail a)Core Street N/A N/A required a)City Center Retail **restricted ***restricted required-G restricted b)City Street N/A N/A --- permitted b)Neighborhood Center Retail c)Neighborhood Street N/A N/A --- permitted c)Mixed-Use Avenue Retail permitted d)Neighborhood Green Street N/A N/A --- permitted d)Corner Store Retail permitted permitted --- permitted e)Service Street N/A N/A --- permitted e)Gateway Commercial Avenue Retail f)Alley N/A N/A f)Gateway Commercial Center Retail 2)Civic,Quasi-Civic,&Cultural g)Passage N/A N/A permitted permitted permitted-U permitted 2.3.2.Open Space Standards 3)Office permitted permitted permitted-U permitted see section 2.3.3 4)Light Industrial --- 5)Lodging(w/common entry) permitted permitted permitted-U permitted 6)Live-Work - 7)Residential --- permitted permitted-U permitted 2.4.Parking Standards Sprague Appleway Core Other Ave. Blvd. Street Streets a)Multi-Family w/Common Entry permitted permitted permitted-U permitted 2.4.1.Parking Types b)Attached Single-Family w/Individual Entry --- permitted --- permitted 1)Surface Parking a)Front lot 2.2.3.Building Height - b)Sidelot permitted permitted minimum height 1 floor/25 ft/(A1) 1 floor/25 ft/(A1) 1 floor/25 ft/(A1) 1 floor/20 ft c)Rear lot permitted permitted permitted permitted I maximum height 6 floors/75 ft 4 floors/53 ft 6 floors/75 ft 4 floors/53 ft 2)Parking Structure 2.2.4.Relation to Single Family Homes a)Exposed permitted required or not applicable required I required N/A required b)Wrapped-Ground Level permitted --- --- permitted 2.2.5.Public Frontage Improvements c)Wrapped-All Levels permitted permitted permitted permitted required or not required 2.2.6.Private Frontage 1)Shopfront 2)Corner Entry required I required not required not required d)Partially Submerged Podium permitted permitted permitted e)Underground Parking permitted permitted permitted permitted Z permitted permitted permitted permitted 2.4.2.Parking Standards permitted permitted permitted+ permitted see section 2.4.2 3)Arcade permitted permitted 4)Grand Portico 5)Forecourt 6)Grand Entry permitted permitted permitted 2.5.Architectural Standards Sprague Appleway Core Other 7 permitted P permitted+ permitted permitted permitted permittedAve. BIVd. Street Streets P P 2.5.2.Height Massing&Composition 7)Common Lobby Entry 8)Stoop limited limited limited limited Top required required required required permitted permitted permitted Base required required required required 0 N 9)Porch permitted 2.5.3.Length Massing&Composition 10)Front Door Streetwall Increment 100fr 80fr 60fr 60ft 11)Parking Structure Entry permitted permitted permitted permitted Sidewall&Rearwall Increment N/A N/A N/A N/A 12)Vehicle Display:Option 1 13)Vehicle Display:Option 2 14)Edge Treatment:Fenced permitted permitted permitted 2.6.Signage Standards Sprague Appleway Core Other 15)Edge Treatment:Terraced permitted permitted --- permitted Ave. Blvd. Street Streets ciD 16)Edge Treatment:Flush permitted permitted --- permitted 2.6.2.Signage Types Z 2.2.7.Front Street Setback see section 2.6 Eminimum/maximum Oft/loft I 5ft/15ft I Oft/Oft Oft/loft 2.2.8.Side Street Setback C7 minimum/maximum Oft/loft I 5ft/lO ft I Oft/Oft Oft/loft 2.2.9.Side Yard Setback minimum w/living space windows 10 ft 10 ft N/A 10 ft H Z minimum w/out living space windows O ft O ft O ft O ft 2.2.10.RearYard Setback a. minimum setback 5 ft I 5 ft I 5 ft 5 ft 0 2.2.11.Alley Setback W minimum setback 5 ft I 5 ft I 5 ft 5 ft 2.2.12.Frontage Coverage minimum percentage covered 70%/(A2) I 80% I 100% 20%or 70%* 2.2.13.Build-to-Corner required or not required required I required I required not required 0 2.2.14.Maximum Building Length maximum building length N/A I 180E N/A N/A PAGE 20 2.1 ago NEIGHBORHOOD CENTER DISTRICT ZONE: Location: Neighborhood Centers 6-11 Regulations: Neighborhood Centers Legend: IR TI _ bo ---:Not Ptamitted U:Upper Floors Only G:Ground Floor Only �nl/ �I_l 1 a u� �� ' ) L o der nova • Permitted:These elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in Section 2.2.2.Building Use Required:These are Required elements of all new development as indicated. �1 . m -11 __MI Limited:These frontages may only be applied to access lobbies for upper floor uses that are different from the � —� 1 ti 1 i 1-T- gro d floor use (A):For Anchor Stores 0 emotes �Fui (A3):larger than 50,000 sf-parking type is permitted (A4):larger than 50,000 sf-special regulations apply(see section 2.1.1(3)) �� vnnl I� � �!I LI i�5 II I PHI 2.2.Site Development Standards 2.3.Street and Sprague Other escrpton: Neighborhood centers Open Space Standards Ave. Streets Street/Street Category Sprague Other 2.3.1.Street Standards Neighborhood Centers are higher density, larger scale mixed-use Districts 2.2.1.Building Orientation to Streets and Ave. Streets 1)Street Provision r 2)Pre-Located Street requequrequired d required required with concentrations of neighborhood-serving convenience uses (including Public Open Spaces 3)Maximum Block Size 5 acres 5 acres required or not required required I required 4)Street Configuration required required supermarkets)regularly distributed throughout the corridor at major intersections. 2.2.2.Building Use IMMEMMMME 5) Street T Smaller setbacks and wider sidewalks complement these activity centers. Upper 1)Retail a)Core Type N/A a)City Center Retail b)CityStreet N/A permitted floor housing and office over retail is encouraged. The centers may also have larger b)Neighborhood Center Retail permitted permitted c)Neighborhood Street N/A permitted scale mixed-use buildings that are compatible with the adjacent neighborhood c)Mixed-Use Avenue Retail d)Neighborhood Green Street N/A permitted serving retail development. d)Corner Store Retail e)Service Street N/A e)Gateway Commercial Avenue Retail f)Alley N/A D Gateway Commercial Center Retail g)Passage N/A District District Com osition 2)Civic,Quasi-Civic,&Cultural permitted permitted 2.3.2.Open Space Standards p 3)Office permitted permitted see section 2.3.3 Sprague Other 4)Light Industrial his diagram represents an example of the typical development envisioned for this 5)Lodging(w/common entry) permitted permitted istrict. It does not represent a specific design required on any particular site or 6)Live-Work permitted 2.4. Parking Standards 7)Residential Ave. Streets property. a)Multi-Family w/Common Entry permitted permitted 2.4.1.Parking Types b)Attached Single-Family w/Individual Entry --- permitted 1)Surface Parking c)Detached Single-Family Housing a)Front lot permitted 2.2.3.Building Height b)Side lot permitted permitted minimum height 1 floor/20 ft 2 floors/20 ft c)Rear lot permitted permitted rgil' } maximum height 4 floors/53 ft 4 floors/53 ft 2)Parking Structure FORM 4 i 11!°;,_ 2.2.4.Relation to Single Family Homes a)Exposed permitted permitted `'' ��' required or not applicable required I required b)Wrapped-Ground Level permitted permitted ispoo...„ 2.2.5.Public Frontage Improvements c)Wrapped-All Levels permitted permitted 1 t11(41%-1ire a required or not required required � not required d)Partially Submerged Podium permitted permitted 2.2.6.Private Frontage e)Underground Parking permitted permitted iw 1)Shopfront permitted permitted 2.4.2.Parking Standards 4iit 2)Corner Entry permitted permitted see section 2.4.2 UCL .p 3)Arcade permitted permitted J C 'crj 4)Grand Portico permitted permitted Ya S Ue Other 5)Forecourt permitted permitted 2.5.Architectural Standards p g Ave. Streets 6)Grand Entry permitted permitted 2.5.2.Height Massing&Composition 7)Common Lobby Entry limited limited 8)Stoop permitted permitted Top equired equi red 9)Porch Base required required 2.5.3.Length Massing&Composition 10)Front Door Streetwall Increment 100ftI 801 DISPODISPOSITION 11)Parking Structure Entry permitted permitted Sidewall&Rearwall Increment N/A N/A SITION 12)Vehicle Display:Option 1 �� t / � 13)Vehicle Display:Option 2 ��G� f �Et 14)Edge Treatment:Fenced permitted permitted 2.6.Signage Standards Sprague Other -17,.. 15)Edge Treatment:Terraced permitted permitted Ave. Streets C.) 16)Edge Treatment:Flush permitted permitted 2.6.2.Signage Types 2.2.7.Front Street Setback see section 2.6 '' minimum/maximum 0 ft/10 ft I 5 ft/15 ft 2.2.8.Side Street Setback a minimum/maximum Oft/lO ft I 5 ft/15 ft 2.2.9.Side Yard Setback 1) Special Regulations c. minimum w/living space windows 10 ft 10 ft minimum w/out living space windows 5 ft 5 ft The Neighborhood Center District Zone has the following Special Regulations: z 2.2.10.RearYard Setback N minimum setback 10 ft I 10 ft P 2.2.11.Alley Setback a) Parking Lot Buffering minimum setback 5 ft 5 ft a 2.2.12.Frontage Coverage N minimum percentage covered 60% Ino min. i) Side or rear parking lots with two(2)or more bays of parking shall maintain 2.2.13.Build-to-Corner a ten(10)foot landscaped buffer with trees along adjacent property lines. required or not required required Irequired ` 2.2.14.Maximum Building Length 0 maximum building length N/A I 240 ft 0 PAGE 21 2a 113. MIXED-USE AVENUE DISTRICT ZONE: it Location: Mixed-Use AvenueAIL illRegulations: Mixed-Use Avenue Legend: ---:Not Permitted U:Upper Floors Only G:Ground Floor Only 1.-o-- –,-_ L, ' I r LJ Permitted:These elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in Section 2.2.2.Building Use Required:These are Required elements of all new development as indicated. ❑■■■■ i C� �� ,)•..■■■4 0- imir•• •9 �� .I1 ._ ---j Limited:These frontages may only be applied to access lobbies for upper floor uses that are different from the ground floor use(A):For Anchor Stores •1 4=1, �_ a-I� o i. (Al):larger than 25,000 sf;1 floor/20ft is permitted (A2):larger than 50,000 sf,regulation does not apply (A3):larger than 50,000 sf,parking type is permitted o�00000 00 �� • L .M eeBB� �islin�� l g� l°J '1 2.3.Street and s._ –�_ nn �„P �� 2.2.Site Development Standards Sprague Other Open Space Standards Ave. Streets Street/Street Category Sprague Other 2.3.1.Street Standards 2.2.1.Building Orientation to Streets and Ave. Streets 1)Street Provision required required 2)Pre-Located Street required required Description: Mixed-Use Aven=111 Public Open Spaces 3)Maximum Block Size 5 acres 5 acres required or not required required Irequired 4)Street Configuration required required 2.2.2.Building Use 5)Street Type In the Mixed-Use Avenue, Sprague Avenue is characterized by larger, consistent 1)Retail a)Core Street N/A landscaped setbacks with parking lots located to the side or rear of buildings. a)City Center Retail b)City Street N/A b)Neighborhood Center Retail c)Neighborhood Street N/A permitted The character of new office,lodging,and"Medium Box"retail sales and services c)Mixed-Use Avenue Retail permitted d)Neighborhood Green Street N/A permitted is compatible with housing in building form and site development. This makes d)Corner Store Retail e)Service Street N/A Sprague Avenue an appropriate location of larger scale housing. Retail must be e)Gateway Commercial Avenue Retail 0 Alley N/A 1)Gateway Commercial Center Retail g)Passage N/A located on and oriented towards Sprague Avenue, transitioning to the primarily 2)Civic,Quasi-Civic,&Cultural permitted permitted2.3.2.Open Space Standards residential development behind. 3)Office permitted permittedsee section 2.3.3 4)Light Industrial permitted permitted Behind the Sprague Avenue Edge,existing and new Other Streets create a network 5)Lodging(w/common entre) permitted permitted m that support the smaller setbacks 6)Live-Work permitted permitted 2.4. Parking Standards Sprague Other of medium-sized blocks with varied landscaping g pp 7)Residential Ave. Streets and higher frontage coverage of development that is less oriented towards Sprague a)Multi-Family w/Common Entry permitted permitted 2.4.1.Parking Types b)Attached Single-Family w/Individual Entry --- permitted 1)Surface Parking Avenue. This District is primarily a mix of office, lodging, and medium density c)Detached Single-Family Housing a)Front lot permitted housing accommodated within a wide range of building types including stacked 2.2.3.Building Height ill1111111111 b)Side lot permitted permitted units and townhomes. minimum height 1 floor/20 ft 1 floor/20 ft c)Rear lot permitted permitted maximum height 4 floors/53 ft 4 floors/53 ft 2)Parking Structure 2.2.4.Relation to Single Family Homes I 11 I a)Exposed permitted permitted required or not applicable required required b)Wrapped-Ground Level permitted permitted Envisioned District Composition 2.2.5.Public Frontage Improvements c)Wrapped-All Levels permitted permitted required or not required required I not required d)Partially Submerged Podium permitted permitted This diagram represents an example of the typical development envisioned for thi 2.2.6.Private Frontage e)Underground Parking permitted permitted 1)Shopfront permitted permitted 2.4.2.Parking Standards 1 Z district. It does not represent a specific design required on any particular site o 2)Corner Entry permitted permitted see section 2.4.2 property. 3)Arcade permitted 4)Grand Portico permitted permitted 5)Forecourt permitted permitted 2.5.Architectural Standards m Sprague Other C7 6)Grand Entry permitted permitted Ave. Streets 7)Common Lobby Entry limited limited 2.5.2.Height Massing&Composition 8)Stoop permitted permitted Top required required 9)Porch Base required required 0 10)Front Door 2.5.3.Length Massing&Composition N ;' � 11)Parking Structure Entry permitted permitted Streetwall Increment 150ft 80ft H FORM Sidewall&Rearwall Increment N/A N/A U iR ��' 12)Vehicle Display:Option 1 ,4 `' 13)Vehicle Display:Option 2 H cip �� _ as 14)Edge Treatment:Fenced --- permitted 2.6.Signage Standards Sprague Other Q 1W� r sy 15)Edge Treatment:Terraced permitted Ave. Streets �� I 16)Edge Treatment:Flush permitted permitted 2.6.2.Signage Types 2.2.7.Front Street Setback see section 2.6 0 minimum/maximum 20 ft/25 ft I 10 ft/20 ft USE �� c�+ 2.2.8.Side Street Setback 1) Special Regulations Km AM ti minimum/maximum 5 ft/15 ft I 10 ft/20 ft ctvili a r 2.2.9.Side Yard Setback Setback minimum w/living space windows 10 ft10 fta) Front Setback Treatment 1111. minimum w/out living space windows 5 ft 10 ft 2.2.10.Rear Yard Setback W minimum setback 10 ft I 10 ft i) Front street setback areas on Sprague Avenue shall be planted with grass or p., // 2.2.11.Alley Setback groundcover across the entire property frontage and incorporate: 0 minimum setback 5 ft 5 ft DISPOSITIONVIIIIht .�" 2.2.12.Frontage Coverage (I) A bio-infiltration swale that conforms to the Spokane Valley stormwater W :� � minimum percentage covered 60% no min.i 0 OF ordinance with a minimum ten(10)foot wide swale bottom. -iv • *� 2.2.13.Build-to-Corner �� ` required or not required required required (2) A single row of poplar trees shall be planted at a maximum spacing of �� ,-- 2.2.14.Maximum Building Length 0 �40110`0 � y maximum building length 240 ft I' 150 ft forty(40) feet on center within the bio-swale sideslope along the back of sidewalk. PAGE 22 2.T.4. COMMUNITY BOULEVARD DISTRICT ZONE: Location: Community Boulevard Regulations: Community Boulevard Leffend: ---:Not Permitted U:Upper Floors Only G:Ground Floor Only Required:These are Required elements of all new - Ali _ Lf"��L�r Ls�HI Permitted:These elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in Section 2.2.2.Building Use 0�� ❑�'i��l �I ) t Ndevelopment as indicated. NM-1 �� ET �F f -- Limited:These frontages may only be applied to access lobbies for upper floor uses that are different from the ground floor use +.oeeooe.. CL�_J� ��❑�® �11�ueV,� � � ' I -J '�J 2.2.Site Develo ment Standards 2.3.Street and �aeaa�E P Appleway Other ❑C❑s Elul❑ IFPL a_AI Open Space Standards Blvd. Streets Street/Street Category =Appleway Other 2.3.1.Street Standards 2.2.1. Building Orientation to Streets and Blvd. Streets 1)Street Provision required required 2.2.1. Open Spaces 2)Pre-Located Street required required Descri tion: CommunityBoulevard 3)Maximum Block Size 5 acres 5e acres p required or not required required I required d 2.2.2.Building Use 4)Street Configuration required required 5)Street Type The Community Boulevard is a distinctive residential/office corridor. Consistent, 1)Retail a)Core Street N/A a)City Center Retail b)City Street N/A large, landscaped setbacks and green space between buildings serve freestanding b)Neighborhood Center Retail c)Neighborhood Street N/A permitted boulevard-scale housing, such as multiplexes, along with sensitively designed c)Mixed-Use Avenue Retail d)Neighborhood Green Street N/A permitted d)Corner Store Retail permitted and explicitly compatible office buildings. The Community Boulevard serves as a e)Gateway Commercial Avenue Retail )Service Street N/A r)Alley N/A a medium density residential edge of the single-family neighborhoods south of f)Gateway Commercial Center Retail g)Passage N/A Appleway Boulevard. 2)Civic,Quasi-Civic,&Cultural permitted pp ewdy 3)Office permitted 2.3.2.Open Space Standards see section 2.3.3 South of Appleway Boulevard, along Other Streets, small-scale attached single- 4)Light Industrial family housing and detached single-family homes finish the transition to the 5)Lodging(w/common entry) permittee 6)Live-Work permitted 2.4. Parking Standards Appleway Other adjacent residential neighborhoods. 7)Residential Blvd. Streets a)Multi-Family w/Common Entry permitted permitted 2.4.1.Parking Types b)Attached Single-Family w/Individual Entry permitted permitted 1)Surface Parking c)Detached Single-Family Housing --- permitted a)Front lot Envisioned District Composition .11 2.2.3.Building Height b)Side lot minimum height 2 floors/20 ft 1 floor/12 ft c)Rear lot permitted permitted maximum height 3 floors/42 ft 3 floors/42 ft 2)Parking Structure This diagram represents an example of the typical development envisioned for this 2.2.4.Relation to Single Family Homes g a)Exposed istrict. It does not represent a specific design required on any particular site or required or not applicable required required b)Wrapped-Ground Level 2.2.5.Public Frontage Improvements c)Wrapped-All Levels permitted permitted 1roperty. required or not required required I not required d)Partially Submerged Podium permitted permitted 2.2.6.Private Frontage e)Underground Parking permitted permitted 1)Shopfront permitted 2.4.2.Parking Standards 2)Corner Entry permitted permitted see section 2.4.2 3)Arcade O E 4)Grand Portico permitted 1 "_ A l 5)Forecourt permitted permitted 2.5.Architectural Standards ppewd y JI Other , aseir 6)Grand Entry permitted Blvd. Streets FORM \, , , 7)Common Lobby Entry 2.5.2.Height Massing& Composition v ` y Top required I required a 8)Stoop permitted permitted �. 9)Porch permitted permitted Base �,. 10)Front Door permitted 2.5.3.Length Massing&Composition �.. 111,."-.74741E-,--"--. Streetwall Increment Soft 60ft � 5 11)Parking Structure Entry permitted permitted \,t._,''1 12)Vehicle Display:Option 1 Sidewall&Rearwall Increment N/A I N/A / 13)Vehicle Display:Option 2 �� 14)Edge Treatment:Fenced permitted permitted 2.6.Signage Standards Appleway Other USEE 15)Edge Treatment:Terraced permitted permitted Blvd. Streets J G �+ 16)Edge Treatment:Flush permitted 2.6.2.Signage Types _'tA 'C4 `� A10' 2.2.7.Front Street Setback I see section 2.6 Z I minimum/maximum 20 ft/30 ft 15 ft/25 ft 2.2.8.Side Street Setback a minimum/maximum 10 ft/20 ft I 10 ft/20 ft 1r 2.2.9.Side Yard Setback f minimum w/living space windows 10 ft 10 ft '4' G� I minimum w/out living space windows 5 ft 5 ft 1) Special Regulations MUM Z DISPOSITION O� . 2.2.10.Rear Yard Setback — ww �� minimum setback 10 ft I 10 ft p., <$. '4; 00 `��, 2.2.11.AIley Setback a) Front Setback Treatment ° �� 'iQ's. minimum setback 5 ft I 5 ft .,,t0' ..s. 0 .,.,-- '40.11 ,�� I 2.2.12.Frontage Coverage i) As part of Terraced and Fenced Edge Treatments along Appleway Blvd. Q y CO minimum percentage covered 70% I 70% 2.2.13.Build-to-corner low retaining walls and fences shall be located five (5)feet from the back required or not required required I not required of sidewalk. 0 L 2.2.14.Maximum Building Length o maximum building length so ft I so ft ii) Front setback areas shall have at least one large tree. I _ G� PAGE 23 2. 1105. GATEWAY COMMERCIAL AVENUE DISTRICT ZONE: Location: Gateway Commercial Avenue Regulations: Gateway Commercial Avenue Legend: ---:Not Permitted IG:Ground Floor Only �� I1 i L I Permitted:These elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in Section 2.2.2.Building Use Required:These are Required elements of all new development as indicated. �� W M 1 ilii g ig Limited:These frontages may only be applied to access lobbies for upper floor uses that are different from the ground �� PI �' WF�� . *:Community centers,senior centers,teen centers,childcare facilities,and educational facilities are not permitted. - floor use JLJeeoo - r 1 .. 1 I. r. 0• 1 1 u 0 I �M , i..,..� I ;SOC ■BTBM �� +��" '\�1fll g 2.2.Site Development Standards 2.3.Street and Sprague Appleway Other Open Space Standards Ave. Blvd. Streets Street/Street Category Sprague Appleway Other 2.3.1.Street Standards 2.2.1. Building Orientation to Streets and Ave. Blvd. Streets 1)Street Provision required required required 2.2.1. Open Spaces 2)Pre-Located Street required required required 7.Descri tion• Ga a Commercial Avenue 3)Maximum Block Size 5 acres 5 acres 5 acres p y required or not required required I required I required . 2.2.2.Building Use 4)Street Configuration required required required 5)Street Type 1)Retail a)Core Street This is a"themed" specialty district that is dominated by auto sales and services. a)City Center Retail b)City Street --- --- permitted A unique streetscape design and signage regulations combine with special street b)Neighborhood Center Retail c)Neighborhood Street c)Mixed-Use Avenue Retail frontage treatments including vehicle display space and corresponding identifiable d)Neighborhood Green Street d)Corner Store Retail e)Service Street permitted building form regulations to help support and strengthen this regional destination. e)Gateway Commercial Avenue Retail permitted permitted permitted f)Alley The district is interspersed with auto-oriented development and appropriate f)Gateway Commercial Center Retail p pg)Passage * * 2)Civic,Quasi-Civic,&Cultural permitted- permitted- permitted- * compatible uses such as"medium box"commercial sales and services. 3)Office 2.3.2.Open Space Standards 4)Light Industrial permitted permitted permitted see section 2.3.3 Along the Appleway Boulevard Edge and Other Streets, regulations focus on 5)Lodging(w/common entry) buffering requirements to ensure compatibility with adjacent development. 6)Live-Work 2.4. Parking Standards Sprague Appleway Other 7)Residential Ave. Blvd. Streets a)Multi-Family w/Common Entry --- --- --- 2.4.1.Parking Types b)Attached Single-Family w/Individual Entry --- --- --- 1)Surface Parking c)Detached Single-Family Housing --- --- --- a)Front lot --- permitted permitted Envisioned District Composition MIIMMINI 2.2.3.Building Height b)Side lot permitted permitted permitted minimum height 1 floor/20 ft 1 floor/20 ft 1 floor/20 ft c)Rear lot permitted permitted permitted This diagram represents an example of the typical development envisioned for this maximum height 3 floors/42 ft 3 floors/42 ft 3 floors/42 ft 2)Parking Structure 2.2.4.Relation to Single Family Homes a)Exposed permitted permitted permitted district. It does not represent a specific design required on any particular site or required or not applicable N/A I N/A I N/A b)Wrapped-Ground Level permitted permitted permitted property. 2.2.5.Public Frontage Improvements c)Wrapped-All Levels permitted permitted permitted required or not required required I required I not required d)Partially Submerged Podium permitted permitted permitted 2.2.6.Private Frontage e)Underground Parking permitted permitted permitted 1)Shopfront permitted permitted permitted 2.4.2.Parking Standards ZO 2)Corner Entry permitted permitted permitted see section 2.4.2. E� 3)Arcade a4)Grand Portico 5)Forecourt --- --- --- 2.5.Architectural Standards Sprague Appleway Other c. '"!! ,010' 6)Grand Entry permitted permitted permitted Ave. Blvd. Streets !! 2.5.2.Height Massing& Composition 7)Common Lobby Entry FORM 8)Stoop Top required I required required 9)Porch Base required required 0 'Z 10)Front Door 2.5.3.Length Massing&Composition H11)Parking Structure Entry permitted permitted permitted Streetwall Increment I50ft 80ft 150ft U Sidewall&Rearwall Increment N/A N/A N/A 12)Vehicle Display:Option 1 permitted permitted H 13)Vehicle Display:Option 2 permitted 14)Edge Treatment:Fenced permitted permitted Q2.6.Signage Standards Sprague Appleway Other 15)Edge Treatment:Terraced permitted permitted permitted Ave. Blvd. Streets USE 16)Edge Treatment:Flush permitted permitted permitted 2.6.2.Signage Types °' 2.2.7.Front Street Setback see section 2.6 O minimum/maximum Oft/30 ft I 15 ft/no max I 10 ft/no max minimu2.2.8.Sm I Street Setback �� minimum/maximum 10ft/nomax I 10ft/nomax I 10ft/nomax 2.2.9.Side Yard Setback 1) Special Regulations dillimi= minimum w/living space windows loft loft loft There are no special regulations in the GatewayCommercial Avenue District E minimum w/out living space windows 5 ft 5 ft 5 ft p g w DISPOSITION �� 2.2.10.RearYard Setback Zone. P. minimum setback 10 ft I l0 ft I 10 ft 0 �� .�� 2.2.11.Alley Setback W �� minimum setback 5 f I 5 ft I 5 ft W -�� Q- 2.2.12.Frontage Coverage Off° minimum percentage covered 30% I no min. I no min. \ 2.2.13.Build-to-Corner required or not required not required I not required I not required 0 2.2.14.Maximum Building Length 0 maximum building length N/A I 180ft I N/A PAGE 24 2.1 O6. GATEWAY COMMERCIAL CENTER DISTRICT ZONE: NE: Location: Gateway Commercial Centers Regulations: Gateway Commercial Centers Legend: ---:Not Permitted IG:Ground Floor Only ]REILiI I .1 LTJ �� Permitted:These elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in Section 2.2.2.Building Use Required:These are Required elements of all new development as indicated. DoC� EN .'. Mi�JEU�� _ 7 R-4 Limited:These frontages may only be applied to access lobbies for upper floor uses that are different from the ground ea*ewroo at 11Pl M��I= �� [� *:Community centers,senior centers,teen centers,childcare facilities,and educational facilities are not permitted. tea e ! Ems—°3-± �1■'J■��_Yo E S- • Mi® floor use �. 4e . ��o a, P _ i ISA — 1 eeooMB r ��Z fL� 1 1 0 ... I + 2.2.Site Development Standards 2.3.Street and �� ,,� � 1k P Sprague Appleway Other Open Space Standards Ave. BIvd. Streets Street/Street Category - Sprague Appleway Other 2.3.1.Street Standards 2.2.1.Building Orientation to Streets and Ave. Blvd. Streets 1)Street Provision required required required Public Open Spaces 2)Pre-Located Street required required required Description: GatewayCommercial Centers 3)Maximum Block Size I 5 acres 5 acres 5 acres p required or not required required I required I required 4)Street Configuration required required required 2.2.2.Building Use 5)Street Type 1)Retail a)Core Street GatewayCommercial Center, in addition to the typical GatewayCommercial a)City Center Retail b)City Street --- --- permitted Avenue fabric, permit concentrations of auto themed restaurants, entertainment, b)Neighborhood Center Retail c)Neighborhood Street c)Mixed-Use Avenue Retail d)Neighborhood Green Street and recreation to support the Gateway Commercial District's role as a regional d)Corner Store Retail e)Service Street --- --- permitted destination. More urban buildings with higher frontage coverage and wider e)Gateway Commercial Avenue Retail permitted permitted permitted f)Alley sidewalks distinguish the Centers from the rest of the Gateway Commercial f)Gateway Commercial Center Retail permitted* permitted* permitted* g)Passage 2)Civic,Quasi-Civic,&Cultural permitted- permitted- permitted- 2.3.2.Open Space Standards Avenue District and reinforce the Centers'more pedestrian-oriented character. 3)Office see section 2.3.3 4)Light Industrial 5)Lodging(w/common entry) permitted permitted permitted 6)Live-Work 2.4. Parking Standards Sprague Appleway Other 7)Residential Ave. Blvd. Streets Envisioned District Composition A11.11a)Multi-Family w/Common Entry 2.4.1.Parking Types b)Attached Single-Family w/Individual Entry 1)Surface Parking his diagram represents an example of the typical development envisioned for thi`. c)Detached Single-Family Housing a)Front lot pemmitted permitted istrict. It does not represent a specific design required on any particular site o 2.2.3.6uilding Height b)Side lot permitted permitted permitted minimum height 1 floor/20 ft 1 floor/20 ft 1 floor/20 ft c)Rear lot permitted permitted permitted property. maximum height 3 floors/42 ft 3 floors/42 ft 3 floors/42 ft 2)Parking Structure 2.2.4.Relation to Single Family Homes a)Exposed permitted permitted permitted required or not applicable N/A I N/A I N/A b)Wrapped-Ground Level permitted permitted permitted 2.2.5.Public Frontage Improvements c)Wrapped-All Levels permitted permitted permitted required or not required required I required I not required d)Partially Submerged Podium permitted permitted permitted 2.2.6.Private Frontage e)Underground Parking permitted permitted permitted 1)Shopfront permitted permitted permitted 2.4.2.Parking Standards M 2)Corner Entry permitted permitted permitted i see section 2.4.2. 3)Arcade FORM 4)Grand Portico ''' �� 1111" 5)Forecourt --- --- --- 2.5.Architectural Standards Sprague Appleway Other X4.,1 6)Grand Entry permitted permitted permitted Ave. BIVd. Streets y ► 2.5.2.Height Massing&Composition i 7)Common Lobby Entry Top required I required I required \-fie 8)Stoop 9)Porch Base required required required 10)Front Door 2.5.3.Length Massing&Composition 11)Parking Structure Entry permitted permitted permitted Streetwall Increment 100ft I 80ft I 100ft USE 12)Vehicle Display:Option 1 Sidewall&Rearwall Increment N/A N/A N/A 13)Vehicle Display:Option 2 s9 : 45P. 14)Edge Treatment:Fenced --- permitted permitted 15)Edge Treatment:Terraced permitted permitted permitted 2.6.Signage Standards Sprague Appleway Other 16)Edge Treatment:Flushpermittedpermittedpermitted Ave. Blvd. Streets g 2.6.2.Signage Types 2.2.7.Front Street Setback see section 2.6 '' z minimum/maximum Oft/10ft I 5ft/nomax I Oft/nomax O 2.2.8.Side Street Setback E minimum/maximum Oft/20ft Oft/nomax Oft/nomax 1) Special Regulations l DISPOSITION I I ,s.. . 2.2.9.Side Yard Setback C7 minimum w/living space windows 10 ft 10 ft 10 ft There are no special regulations in the Gateway Commercial Center District Zone. .6' �-4-. minimum w/out living space windows 5 ft 5 ft 5 ft H -VS-<4.:' �� 2.2.10.Rear Yard Setback w � minimum setback 10 ft I 10 ft I 10 ft a 2.2.11.Alley Setback 0 I minimum setback 5ft I 5ft I 5ft N 2.2.12.Frontage Coverage N minimum percentage covered 50% I no min. I no min. 1 2.2.13.Build-to-Corner required or not required required I not required I not required 2.2.1 4.Maximum Building Length 0 0 maximum building length N/A I 180ft I N/A PAGE 25 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK z 0 0 VD 0 H H VD0 H 0 0 0 PAGE 26 2,2. SITE ( ( 2.2.12. Frontage Coverage ) ) 22.1 U BUILDING ORIENTATION DEVELOPMENT \ / / I 2.2.13. 1) Required Building Orientation III II NI� I�R REGULATIONS BA F _MINPR •�_- �.-- Build-to-Corner ! Where building orientation to streets and public spaces is required, primary SIDEWALK ' �— _ f entrances to all buildings must face and feature entrances that open directly on to Site Development Regulations consist of I 411P publicly accessible streets, public spaces such as pedestrian promenades, public regulations controlling Use, Hei ht, and "- greens,plazas or squares,or Active Open Spaces(see Section 2.3.2). In instances g Frontage and Building Placement. I ,��— where a choice must be made between orientation toward a primary public street Fig.2.2. Site Development Regulations - I •* =o - or an open space,the primary public street should be given precedence. provides an overview of the regulations A [7 , ��— A 2.2.14. i) Buildings Oriented to Active Open Space. When a building is located contained in these sections as well as other I Maximum Building along an active open space(s), additional regulations or exceptions shall primary regulations. Refer to the sections — , 2.2.1. Length apply as referenced in Sections 2.2, 2.3, and 2.5 governing building noted for definitions and specifications for - ) Building disposition,open space and architecture. each of these regulations. Orientation 4iiiiii: ii) Alleys and Passages. Alleys and passages do not qualify as streets 2.2.1.Building OrientationI __- and public spaces for the purposes of satisfying required building 2.2.2.Building Use =o orientation. Parking structures,carriage houses and accessory buildings 46 46 46 i are encouraged to be located along alleys, rather than along streets or 2.2.3.Building Height2.3.2.Open = = = — active open spaces. 2.2.4.Relation to Single Family Homes Space I III Regulations = — — 111) Unimproved Right-of-Way and Future Acquisition Area's. The existing PROPERTY LINE/ 2.2.5.Public Frontage ___________ ,r ,r M, =a unconstructed Appleway right-of-way and future acquisitions areas 2.2.6.Private Frontagen (FAA's)identified in the Spokane Valley Municipal Code shall qualify as I ^ / uni= streets for the purpose of satisfying building orientation requirements. 2.2.7.Front Street Setback k PLAN 2.2.8. Side Street Setback 2) "Front Street" and "Side Street" Classifications 2.2.9. Some regulations throughout Book II refer to"Front Streets"and"Side Streets." 2.2.9. Side Yard Setback Side Yard g EXISTING PROPERTY LINE/,Setback or BACK OF SIDEWALK/, ,/PROPERTY LINE* For the purposed of this Specific Plan,these terms are defined as follows: Z 2.2.10. Rear Yard Setback I 12.2.10. I 0 Rear Yard I I i) Front Streets shall include Sprague Avenue,Appleway Boulevard, City 2.2.11.Alley Setback Setback ,_ or 2.2.2 Buildin•g - 1 12.2.3.Building Height Center Core Street and City Center Street"B". . c. 2.2.12.Frontage Coverage 2.2.11. ' Alley Usesr 2.2.7.Front Street Setback or ii) On corner properties along Sprague Avenue or Appleway Boulevard, H 2.2.13. Build-to-Corner e."-----.. Setback -0 v' 2.2.8.Side Street Setback Z �y Sprague Avenue or Appleway Boulevard shall be Front Streets, and all w '4-,,f74,41:." 2.2.5. Public Frontage& z 2.2.14. Maximum Building Length cross streets shall be Side Streets. The only exception to this is in the a .'�'. ,��! 2.2.6. Private Frontage 0 �isZ!f 2.4. Parking Regulations instance of the corner of the City Center Core Street at Sprague Avenue, w 2.2.4. Relation to `• •. < /' 2.3.1.Street Standards in which case both Sprague Avenue and the Core Street shall be classified w Single Family Homes I as Front Streets. *The exact location of the Back Of E. SECTION AA Sidewalk may or may not coincide with iii) On corner properties along multiple Other Streets,any street along which V' the front property line. as building's primary entrance is located shall be classified as a Front Street. The remaining streets shall be Side Streets. o FIG,2,2. SITE DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS c H z w a 0 a w w 0 0 PAGE 27 2.2.2. BUILDING USE (b) Beverage vendors serving coffee, smoothies,juices, and other non- iv) Prohibited Uses: alcoholic beverages. (1) Bail-bonds offices. For the purposes of this Plan, all permitted and conditionally permitted uses have been classified into Use Categories. These categories are described in the (c) Chairs and tables for outdoor dining and carts for merchant display (2) Gas Stations. table below. They include permitted and conditional uses for each category, as may be permitted in the public right-of-way(i.e. in sidewalk areas) well as other aspects of their development such as size and location. All uses provided that: b) Neighborhood Center Retail listed are permitted by right, except those uses specifically listed as Conditional. (i) The use maintains a minimum five(5)foot wide unobstructed Conditional uses are defined as those which require special consideration either portion of sidewalk corridor adjacent to the building which i) Permitted Uses: of their impacts on the neighborhood and land uses in the vicinity and/or of is clear and for d e unim edpedestrian traffic. their physical organization and design and shall be processed consistent with p (1) Medium to large-scale grocery store or supermarket not exceeding sixty five thousand square feet(65,000 s.f.). the requirements of the SVMC 19.150. A conditional use shall be considered (ii) The use keeps the full width of the building entrance clear for approval if the proposed use conforms to all requirements specified in the and unimpeded for building access. (2) Neighborhood-serving retail and services for which the nearby residential conditional use policy, and if it conforms to the goals and vision of the Plan asset neighborhoods are the primary customers,featuring smaller scale uses up forth in Book I. All permitted uses for a single District Zone are allowed either (4) Entertainment&recreation uses,including the following: to five thousand square feet(5,000 s.f.)per use,including small grocery alone or in combination with any other permitted uses within a parcel. Proposed stores,pharmacies,banks, hair and nail salons,beauty or barber shops, (a) Movie theaters and private performing arts theaters. shoe repair, cafes and food sales (e.g. delicatessens,bakeries,butchers, uses that are not explicitly listed below may be permitted if they are deemed by p the Community Development Director/Designee to meet the purpose and intent (b) Recreational uses such as bowling, roller-skating and ice-skating etc.),and especially residential convenience uses such as video rental& of the Plan.Adult uses are regulated in SVMC 19.80. rinks,dance halls;in all cases the serving of alcohol must be clearly sales,florists, dry cleaners, laundromats, or business convenience uses such as copy shops,office supply,or photo developing. ancillary to the recreational use. 1) Retail (3) Eating and drinking establishments, for which nearby residential (c) Music venues, dance halls, billiard rooms not serving alcoholic neighborhoods are the primary customers, featuring small scale uses beverages, or those serving alcoholic beverages, provided this up to two thousand and five hundred square feet (2,500 s.f.) per use, a) City Center Retail activity is clearly ancillary to food service. including the following uses: i) Permitted Uses: (5) Art galleries and display spaces with a retail component. (a) Fast food restaurants. (1) City Center retail anchors, including supermarkets, pharmacies, (6) Health and exercise clubs. convenience stores,junior department stores and general merchandise (b) Restaurants serving alcoholic beverages. "anchor retail"and"superstore"uses-particularly those not specializing (7) Banks and financial institutions. (c) Beverage vendors serving coffee, smoothies,juices, and other non in the sale of large-scale goods. (8) Business services - businesses that generate a significant amount of alcoholic beverages. o (2) Retail sales&services,including the following: foot traffic, such as computer and office supply, photocopy shops, (4) Health and Exercise Clubs. N photo finishers, and print shops -excluding sales and storage of heavy (a) Specialty food retail, including the following and similar specialty equipment. (5) Banks and financial institutions. c foods: chocolate/candy; general gourmet; ice cream; pastry/ desserts; yogurt/dairy; doughnuts/bakery; wine shops and wine (9) Personal services-especially those types of services that are particularly (6) Business services - businesses that generate a significant amount of neighborhood-oriented - including the following and similar services: foot traffic, such as computer w tasting and similar specialty foods. and office supply, photocopy shops, photo shops,travel agencies,hair and nail salons,spas,beauty or bather photo finishers, and print shops -excluding sales and storage of heavy o (b) Specialty goods retail, including the following and similar specialty shops, shoe repair. equipment. 4a goods uses: cooking supplies/culinary; general housewares; Q decorator/arts and design centers (including tile,floor and wall ii) Conditional Uses-upon granting of a Conditional Use Permit: (7) Personal services-especially those types of services that are particularly neighborhood-oriented - including the following and similar services:w coverings); specialtyhardware; antique stores sellinghigh-quality (1) Bars and nightclubs,includingestablishments providingentertainment, E. photo shops,travel agencies,hair and nail salons,spas,beauty or barber cn used goods (this category excludes thrift and second-hand stores); and establishments serving alcoholic beverages not clearly ancillary to party supplies; lamps/lighting; household accessories; books/ food service. shops, shoe repair. o magazines/stationary;music/instruments. (2) Farmers Markets and other seasonal sales. ii) Conditional Uses-upon granting of a Conditional Use Permit: a (c) Quality goods and services, including the following and similar (1) Supermarket exceeding sixty five thousand square feet(65,000 s.f.). (3) Other similar and compatible uses deemed by the Community c. uses:small crafts; specialty furniture;clothing/shoe stores;stereo/ Development Director/Designee to meet thepurpose and intent of the P g (2) Neighborhood serving retail&services exceeding five thousand square video or computers;cameras/photography;sporting goods;bicycle Plan. feet(5,000 s.f.)per use. z shops; outdoor/sports clothing and supplies; toys/games; cards/ ogifts; jewelry; watches/clocks/plants; beauty/cosmetics; flowers; iii) Special Conditions: (3) Unanchored Neighborhood Center cluster of stores exceeding twenty quality consignment stores. (1) Minimum interior height for ground level retail of all types is fourteen five thousand square feet(25,000 s.f.). w (14)feet from floor to ceiling. This may not be applied to use conversion (3) Eating and Drinking Establishments including the following uses: iii) Special Conditions: in an existing building. o (a) Restaurants serving alcoholic beverages or providing entertainment, (1) May be free-standing building or incorporated into mixed-use building. o provided this activity is clearly ancillary to food service. (2) Drive-up/drive through windows are allowed for permitted uses listed A4 above with direct access to Sprague Avenue. PAGE 28 (2) Minimum interior height for ground level retail of all types is fourteen d) Corner Store Retail IIII (c) Print and Graphics Supply and Service, including typesetting, (14)feet from floor to ceiling for new buildings. lithography,graphics and art services, etc. i) Permitted Uses: (3) Drive-through business are permitted subject to the following criteria: (d) Big Box and Medium Box Warehouse retail,restaurant supply retail, (1) Corner Store: A maximum two thousand and five hundred square feet and warehouse scale buying club retail. (a) Drive-through facilities are permitted on sites adjacent to a (2,500 s.f.)locally serving retail establishment that is integrated into a principal arterial street. Access and stacking lanes serving drive- larger building on the corner of a block. ii) Prohibited Uses: through businesses shall not be located between a building and any (a) Corner store uses include the following: Small grocery stores, (1) Full service restaurants adjacent street, public sidewalk or pedestrian plaza. (See S1 MC pharmacies, banks, cafes and food sales, residential convenience 22.50.030 for stacking and queuing lane requirements. uses such as video rental & sales, florists, dry cleaners or Gateway Commercial Center Retail (b) Stacking lanes shall be physically separated from the parking lot, laundromats, or business convenience uses such as copy shops, sidewalk, and pedestrian areas by landscaping and/or architectural office supply or photo developing. i) Permitted Uses: element, or any combination therein. ii) Conditional Uses-upon granting of a Conditional Use Permit: (1) Eating and Drinking Establishments including the following uses: c) Mixed Use Avenue Retail (1) Individual uses larger that two thousand and five hundred square feet (a) Restaurants serving alcoholic beverages or providing (2,500 s.f.) provided that the use is unique and not already provided entertainment. i) Permitted Uses: within a 1 mile trade area. (b) Bars, nightclubs and casinos. (1) "Medium Box" Commercial Sales& Services including the following: iii) Special Conditions: (c) Beverage vendors serving coffee, smoothies, juices, and other (a) Establishments selling or servicing Large Scale Goods such as (1) Corner Store Retail development may not exceed five thousand square nonalcoholic beverages. party goods, art supplies,sporting goods,electronics or appliances, feet(5,000 s.f.)total per cluster. outdoor accessories, furniture, home furnishings, hardware, and (2) Entertainment and recreation uses including: f g (2) Corner Store Retail must be located on the corner of a block, and the home improvements stores. entrance must face a public street, square,or plaza space. (a) Movie theaters and private performing arts theaters. (b) Commercial services such as miscellaneous Repair Service uses (3) Minimum interior height for ground level retail of all types is 14 ft.from (b) Recreational uses such as bowling, roller-skating and ice-skating with no outdoor storage, including plumbing services, laundry floor to ceiling. This may not be applied to use conversion in an existing rinks. services, cleaning and janitorial service and supplies, vacuum building. cleaning and sewing repair and rental shops, etc. (c) Music venues, dance halls, billiard rooms. (4) Drive-ups and drive-thrus are not permitted. (c) Print and Graphics Supply and Service, including typesetting, (3) Financial Institutions lithography,graphics and art services, etc. e) Gateway Commercial Avenue Retail o ii) Conditional Uses: N (d) Big Box and Medium Box Warehouse retail, restaurant supply i) Permitted Uses: a (1) Commercial outdoor recreation such as amusement parks,go kart tracks, retail, and warehouse scale buying club retail. c. athletic fields, mini-golf music/performance amphitheaters and similar (1) Vehicle Sales and Services,including automobiles,recreational vehicles, g p p (e) Warehousing is permitted as an accessory to retail or light industrial boats,motorsports vehicles,etc. uses. z use. The total area of a building to be used for warehousing may (2) Vehicle repair,body and glass shops. a o not exceed 30%of the total floor area. I (3) Vehicle parts and accessories. w (2) Drive-in/Drive-up Fast Food Restaurants and espresso stands. (4) Gas stations.(Gas station may be exempt from 2.2.3.Minimum Building w (3) Gas stations and auto repair shops. (Gas station may be exempt from Height Regulations and 2.2.12.Frontage Coverage Regulations.) vi 2.2.3. Minimum Building Height Regulations and 2.2.12. Frontage Coverage Regulations.) (5) Drive-in/Drive-up Fast Food Restaurants z 0 (4) Convenience Stores (6) "Medium Box" Commercial Sales& Services including the following: a (5) Veterinary clinics and"doggy day care"facilities. (a) Establishments selling or servicing Large Scale Goods such as c. (6) Pawn shops,check cashing stores and casinos. party goods, art supplies,sporting goods,electronics or appliances, z outdoor accessories, furniture, home furnishings, hardware, and w (7) Funeral homes. home improvements stores. o a w ii) Prohibited Uses: (b) Commercial services such as miscellaneous Repair Service uses w with no outdoor storage, including plumbing services, laundry (1) Full service restaurants. •; services, cleaning and janitorial service and supplies, vacuum (2) Used vehicle sales. cleaning and sewing repair and rental shops, etc. o PAGE 29 2) Civic, Quasi-Civic, & Cultural 4) Light Industrial 7) Residential i) Permitted Uses: i) Permitted Uses: a) Multi-Family Housing with Common Entry (1) Cultural and entertainment facilities including community theaters, (1) Light Industrial uses such as technology businesses,light manufacturing performing arts centers,museums,and auditoriums and assembly, plastic injection molding (thermoplastic), provided that i) Permitted Uses: the use does not produce excessive noise,vibrations or odor per SVMC (2) Libraries Chapter 7.05,Nuisances. (1) Buildings designed as a residence for three or more households where some dwelling units are accessed from a common lobby entry or shared (3) Public recreation facilities hallway. 5) Lodging (4) Community centers,senior centers,teen centers (2) Assisted Living Facilities and Convalescent/Nursing Homes i) Permitted Uses: (5) Childcare facilities (3) Congregate Dwellings (1) Hostels,Hotels,Motels(with common entry),Bed&Breakfasts (6) Social service facilities b) Attached Single Family Dwellings with Individual Entry (7) Churches and places of worship i) Permitted Uses: (8) Sports stadiums i Permitted Uses: (1) Residential living space that also includes an integrated work space (1) Buildings designed as a residence for two or more households where (9) Fire and police stations all dwelling units have a dedicated entrance accessed directly from the principally used by one or more residents. Work activity shall be limited sidewalk or publicly-accessible open space. Includes duplexes and (10) Transit facilities,terminals and stations to business (primarily office), and/or the making of arts and crafts, townhouses. including painting, graphic production, photography, print, ceramics, (11) Educational facilities (a) Attached Dwelling developments may be proposed outside ofsculpture, needlework,tapestry making,pottery making, hand weaving (12) General government offices and other activities compatible with residential use. Planned Residential Developments (PRDs) and are not subject to minimum lot sizes. (2) Permitted work activities shall be classified as a business and shall be subject to all applicable City,County and State regulations. c) Detached Single Family Dwellings i) Permitted Uses: ii) Conditional Uses: i) Permitted Uses: (1) Business and professional offices Upon granting of a Conditional Use Permit: (1) A detached building designed as a residence for one household. (2) Data/telecommunication offices (1) Work activities that require hazardous assembly, including fabrication, o manufacturing, repair or processing operations such as welding and • Special Conditions I 0 (3) Educational and instructional facilities woodworking(with more than three fixed pieces of equipment). These conditions apply to all uses: (4) Exhibition,convention or other commercial assembly facilities iii) Special Conditions: (5) Medical and dental offices i) Outside Display w (1) The maximum number of employees not including the owner/occupant is limited to two. (1) Items for sale or rental may be displayed outside during business hours 0 (6) Real estate agencies and general finance offices only. (2) Once established, Live-Work may not be converted to a solely (7) Insurance agencies and title companies (2) Items for sale may be displayed on public sidewalks provided that an commercial or business use. However, Live-Work units may revert to (8) Research and development offices solely residential use. minimum eight-foot wide unobstructed portion of the sidewalk corridor E. is kept clear and unimpeded for pedestrian traffic and the full width of the buildingentrance remains clear and unimpeded for buildingaccess. (9) Indoor veterinary clinics p o ii) Conditional Uses: ii) Outside Storage Upon granting of a Conditional Use Permit: These uses are encouraged (1) All storage must be within an enclosed building except that retail provided that the traffic impacts of these uses are analyzed and mitigated to products that are normally displayed outside due to size, weight, or the satisfaction of the Community Development Director/Designee. nature of the product,may be so displayed in all Districts except for the z City Center District Zone. Examples include cars, boats, machinery, (1) Health clinics or Hospitals plant materials, seasonal products and storage sheds. 0 (2) Inoperable vehicles shall not be displayed or stored outside. 0 0 PAGE 30 2.2.3. BUILDING HEIGHT 2.2. 4. RELATION TO SINGLE FAMILY HOMES Building Height is defined,for the purposes of this Plan, as the vertical extent of a A relational height limit to single-family homes is established in order to create building. Height for buildings is regulated by both the number of floors permitted, an appropriate height relationship where new development within the Plan Area is and by total feet permitted. New structures must meet the minimum and maximum adjacent to existing single-family homes outside of the Plan Area. This relational for both floor and dimension requirements. The number of floors shall include height limit shall apply as required in Section 2.1.District Zones Regulations. all floors located above the average finished grade, and shall not include portions of the building substantially submerged or partly submerged below grade such as 1) Abbutting basements or podiums. Where new development is on a parcel abutting a parcel with an existing single- Height shall be measured from the average finished grade to the top of cornice, family home outside of the Plan Area then the height of new development may parapet,or cave line of a peaked roof. Height for buildings with mansard roofs may not increase by more than forty five degrees when measured from the angle that be measured from average finished grade to the top of the mansard roof ridge line originates at fifteen (15) feet above the applicable property line (creating a 1 to 1 (see Section 2.5.4.Architectural Elements for regulations governing roof design). height to setback ration) as shown in Figure 2.2.4. 1) Relation to Single-Family Permitted minimum and maximum heights shall be as determined in Section 2.1. Homes(Abutting). District Zones Regulations. Portions of a building that are not part of the primary building mass,such as entrance 2) Across Streets porticos, bays and stoops, are not required to meet minimum height requirements. Where new development is on a parcel directly across the street from a parcel Parking podiums are not required to meet minimum height requirements. Portions of with an existing single-family home outside of the Plan Area then, as shown in the building that extend above the primary building mass,such as dormers,roof-top Figure 2.2.4. 2) Relation to Single-Family Homes (Across Streets), the height of cupolas,elevator and mechanical equipment enclosures,roof deck trellises,gazebos, new development: and other special features, shall not exceed the maximum height requirement by more than ten(10)feet. i) May not exceed a maximum of three stories within twenty(20)feet of the Accessory buildings,including non-dwelling units such as freestanding garages for required minimum Front or Side Street Setback, and individual residential units, service structures and tool sheds, shall not exceed one and one-half stories or fourteen(14)feet. ii) May increase in height up to the permitted height limit after a stepback of Corner Entry Private Frontages (see Section 2.2.6.) shall not exceed the permitted twenty(20)feet from the required minimum Front or Side Street Setback. maximum height by more than twenty(20)feet. z 0 I a 'Po4 PROPERTY LINE/PLAN C7 I `rip Oar TOP OF CORNICE, AREA BOUNDARY 1.1 Abe , r Required min.Front , E� PARAPET, EAVE LINE or Side Street Setback ` min.20'Stepback W Y 'Height Limit Height Limiter O r � 4 Back of Sidewalk Back of Sidewalk W 3 •, / Relational Height Limit W max.3 Storiel r�� w .z.., II _...... E. o am ov ' 0 'y o\.o�/ 0 2 .7- I tee\ c I / O PI E m Ac. Z 1 AVERAGE ' ' H FINISH 15 II. w GRADE a 4,w Detached / / Detached W Single-Family Rear or Side Setback Single-Family Home Home ( Street ) ,-i FiG.2,2,3, BUILDING HEIGHT FIG.2.2.4. 1) RELATION TO SINGLE-FAMILY HOMES FIG.2.2.4. 2) RELATION TO SINGLE-FAMILY HOMES t0 (ABUTTING) (ACROSS STREETS) -- PAGE 31 2.2.5. PUBLIC FRONTAGE IMPROVEMENTS 2) Sprague Avenue Public Frontage contributions and Private Frontage/Front Street Setback area treatments shall be coordinated with street improvements as follows: 1) Definition Public Frontage is the area between the thoroughfare curb face and the back of ii: f sidewalk line,including the sidewalk and any sidewalk landscape areas as shown in a) City Center District Zone: _ , Figure 2.2.5. Public Frontage. F0 +'. . ��' -r.�, Housice ng / i) North Properties: a I ° _ All parcels alongSprague Avenue andA Appleway Boulevard are required contribute The future curb and back of sidewalk will correspond approximately to the 2-o �''" .�'r- am ppP Y q P PP Y : . '1IIL to Public Frontage improvements. existing curb and back of sidewalk. �Nr -1R Where Where Public Frontage improvements are required, the exact location of the back 1�� \dl, ag p (1) Prior to Streetscape Improvements: Public Frontage shall be constructed 0! Retail of sidewalk shall be based on the street configurations described in Section 3.3. by developers as development occurs and Private Frontage/Front Setback i ��,�,_ _ Streetscape Improvements and mayor maynot coincide with the existingfront —�� p p Area treatments shall be built to the existing back of sidewalk. �••• .—L_._ property line. When approved streetscape plans are drafted, those plans shall be , used as a baseline to determine the back of sidewalk location with approval of the (2) Following Streetscape Improvements: an in-lieu fee shall be required to o Build-To-Line Community Development Director/Designee. cover improvements as constructed. 1 I 4-10'-i` CITY CENTER Required Public Frontage improvements must be coordinated with Private Frontage/ ii) South Properties EXISTING CURB► 1 1 1EXISTIN IIG BACK OF SIDEWALK Front Street Setback area treatments and, in many cases, may necessitate the The future curb will be relocated and the future back of sidewalk will be located provision of additional sidewalk width on private property. approximately ten(10)feet south of the existing right-of-way. FUTURE CURB ►I I(FUTURE BACK OF SIDEWALK As development occurs, property owners shall contribute Public Frontage (1) Prior to Streetscape Improvements:an in-lieu fee for future improvements improvements either through construction of the public frontage or an in-lieu fee. FIG.2.2.5. 2)a)ii) CITY CENTER shall be required,Private Frontage/Front Setback Area treatments shall be Typical Public Frontage requirements for each District Zone are described below. SOUTH PROPERTIES built to the future back of sidewalk,and temporary sidewalk improvements Actual requirements shall be determined on a case by case basis by the Community Development Director/Designee. shall be built between the existing back of sidewalk and the future back of sidewalk. See Book III: City Actions for more information about staged implementation of street network and streetscape improvements along Sprague Avenue and Appleway (a) For large developments, the entire public frontage may be b) Neighborhood Center District Zone: Boulevard. required to be built as development occurs(to be determined The future curb-to-curb will be narrowed and the future back of sidewalk will by the Community Development Director Designee). correspond approximately to the existing back of sidewalk. z (2) Following Streetscape Improvements: an in-lieu fee shall be required to 0 I I I I cover improvements as constructed. i) Prior to Streetscape Improvements:an in-lieu fee for future improvements BACK OF SIDEWALK'( (,CURB CURB Ii BACK OF SIDEWALK shall be required and Private Frontage/Front Setback area treatments shall c. be built to the existing back of sidewalk. z 11..,.," ii FollowingStreetscape Improvements: an in-lieu fee shall be required to w w '4- cover ) p p qcover improvements as constructed. o t,�.> •r I� pu 4 H iOfFice/ 4. w �` �M '�l� i Housing P� ` � E� h� j PUBLIC ii ��y, 0 04 �p PUBLIC PUBLIC _ + ly `I'1 4 + 4''•I'•- `l o FRONTAGE FRONTAGE +•� 1 �i ///////� ///////. 1 _ �� ,t 9,.' =IT. ( CORRIDOR _ i` Retail i Retail FIG.2.2.5, PUBLIC FRONTAGE - DEFINITION — ••... SII 1 moss 1 z w p EXISTING BACK i EXISTING CURB EXISTING CURB i EXISTING BACK W OF SIDEWALK OF SIDEWALK FUTURE BACK 1FUTURE CURB FUTURE CURB 1 FUTURE BACK OF SIDEWALK OF SIDEWALK o 0 FIG.2.2.5. 2)a)ii) CITY CENTER FIG.2.2.5. 2)b) NEIGHBORHOOD CENTER NORTH PROPERTIES PAGE 32 c) Mixed-Use Avenue District Zone: East of University Road e) Gateway Commercial Center & Gateway Commercial 3) Appleway Boulevard The future curb-to-curb will be narrowed and the future back of sidewalk will Avenue District Zones: Public Frontage contributions and Private Frontage/Front Street Setback area be located within the existing right-of-way. The future curb and back of sidewalk will correspond approximately to the treatments shall be coordinated with street improvements as follows: existing curb back of sidewalk. i) Prior to Streetscape Improvements:an in-lieu fee for future improvements shall be required and portions of Private Frontage/Front Setback area i) Prior to Streetscape Improvements: Public Frontage shall be constructed a) Community Boulevard District Zone: treatments shall be built to the existing back of sidewalk. Remaining by developers as development occurs and Private Frontage/Front Setback The future right-of-way will be widened to approximately one hundred (100) Private Frontage/Front Setback area treatments shall be built to the future area treatments shall be built to the existing back of sidewalk. feet in locations where the existing right-of-way is narrower than one hundred back of sidewalk upon street reconfiguration. (100)feet. Where the existing right-of-way is one hundred(100)feet,the future ii) Following Streetscape Improvements: an in-lieu fee shall be required to ii) Following Streetscape Improvements: an in-lieu fee shall be required to cover improvements as constructed. back-of sidewalk will correspond approximately to the existing right-of-way. cover improvements as constructed. Where the existing right-of-way will be widened, the future back-of sidewalk will be located along the future right-of-way. d) Mixed Use Avenue District Zone• West of University i) Prior to Streetscape Improvements:an in-lieu fee for future improvements Road shall be required and Private Frontage/Front Setback area treatments shall be built to the future back of sidewalk. The future curb and back of sidewalk will correspond approximately to the existing curb and back of sidewalk. ii) Following Streetscape Improvements: an in-lieu fee shall be required to cover improvements as constructed. i) Prior to Streetscape Improvements:: Public Frontage shall be constructed by developers as development occurs and Private Frontage/Front Setback area treatments shall be built to the existing back of sidewalk. ii) Following Streetscape Improvements: An in-lieu fee shall be required to cover improvements as constructed. ''' 5,1'", ( t_ t 1 '` � ` o A 1 ?k, AV- . At „40 4 ajr.Y ,' , �p Le..., 0.r•Y g J _ �v 11 z } o . r:r-y, -4:'4.' + ';�� .,,,4'frr 1 , f f" r ` III 0Housin h5gyOffice/Housing , lt TiII 1-4Q 1 E I . _._.,..,.. III I_.....- c% __.,,_,.,,...._......,._......,...,.,,... 4 _.,.,,... E. EXISTING CURB �� 1 EXISTING BACK OF EXISTING RIGHT �. z EXISTING CURB�I 1EXISTING BACK OF SIDEWALK OF WAY zo I SIDEWALK(VARIES) FUTURE CURB 1FUTURE BACK OF FUTURE BACK OF 1FUTURE CURB FUTURE CURB 1FUTURE BACK OF SIDEWALK SIDEWALK or SIDEWALK FUTURE WIDENED RIGHT OF WAY E� z W a a IFIG.2.2.5. 2)d) MIXED USE - WEST SIDE OF IFIG.2.2.5. 2)e) GATEWAY COMMERCIAL 1FIG.2.2.5. n)a) COMMUNITY BOULEVARD o UNIVERSITY ROAD CENTER AND GATEWAY AVENUE Q 0 0 PAGE 33 b) Gateway Commercial Center & Gateway Commercial 2.2.6. PRIVATE FRONTAGE Avenue District Zones: The future curb may be relocated and,in most cases,the future back of sidewalk 1) Definition 8 will correspond approximately to the existing back of sidewalk. Private frontage includes both: 14 BACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALK i) Prior to Streetscape Improvements: Public Frontage shall be constructed Sp p g 1)Portions of a property between the back of sidewalk line andthe primary building by developers as development occurs and Private Frontage/Front Setback TOP OF TOP OF facade along any Street. 1ST OR 2ND a U 1ST OR 2ND area treatments shall be built to the existing back of sidewalk. II.: FL R ' .— FLOOR 2)Portions of all primary building facades up to the top of the first or second floor, �' ii) Following Streetscape Improvements: an in-lieu fee shall be required to including building entrances, located along and oriented toward streets or active — /7/ F ,., mss. ' cover improvements as constructed. open spaces as shown in Figure 2.2.6. 1)Private Frontage. : ''• ,,,�' P Jy ill Ao- 2) Private Frontage Types /ii.. I, _ _ I ill' A property's permitted and/or required Private Frontage Types shall be as specified ��TE 1, ��IVATE Y Y � g PRIVATE I PRIVATE within each District Zone's regulations charts. All permitted frontage types for FRONTAGE A ` FRONTAGE / a single District Zone are allowed either alone or in combination with any other CORRIDOR permitted frontage type within a single building as specified by the District Zones Regulations. FIG.2.2.6. t ) PRIVATE FRONTAGE - DEFINITION Private Frontage standards regulate a building's primary entrance treatments, encroachments, setback areas and property edges as shown in the Figure 2.2.6. 2) FRONT STREET Private Frontage Type Specifications. Several Private Frontage Type Specification CURB T-� illustrations depict the front setback dimension with an "x". The minimum and maximum number for that setback dimension shall be as specified in Section 2.1. BACK — — — — — I ° 5� SIDEWALK FRONT STREET FRONTAGE I ,s44 4 °J�' c REGULATIONS I District Zones Regulations. Private frontage regulations apply along the full length I Ie PRIMARY BUILDING FACADE D �o = o of the property frontage,even where there is no building facade. I.� 4',Ij1ler� m ::=T '';. 3) Corner Parcels =A,Ei " Housing 5 R On corner parcels, the Front Street Private Frontage treatment shall extend along °z o �� , O lrf� I A the entire length of the Front Street's back of sidewalk. The Side Street Private 1 Frontage treatment shall extend along the remainder of the Side Street's back of g 112 ' C7 EXISTING CURB EXISTING BACK sidewalk as shown in Figure 2.2.6. 3)Private Frontage—Corner Parcel. F4 (VARIES) OF SIDEWALKCorner Parcels must locate an entrance(s) along Front Streets or incorporate a corner PROPERTY LINE BACK OF WZ FUTURE CURB 1 FUTURE BACK entry. Entrances are permitted,but not required along Side Streets. I SIDEWALK) p OF SIDEWALK 4) Active Open Spaces FIG.2.2.6, 3) PRIVATE FRONTAGE - CORNER PARCEL 1FIG•2.2.5. 3)b) GATEWAY COMMERCIAL Along Active Open Spaces, Private Frontage shall be defined as the portion of a E.L4 CENTER AND GATEWAY AVENUE property between the building facade and the Active Open Space Edge(see Section `" 2.3.2.Open Space Regulations). z Buildings oriented towards Active Open Spaces shall select from permitted Private EFrontage Types for all entrances located along the active public space. a c. 5) Edge Treatments z Fenced Edge,Terraced Edge,and Flush Edge are edge treatments that are combined w with Private Frontage Types and establish a desirable relationship between front o setback areas and the public sidewalk. When landscaping Grand Portico,Forecourt, wGrand Entry, Common Lobby Entry, Stoop, Porch, and Front Door setback areas, an edge treatment must be selected from those permitted for the given District Zone and applied to the setback area in accordance with the specified edge treatment's o regulations. o PAGE 34 1) SHOPFRONT I 0 BACK OF SIDEWALK ' BACK OF SIDDAIALK The shopfront frontage type defines the primary treatment for ground-level commercial uses oriented to display and access directly _- II from public sidewalks. Each shopfront must contain at least one welcoming building entrance. It shall have clear-glass display •l■ windows framed within storefront pilasters and base. A minimum three(3)foot zone behind the window glazing must provide an •iui unobstructed view of the establishment's goods & services. Entrances are constructed at sidewalk grade. Shopfront composition iMiii should include projecting signs, as well as window signs and awning signs. Close proximity to high volumes of pedestrian traffic Lmum make attention to craft and visual interest within the storefront facade important. Shopfront and awning design should vary � �� from shopfront to shopfront. Shopfronts are built up to the back of the public sidewalk, and any setback areas must be treated MI as extensions of the sidewalk space. Recessed entrances are permitted with a maximum width of fifteen (15) feet. Restaurant Ikk.i■ shopfronts may set back a portion of the shopfront façade to create a colonnaded outdoor dining alcove that is a maximum of twelve �i■ (12) feet deep. The set back portion of facade that is oriented towards the street must have display windows. The alcove must �•■l I also have columns along the sidewalk at a maximum spacing of fifteen (15)feet on center. The alcove may not rely on adjacent —- - -- --— m buildings for enclosure. The shopfront frontage type is specifically intended to provide block frontages with a multiplicity of doors and display windows,so shopfront width must generally be kept to a minimum and shall not exceed the lengths shown in the 2.2.6. Shopfront Regulations chart below. 2.2.6 - 1)SHOPFRONT REGULATIONS IIIIII 2.1.District Zone I — �—--— Core Streets Non Core Streets All Other Districts A-Shopfront Length 50'max. (longer than 50' is conditional for 50'max. N/A Anchor Retail onl ,_ B-Articulation Increment Shopfront 15' with - max. ii Recessed Ii. Entry __J _ / I i > , Tenant - 1 - 0 r i 15 A III 0 II max. Tenant - 2 m�: 15 Shopfront max. with 3' 1 F4 A-Shopfront Length is the length Dining • ls' 'min z �� ua of each Shopfront Frontage Type Alcove _-- max. a segment as measured from Unobstructed View Required o centerline to centerline of the144 articulation elements at either edge —-_!__—__—__4 ____— w Il of the Shopfront segment. • w H ■ ■ - B-'Articulation Increment is the PLAN E'( pl'ON z II I length between each Articulation o ... .. ... ... .. ... ...;_zd .. ===;_zd Element in a Shopfront segment as measured from centerline to I centerline of permitted Shopfront I I Length Articulation Elements(see N B B 2.5.3 Length Massing and Z uaa Composition). a A A 0 SHOPFRONT REGULATIONS IN ELEVATION w 0 0 PAGE 2 . 2 . 6 • 2 ) PRIVATE FRONTAGE TYPE SPECIFICATIONS 35 PLAN SECTION L2) CORNER ENTRY 4 BACK OF SIDEWALK 4 BACK OF SIDEWALK A corner entry is a distinctive building entry element to emphasize the corner of a building. This frontage differentiates the � corner of the building primarily through vertical massing and articulation with elements such as a corner tower,which is created by articulating a separate,relatively slender mass of the building, continuing that mass beyond the height of the primary building ■ mass,and providing the top of the mass with a recognizable silhouette. A corner entry mass may encroach into the required setback r ■ areas but may not encroach into the public right-of-way. Corner entry features may also exceed the permitted height limit by LIN twenty(20)feet. Other elements can be used to create a corner entry but must place a similarly significant emphasis on the corner. _ _ I Such elements include façade projections/recessions,balconies,roof articulation, and changing repetitive façade elements such as - - — - -_ _ _ ,A a Il window type. + r BACK OF SIDEWALK j ■ Lz It An arcade is a colonnaded space at the base of a building running along the sidewalk resulting in a covered sidewalk space. This 4 BACK OF SIDEWALK I'BACK OF SIDEN/ALN frontage type requires the ground floor to be constructed at or close to sidewalk grade,and so is not appropriate for buildings with ■ ' ground-level residential use. Due to lack of visibility from the street,the arcade shall not be combined with shopfronts. Minimum arcade width is twelve(12)feet,and maximum column spacing along the street is fifteen(15)feet. Ceiling beams and light fixtures that are located within the column spacing geometry greatly enhance the quality of the space and are recommended. Setback areas , 1 I , must be treated as an extension of the sidewalk space. 1 ■ hillI ,, ill 4) GRAND PORTICO :4 BACK OF SIDEWALK 4 BACK OF SIDEWALK VD A portico is a roofed entrance supported by columns appended to the primary plane of the building's front façade. The portico ---- I::: I may encroach into the front setback area. A"grand portico"is a portico expressed at a civic scale,meant to project the image of I ■■■ an important community building. A grand portico is an appropriate frontage for civic buildings such as city halls, libraries,post 1 ■■ IPP c. offices,as well as for quasi-civic buildings such as hotels with ground level convention facilities,or movie theaters. This frontage - I11111111 I type is not typically appropriate for residential buildings.A"grand stair"makes an excellent appendage to a grand portico frontage. P Setback areas must be landscaped for non-commercial buildings and may be paved for commercial buildings. EMI Q < x E. 5) FORECOURT BACK OF SIDEWALK 4 BACK OF SIDEWALK H° 'A forecourt is a courtyard forming an entrance and lingering space for a single building or several buildings in a group,and opening I■■■ _ _ a onto the public sidewalk. The forecourt is the result of setting back a portion of the primary building wall. It must be enclosed on IIII■i!I Ui I■■■ c. three sides by building masses on the same property,and therefore cannot be built on corners,or adjacent to a building already set II�■■■I ■■■ back from the sidewalk. The forecourt opening shall be a maximum of thirty (30)feet wide. It mayfeature a decorative wall or �tl■m■■O■■■ p g i7■■■I I■■■ w fence on the sidewalk side that creates a gateway into the forecourt. A forecourt can be appropriate for ground floor or upper floor jkII1■■ILII■■ pii, a residential uses when combined with stoops or flush single entries, or can be combined with shopfront frontage types for retail I,1■■■■.■■■ o II iliL and office developments. When combined with stoops,the courtyard may be slightly raised from sidewalk grade and landscaped ■■■■�I■■■ iii■n■■�u■■■ Qor paved,with a decorative wall along the sidewalk edge. When combined with retail,restaurant and service uses, all three sides _ i••• t of the courtyard must feature shopfront entrances and display windows and the forecourt must be treated as an extension of the • sidewalk space. Any setback area treatment is determined by the development's primary frontage type. o I0 PAGE 36 2 a 2 aha 2 ) PRIVATE FRONTAGE TYPE SPECIFICATIONS PLAN SECTION 6) GRAND ENTRY 4 BACK OF SIDEWALK I BACK OF SIDEWALI A grand entrance is a primary entrance with a grand architectural expression. A grand entrance should be prominent and easy111M1 EMI INN-IEEE to identify. Entrances may be inset slightly from the primary building wall and are typically raised above the sidewalk. This III■tl■■■ frontage type is appropriate for office and multi-family residential uses accessed from a common lobby. Setback areas may be =FEN■ landscaped,paved,or be a combination of landscaping and paving. 111111111I_I .1.... INE■■■ NMI I■■■ 111.1.1..1 II --,--- I < X >� 7) COMMON LOBBY ENTRY r BACK OF SIDEWALK 4 BACK OF SIDEWALK A common lobby entry is a frontage type intended for limited use in Commercial and Mixed-Use Building Types featuring III■11■■■ ground level shopfronts,to provide common access to lobbies serving upper level residential, office or hotel uses. When used III■I I■■■ 1 in this way,the setback area treatment is determined by the development's primary frontage type. Entrances may be inset up to .�■N■■I I five(5)feet from the primary building wall. !E■V■■■ ISI■fI■■■ ■�I■■■ ' III■il■■■ ill ------------ < X >. BACK OF SIDEWALK :'BACK OF SIDEWALK A stoop is an entrance stairway to a residence typically constructed close to the sidewalk. Stoops may feature a portico entrance 31111111 I VD z at the top of the stair, and may encroach into the front setback area. Multiple stoops may be combined to increase the scale of ■■MI I ° the entrance. This frontage type is suitable only for residential use. Setback areas must be landscaped. 1 ■■ 1 MI L- - - — - - 211111 ■■ P z 11111,111 . 4. I■■■ ° ]IIIIIt■■■ W I X 9) PORCH BACK OF SIDEWALK :'BACK OF SIDEWALK Z 0 A porch is a roofed space,open along two or more sides and adjunct to a building,commonly serving to shelter an entrance and IM■■ provide a private outdoor space appended to a residence. Porches may serve multiple entrances. When expressed as a separate . 1■■■ mass appended to the primary front building plane, the porch may encroach into the front setback zone. This frontage type is �� I c. appropriate for residential use only. Setback areas must be landscaped. L I .—� I■■■ z MI=i■■i W II 1■■� I o ■ . :. ,. ..: 1�■i ,11111111 iia ii Q I < x > 0 0 PAGE 37 2 a 2 6 . 2 ) PRIVATE FRONTAGE TYPE SPECIFICATIONS PLAN SECTION 10) FRONT DOOR It BACK OF SIDEWALK Ii' BACK OF SIDEWALK A front door features a residence's main entrance with a deep setback,creating a gracious open space along the property frontage. . I This frontage type is appropriate for residential use only. Setback areas must be landscaped. i. I .1■■ II [; . • ■■■ I - I. •.I■■■ I■MEN III 1 < X > - !11) PARKING STRUCTURE ENTRY e BACK OF SIDEWALK ;4 BACK OF SIDEWALK A parking structure entry provides dedicated pedestrian access to parking structures. It shall be prominent and easy to identify with III access from the sidewalk. 1 L_ I , I - - - - - - II . 11 . i? I < X >1 i 12) VEHICLE DISP.I ': Option I I z This vehicle display frontage is intended for vehicle sales. The frontage features a row of angled parking spots in combination with li BACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALK an optional raised vehicle podium along the back of sidewalk for the expressed purpose of displaying vehicles for sale to drive-by h '91 •: I customers. The angled parking spots are buffered from the sidewalk by a planting strip. Decorative walls,fences,bollards,and/or /' ° ■ 1 c / lighting is recommended within the planting strip. Behind the row of display vehicles,the building shall have clear-glass display # ■ . I windows framed within shopfront pilasters and base. `� ■ W MN MO -PSI,- — W E V] < X > 13) VEHICLE DISPLAY: Option 2 o 1' BACK OF SIDEWALK 14 BACK OF SIDEWALK This vehicle display frontage is intended for vehicle sales. The frontage features an access lane providing access to a row of angled parking spots in combination with an optional raised vehicle podium in between the sidewalk and the existing curb face for the c. l �� I expressed purpose of displaying vehicles for sale to drive-by customers. The access lane and anged parking spots are separated r from the thouroughfare by a planted median. Because the sidewalk is located far from the curb face,this frontage type shall have I wzero(0)foot front street setback. Buildings shall have clear-glass display windows framed within shopfront pilasters and base. .A�' ca. ■■ MN o ■N i■ �0\ ,I III - 0 0 PAGE 38 2 a 2 a6 a 2 ) PRIVATE FRONTAGE TYPE SPECIFICATIONS PLAN SECTION 14) Edge Treatment: FENCED 14 BACK OF SIDEWALK ;BACK OF SIDEWALK A fenced edge is an edge treatment characterized by a low decorative fence constructed at or very close to the edge of the public sidewalk. A low masonry base makes an excellent addition to the decorative fence. The fence may be located along the public • • • I sidewalk or setback as shown. • L . • !. • f Fence , I 15) Edge Treatment: TERRACEDI A terraced edge is an edge treatment characterized by a raised,planted front yard and decorative low retaining wall at,or very close 11 BACK OF SIDEWALK .4 BACK OF SIDEWALK to,the edge of the public sidewalk. The retaining wall may be located along the public sidewalk or setback as shown. I ■ I L _ _ - - t- MI I J III :: Terrace ■■ I ■■ ■■ MO 16) Edge Treatment: FLUSH W A flush edge is an edge treatment characterized by a landscaped front yard which is built at sidewalk grade and extends to the edge ./BACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALK z of the public sidewalk. ■■ I ° L - - I ■■ 1 1 ,.,1 En .1 H ■■ Flush I O . . • .. MI I■■ W i■■■ W W E. z 0 H z w a 0 a w L4 w Q 0 0 PAGE 39 2 . 2 aha 2 ) PRIVATE FRONTAGE TYPE SPECIFICATIONS 2.2.7. FRONT STREET SETBACK 2.2.9. SIDE YARD SETBACK 22°1 FRONTAGE COVERAGE Front Street Setback is defined as the required distance from the back of sidewalk Side Yard Setback is defined as the required minimum distance from the side property Frontage Coverage is defined as the minimum percentage of the length of the line along a Front Street to a primary building facade. This is illustrated in Figure line to any building as shown in Figure 2.2.9. Side Yard Setback. Frontage Coverage Zone that shall be occupied by a primary building fagade(s). 2.2.7.Front Street Setback. The dimension of the Side Yard Setback shall depend upon whether or not the The Frontage Coverage Zone is defined as the space between the minimum and Section 3.3 of Book III: City Actions are adopted as part of these development sidewall has windows into active living spaces. The Side Yard Setback area must maximum front street setback lines and the minimum side yard or side street setback regulations. Alongstreets with approved street reconfigurationplans, Front Street be landscaped accordingto theprinciples set forth in Section 2.3. Street and Open lines as shown in Figure 2.2.12.Frontage Coverage. Minimum Frontage Coverage g ed g p percentages shall be as specified in Section 2.1. District Zones Regulations. Setback distances shall be measured based on either 1)the back of sidewalk location Space Regulations. The minimum required setback dimension to structures with following street reconfiguration,or 2)approved City plans for street reconfiguration windows and structures without windows shall be as specified in Section 2.1. In order to connect the public sidewalk with active open spaces,courtyards,parking that relocate the back of sidewalk. District Zones Regulations. lots,and alleys in the interior or at the rear of a parcel,development may incorporate Front Street Setback areas must be landscaped according to the principles set forth q ll a paseo that counts towards the frontage coverage requirements. A paseo is a paved in Section 2.3. Street and Open Space Regulations except where exceptions are 2.2.10. REAR ARD SETBACK pedestrian walkway penetrating the building to access interior parking,courtyards, noted within the Private Frontage Standards foraparticular Frontage Type or in or other public spaces. The width of a paseo may not exceed fifteen(15)feet. gg Yh Rear Yard Setback is defined as the required minimum distance from the rear Section 2.1. District Zones Regulations. Several Frontage Types'plan and section property line to any building as shown in Figure 2.2.10. Rear Yard Setback. The 21 illustrations depict the front setback dimension with an "x". The minimum and required Rear Yard Setback area must be landscaped according to the principles set .2. 3° BUILD-TO-CORNER maximum number for that setback dimension shall be as specified in Section 2.1. forth in Section 2.3. Street and Open Space Regulations. The minimum required The Build-To-Corner requirement specifies that buildings must"hold the corner"of District Zones Regulations. setback dimension shall be as specified in Section 2.1. District Zones Regulations. the parcel at the intersection of two streets.The Build-To-Corner location is defined At required setback areas, arcades, awnings, entrance porticos, porches, stoops, by the required front street and side street setback lines as shown in Figure 2.2.13. stairs,balconies,bay windows,eaves,and covered entrance overhangs are permitted 2.2.1 1° ALLEY SETBACK Build-To-Corner. This requirement shall be as specified in Section 2.1. District to encroach within the required front street setback as shown in the frontage type Zones Regulations. Alley Setback is defined as the required minimum distance from the alley right-of- illustrations. Encroachments may extend up to a maximum of six(6)feet into the way to any building as shown in Figure 2.2.11.Alley Setback. The Alley Setback Where the Build-To-Corner Building Placement is required, all corner parcels must private frontage. area must be landscaped according to the principles set forth in Section 2.3. Street meet this requirement by siting a building at its street corner. At zero-setback areas, building overhangs such as trellises, canopies and awnings and Open Space Regulations. The minimum required setback dimension shall be as may extend horizontally into the public frontage up to a maximum of six (6) feet. specified in Section 2.1. District Zones Regulations. 2.2.14° MAXIMUM BUILDING LENGTH These overhangs must provide a minimum of eight (8) feet clear height above Maximum Building Length is defined as the total length of a primary building mass sidewalk grade. fronting a street or active open space as shown in Figure 2.2.14.Maximum Building Length. Maximum building length shall be as specified in Section 2.1. District 1) Active Open Spaces Zones Regulations. Buildings shall not exceed this maximum length. A developer The minimum setback dimension along all Active Open Spaces shall be five(5)feet may build multiple buildings, each with an individual length that does not exceed from the Active Open Space Edge(see Section 2.3.2.Open Space Regulations). the maximum building length. Exceptions to maximum building length may be granted by the Community 2.2.8. SIDE STREET SETBACK Development Director for senior housing projects. Senior housing projects may w include independent, assisted living and nursing home units. The buildings must Side Street Setback is defined as the required distance from the back of sidewalk line ° along a side street to a primary building facade. This is illustrated in Figure 2.2.8. be designed in a way that conforms to the overall intent of the District zone in Side Street Setback. which it is proposed for construction. For example, sections of the building within the setback area may not be longer than the maximum building length, as shown Side Street Setback areas must be landscaped according to the principles set forth in Figure 2.2.14. The "notched" area must be stepped back from the front wall E. in Section 2.3. Street and Open Space Regulations except where exceptions are a minimum of twenty (20) feet. Landscaping shall also be used to minimize the noted within the Private Frontage Standards for a particular Frontage Type or in building's impact. In any case,the maximum building length shall not exceed one oSection 2.1. District Zones Regulations. Several Frontage Types'plan and section hundred and eighty(180)feet. illustrations depict the setback dimension with an"x". The minimum and maximum value for that setback dimension shall be as specified in Section 2.1. District Zones Regulations. H z 0 0 0 PAGE 40 FRONT STREET Maximum Building Length,, / STREET p------ Front-----7------`Fro,} --T -- � "ry," " ' ' ' ' ' '_�_I I _____ _ JJ LIlll� 11 LLJJrLJ_11J_L11_I_llJ_LLJ_Lll_I1LJ11_JJJ_lJJ_L11_I_llrLJ_� Street Street i 0 PRIVATE FRONTAGE \BACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF Setback ' Setback ' ' SIDEWALK Side Street I I 1 Side I I 1■ Setback ' : Yard , w Mt N 1■, I I ■ ,ide Side I I 2 1 I. ■ ' tYard Yard . 0 1 1. ■ ,Setback Sefbacki I I •■ ac. Alley w I I w - Setback Alley Z r r Z 1■. PROPERTY LINE oe o.2 1■' :: ALLEY O rIP7 , O 1■ BACK OF SIDEWALK I -_— "I 14' WI i PROPERTY LINE T I I FIIGn2n2.7. FRONT FIIG.2.2.]l ]l n ALLEY SETBACK FIIG.2.2.14. MAXIMUM BUILDING LENGTH STREET SETBACK & FIIG.2.2n8n SIDE STREET SETBACK FRONT STREET Y y , 180 ft maximum / X X FRONT STREET 1■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■• ( _ _ _ 1■r _ _ __ _ _ _ _ —_ —_ r ,- r----- -7— -- shall not exceed permitted shall not exceed permitted 1■ i 1 BACK OF SIDEWALK maximum building length maximum building length 1■' ' ' I I ® t• �� ® I MIN.FRONT STREET SETBACK I ' I Side ®- - - - "`L- - �� ®I. - - - - - � IN. Setback) I _ _ _- — - — - - - - —- - - - - — w MAX.FRONT STREET SETBACK BACK OF SIDEWALK w ��1 ide side I o %T%/l/ITl/l/I/T/DI/T/D/////�/T/t/I /l/T//l/T/T/l/IlT/// N Y j Setback Setback u I I v u L,-' 1■1 m m FRONTAGE ONE 20 ft MIN FROST SETBACK Side qe 'r' y ,u„ LN COVERAGE ��_—_—_—_—_—_ �l _—_—_—_ //—_—_—_—_—_— V] I I 1■1 PROPERTY LINE -- -- F 4 z I a y z I minimum IMAX.FRONT SETBACK 0 1■' SetbackRear Yard Q _ i ',#1, ' ___ Setback O - -� O`%: ' \� �� I COVERAGE _ ...�.. X 100 1- l• 1■' z Z 4 _ O , (%) I I i•i BACK OF SIDEWALK I I I r- j'� 4/I 6/I Z I I La 1■ 7 LANDSCAPING I. I I ce Ii �. OI 10 W i/1 Ili FIIG,2.2.90 SIDE YARD SETBACK & FIG.2.2.12. FRONTAGE COVERAGE FIIG,2.2.10, REAR YARD SETBACK w REQUIRED CORNER LOCATION(HATCHED AREA) ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■.■■.■■. FIIG.2.2.14. CONCEPTUAL BUILDING LOCATED IN E. - — - - BACK OF SIDEWALK COMMUNITY BOULEVARD DISTRICT ZONE 1■' -JJ ®� IN ® I MIN.FRONT STREET SETBACK Z 1.;:1 .» i MAX.FRONT STREET SETBACK a C_ L) 13m a w w Z z N ,n I— N° ,w ,Ir' �4� it � a w a O N N >- O Im ° ° a 2I W N N N 1■. 1 f W 1■1 •i o FIG.2.2.13. BUILD-TO-CORNER PAGE 41 F� �! MI 1 Mit 1111. I i -DHEE■IW■_r■_� m. k- IN EN i:1 ■. - ITS ■ s� _r ■■ ■ 1 ■ 11■111■ ■ 11 1 ■■ ■■1 INN e� ■ H 11■p.�:�'� ■ 1 _ 111 1■ul■� ■11■■■M I!I•" III ■■ a ■III■ = II II;3n �Jr: . ._ . .._■�_• — ��. -- ■11 MI _• ■: I�1� 111■ Pi.■ ilia ■■. 111.11111".1;014W ■1 1111 .11111111 11� lviii' ' az : f aw e_-. mho m l I:-.. • +r .■m■ 1111 ■--1.■ �=911 lli"I Alb i 1I1i " ' -� ii�■'.i� ■' - i _ Iall 11.■k�: ■em■■■■. ■.1 -II■��I■IN I I� ■■■■■1■�■ �■ 1■1 i � � F . 1st MIMI � _ 1st ME ■ . - — �B� on �I�l1N �� MIL„, II Lll JJJJ LH Lill]nJJ4„ 1st ••m 1 �1 11'1■■1 �J nTTn nT n Tn - .-� A lallili 1 1 ii I • En v J� `�. i--------rd J� s� �. a� ■111 '� 111111111-17 Tnn �� °�O� _ �I �tZN d� �` � ,i ■I ■11 ' 11■ H. n .111 III■A■1111`■1■11■1:1 n� h Ell �� 1 �Z ■ IL_I II!Ti 1��11111111 1 � 111 1 l ■I■111■i'�11111■ _,i, M 1 1111 `T�■■11� II■ Ill ulu ■i■ 1■1 1111116„ gab= OH 1 1 n i 1 rr 1 n ■ ■1 I._ ��: 1 Immo I liii - rid �11■1111■�1■111■ n TT�nT 1111 ■IIIAIII■ o■ _ 1111 ,mill ■■11111 ■ ■■L 1■■11■ 1■■■1 �1 n l n�nnnn n 111 This diagram illustrates, step-by-step,how to introduce new streets and open spaces on large parcels to help define smaller blocks. 2.3. STREET AND OPEN 2.3.1. STREET STANDARDS PROPERTY LINE i) Step 1—Calculate the parcel size and The Street is defined as the area between the back-of-sidewalk lines. It includes the PROPERLINE SPACE REGULATIONSThe lanes,parking lanes,and medians as well as the sidewalk and any sidewalk �” tt determine if new streets and blocks are landscape areas. required. This section contains standards and guidelines designed to ensure that streets,blocks, ED open spaces, and landscaping throughout the Plan Area are provided and built with Street Standards determine the requirements for the provision, configuration and E'7: the quality and care necessary to enhance the transportation network,provide proper design of new streets. They are established to enhance the connectivity of streets, accessibility, and ensure the development of a wide range of public places within to create safe and attractive streetscape environments, and to encourage walking 1 1 c corridor as it intensifies. throughout the Plan Area. I ! ! ii) Step 2—Introduce New Streets: Create All new streets within the Plan Area shall be designed and configured accordingto J L In addition to regulatory policies for the provision, configuration, and design of NEW STREET a layout for new streets according to the wstreets and open spaces, this section provides standards and guidelines for on-site the following regulations. principles detailed in Section 2.3. Street and z' improvements such as the design and landscaping of all spaces including front,side, 1 i:1 I Open Space Regulations Oand rear yards; screening for utility and service areas;as well as policies governing 1) Street Provisions the treatment of furnishings,plant materials, and lighting. The construction of new publicly accessible streets is required in instances where: 1 I W I I i) The acreage of land to be developed exceeds the Maximum Block Size I OPEN ! ! TLLEY iii) Step 3—Introduce Alleys and Open `PACE P T 7__—___—_ Spaces that will increase access to properties Hdevelopment standard; P p p BACK OF SIDEWALK d 11 BACK OF SIDEWALK I I ii) The City's Development Services Senior Engineer determines that a new ALL and enhance their value and livability. Alleys z I street must be constructed due to the impacts of the development on the are recommended as the preferred means for , ' r ' existing streets and traffic circulation. _L-_I I_--—-- defining half-blocks. gI . : � New streets intended for public access may also be constructed voluntarily to fulfillj 1 1 ay; ►�- - the design and development objectives of the private property owner. The provision, TT '.....;-',:l PP t, • := OPEN 1 — iv) Step 4—Introduce a preliminary master location design and configuration of new streets shall conform to the regulations SPACE HIII N' I specified in the following sections. �� plan showing layout of streets,buildings and o ill ( 4i . open space according to the development a itt regulations for the applicable district zones. 1CURB CURBI ( FRONTAGE FRONTAGE / THOROUGHFARE FRONTAGE � FRONTAGE > I—I ( STREET I-1 I--1 CORRIDOR 1 1 o0 FIIG.2,3.1. 1) NEW STREETS AND OPEN SPACES oa FIG.2.3.1. CORRIDOR DEFINITION OF TERMS PROVISIONS PROCESS PAGE 42 ■ �■ 11 l I I I I n I _ 1■■ ■11■ �MINN I. I r Al _liii: IRE ' I. :■� ��w = 11■ L1,�� u.!r gym■ ■■111 1■ ■■■■.. •--■ ■ ilgi"Ploim . ::.; : m I■i■ •� I�� -■r�M MOM�I. E ■--:0 mi=n ■ ; : .:. dillIPM- ■N1 1..i N I. WEN=li.1 1■■NM 71� . 1■.i■■�1l�17 Mg 1■ ■1 II■1NI • El Ell map -11 . 1mpimim .;1 . � � ■1111111■N■ - I � � - -71 › _ 11,L H 2nd - I _ � ,S a�-I-.--imu:::::L ini�� _� / ■,■ �, Riceland 1-771 r S a. _ _ • n �� ,. . _ , _��:_ ■., -. p Birch '..__L�l ■..1:1:11■::l:llr I ■ . .'i 7 F ■. 'I■.1■1■II■1■. -n F sp�oe� -nol_ ■ 1 ■. d o ■ _ ■■� ■ommo■■ ■.■.■.Yr 111• ■ ...■ i ir E - ■ ■■ ■ ■ • Imig 1i ■■_ _ III 1 = -:' u.I��.-� �: -■ .... 11 1:: ■.■. ■■ ■ -1 �I II! -■■■�i1.. ■ ■ I sgm..E. .• pla _ __-■ III ■ 1 11.._ ■ .. 1 �■. --- ■■ s�� ■ ■• ■'.. - -m mmiamI ■ ■ �■■ -■■ ...Y ■ i ....■ -......■ ■ . ■■■ M:■■■- 1■ I 1 ■�■■ . ■111 ■immi ..m.= mum■ ■ E■ ■� ■■■■■■■ ::■■■ -- VIII■■•iE 1111111 is h E. ■t.1 ■■■■■■ .... ■ IM a 11111 ■■I 1■■I■ ■■�, I1. ! 1.■ 111.1 1 :11. :o ■ 1 I■.. N..�..1 ■.; I �,_ _ i 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 iii i In-1 V n ao FIG . 2 . 3 . 1 . 2 ) PRE - LOCATED STREETS MAP MAP LEGEND 2) Pre-located Streets 4) Street Configuration j111M111. Pre-located Streets The pre-located street map(see Figure 2.3.1.2)above) shows preferred alignments Pre-Located Core Street (see section 2.1.1. 1)) for future streets within the corridor. Required new streets shall be constructed in a) Connectivity the located shown on the pre-located street map. The new street alignments are also — . . — Plan Area Boundary i) All new streets shall connect with existing streets and be configured to considered future acquisition areas. To ensure that new streets can be constructed Parcel Line allow for future extension whenever possible. in the future,buildings may not be constructed on a pre-located street and buildings must be set back the minimum distance shown on the district zone charts located ii) New private,internal streets and cul-de-sacs longer than two hundred(200) along either side of the right-of-way will be temporary and may be revoked if the in Section 2.1. The street or future alignment may be relocated at the discretion of feet are not permitted(dead end roads over one hundred and fifty(150)feet access conflicts with future high capacity transit alignment. the Community Development Director/Designee if the applicant can show that the need an approved fire apparatus turn-around). proposed new configuration satisfies the same traffic requirements and establishes b) Appleway Boulevard (two-waysections) an equivalent interconnected street network iii) New dead-end streets are permitted so long as they are configured to allow pp Y for future extension onto adjacent properties and could not otherwise Access to Appleway Boulevard two-way sections shall be regulated by the connect to an existing street. hierarchy in the Parking Chapter, Section 2.4.2.3). Access shall be right in/right 3) Maximum Block Size out only. Direct access to Appleway from properties along the south side of the Block size is a measure of the total area,in acres,bounded by the property lines that b) Abandonment right-of-way will be temporary and may be revoked if the access conflicts with define a parcel or assembled parcel. The Maximum Block Size specifically regulates In order to maintain the accessibility provided by the block structure of the future high capacity transit alignment. the total area of contiguous properties that ultimately form a city block. Maximum corridor, existing public streets or alleys may not be closed permanently unless Block Size regulations result in limitations on amount of contiguous property that the closure is part of the provision of a network of new streets that satisfy all street c) Sprague Avenue from Thierman to Tschirley: may be developed within the boundaries of publicly accessible streets. regulations. Access to Sprague Avenue shall be regulated by the hierarchy in the Parking Development increments-that is properties or assemblages of contiguous properties Chapter, Section 2.4.2.3). o to be developed - that exceed the specified Maximum Block Size standard (after s) Access Management Regulations for Sprague and 1 providing any required pre-located streets) must construct additional new publicly Appleway accessible streets in locations that result in the creation of city blocks that do not d) Commercial, industrial, and multifamily developments: c. exceed the Maximum Block Size. New streets must be designed, configured, and These regulations are intended to supplement those in the City's adopted street Shall provide parking lot travel lane connections consistent with SVMC 22.130.039 standards in order to preserve the functionality of these Principal Arterials and to andgrant easements to adjacent properties. z located in accordance with the standards specified in the following sections. j p p w minimize conflicts between access points and future high-capacity transit in the Maximum Block Size standards are specified for each District Zone in the corridor. In the event of conflict between the sub-area plan and the street standards, o Development Standards charts. the more restrictive regulation will apply. e) Restrictions on changing street access: A w In no case do alleys or passages qualify as defining edges of a block. For the Applicants may not use land use actions, such as boundary line adjustments, short purposes of determining block size, alleys and passages must always be considered a) Appleway Avenue (one-way sections) plats, subdivisions or binding site plans,to eliminate access to a parcel from a side as part of the interior of a block. street or alley in order to gain direct access from Sprague or Appleway. o Access to Appleway Avenue one-way sections shall be regulated by access hierarchy �o in the Parking Chapter, Section 2.4.2.3). Direct access to Appleway from properties __ PAGE 43 6) Street Types a) Core Street In instances where new streets are required(e.g.to satisfy the Maximum Block I 4BACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALK► i) Purpose: Organize the primary public realm to create an environment I .,, Size Regulations) as well as in instances where new streets are voluntarily suitable for shopping and strolling along active retail,eating, and �� g, �1 provided by property developers, such new streets shall be designed inI ,, entertainment uses. Core Street sidewalks should be wide and unobstructed '4 accordance with the regulations provided in this section. '� ��pZ ®o �`� to provide ample room for pedestrians to walk, and to encourage activities ► ra-- .� ��""" -9 -? o-9 New streets shall be designed as illustrated in the following Street Type including outdoor dining,locations for kiosks,food carts, and flower stalls. SFV: re��= '8 Sections.An applicant may propose modifications to the accompanying Street 4 ,ter„1 �, � • i IY�ivi., S.h Types provided that it can be shown that the modified street design satisfies or ii) Components ? : nenhances the streetsca e environment subect to review the Communi I ��, �� . : p by (1) On-street parking oriented parallel or at a forty five degree angle to the III/� Development Director/Designee. ( �„�,,,, •tea^ Designing all landscaped areas within the street right-of-way to be functional curb. I Ill `=-- J I'I I (2) Each block shall have a single species of large, open-habit deciduous stormwater treatment facilities is encouraged. Recommended configurations ,,,in 4. � -r min for these facilities are shown in Section 2.3.3.Street and Open Space Guidelines trees with a maximum spacing of forty(40)feet on-center. Trees should SIDEWALK PARALLEL TRAVEL LANE TRAVEL ILANE PARALLEL SIDEWALK for where space is limited. be located in tree grates that are flush mounted at the back of curb, or I PARKING PARKING may be located in islands within the parking lanes. New streets within the PlanArea are also recommended to incorporate bike routes I` STREET:68'ROW(TYPICAL) > that enhance the Comprehensive Plan's Bike/Pedestrian System. Appropriate (a) Trees should be maintained in a way that provides ' pavement markings and signage shall be installed where appropriate. There unobstructed views to showroom windows and building signage. '�BACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALK should also be bicycle parking facilities appropriately located in the City Center (3) Pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting in sidewalk with a maximum I -,, �, District Zone. 1 a 1 a, spacing of eighty (80) feet on-center. Light source should be located eleven to thirteen(11-13)feet above finished grade. . o . p (4) Fire hydrants shall be located on both sides of the street and installed at �'o� Ira- , ®Ion Y x.4.- a �fev�= o` ,8 street corners wherever possible. ispe y', . !!` i'' �y 075 ' n'}T • 1 I I due 15' 18' 12 1' 12' . 18' r 1.5' SIDEWALK ANGLED TRAVEL LANE TRAVEL LANE ANGLED SIDEWALK PARKING PARKING a \�( STREET:90'ROW(TYPICAL) ( 1 y z W C I I Ca BACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALK � H W P4 OA-1 r A - r up I ,,,,1%,_ - r, o o o f z I �ur S7Pg D �� . t1 O 4 I�� o ss 1-`�' .„Q__-- ; =vei; o ,,,,,i1';':---4,(- ,E- N� amt r.'� �� go a ei5' C7 aK R' A a�] -7 y 1 .'r. ' f� od I \� - �• \ .t 111.041111. AS-15.15,_ �j i I 0 L.m. Jfa. ... .L I— a W 1 min 15' 1' 8' ,' 12'71 ,' 40'min. 12' J 8' J ";,':_l, I SIDEWALK PARALLEL TRAVEL PARK TRAVEL PARALLEL SIDEWALK I i--i PARKING LANE (FOUNTAIN:OPTIONAL) LANE PARKING 0 i( STREET: 110'min ROW(TYPICAL) 0 PAGE 44 2 . 3 . 1 . 5 ) STREET TYPE SECTIONS b) City Street c) Neighborhood Street i) Purpose: Provide an attractive,urban street to serve as a primary i) Purpose: Provide an attractive street to serve as a primary travel BACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALK travel corridor within and between neighborhood districts. The City Street corridor within and between neighborhood districts. The Neighborhood U is intended to serve urban residential and office development and should Street is intended to serve residential and office development and should i'•--f provide a desirable setting for development. provide a desirable setting for development. ti' -t P 9 f ii) Components ii) Components ►a'i- P go ii (1) Each block shall have a single species of large open-habit deciduous (1) Each block shall have a single species of large open-habit deciduous ' '�,. �o : !.� dam'rL : trees with a maximum spacing of forty(40)feet on-center. Trees should trees with a maximum spacing of forty(40)feet on-center. Trees should I " \f�r"� 41•0; I •,n be located in tree grates that are flush mounted at the back of curb. be located in continuous planting strips a minimum of six(6)feet wide ?�I Iii located along the back of curb. I � �a °.!"I'" I (2) Pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting in sidewalk with a maximum ;�--� spacing of eighty (80) feet on-center. Light source should be located (2) Pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting in sidewalk with a maximum min I min j.. 1° min min twelve to fourteen(12-14)feet above finished grade. spacing of eighty (80) feet on-center. Light source should be located 6' 6' ,o'max ,o'maxr-8' 6' 6'� ISIDE- PLANT. TRAVEL LANES PARALLEL PLANT.SIDE-I twelve to fourteen(12-14)feet above finished grade. WALK STRIP PARKING STRIP WALK (3) An optional eight(8)foot minimum wide planted,center median may be provided. This median can be narrowed approaching major intersections (3) An optional eight(8)foot minimum wide planted,center median may be 1( STREET:51'-52'ROW(TYPICAL) to accommodate left turn lanes. provided. This median can be narrowed approaching major intersections (4) Fire hydrants shall be located on both sides of the street and installed at to accommodate left turn lanes. ! 1BACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALK street corners wherever possible. (4) Fire hydrants shall be located on both sides of the street and installed at street corners wherever possible. ,'V,1 8, A (\4, BACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALK 4 ^, _ _ ,^ 1 a o ^� ^s� ire►5" �� 0,- ° �� p '=►'.!eii a o M �� " ;fie, ikk .,r��y '1 ` e7 cr, ,rPr. pj. r��i .sc � it I� v 1�,',rCi=.rl 7)1.•i Iii i;,11. _ il( IlV i min min min min I I i I - " I IIII I 6' 6' 7'4,—Ln... 11'max 7'-8'16' 6' `- � li Ji — I SIDE- PLANT.PARALLEL TRAVEL LANE TRAVEL LANE PARALLEL PLANT. SIDE-I �� o� WALK STRIP PARKING PARKING STRIP WALK 0min 12' )' 7'-8' 11'max—J- 1'-7' 11'max— -8' )' 12' I/ \I I SIDEWALK PARALLEL TRAVEL LANE TRAVEL LANE PARALLEL SIDEWALK I S STREET:60'-62'ROW(TYPICAL) y PARKING PARKING \ \ ( STREET: 60'-62'ROW(TYPICAL) ) I1BACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALKI I1BACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALKI 1 ` cr r i� �� 0 7� �� h 09 V) ccs � PO® Li-K 7 7 ��k � z� °®O3Yo c�s' ,o®° � ss� a -iii a �fdv�= go '..11. 2..,,,-,s, 'rte ,firet �p ' . c., , +. ;c 1>� qt ,�. t[,, � e _:,.. ;4 . c'c"`t�o -:� 11C7.;' �/% III 9r i. . � �� t • �i e 0 min min min mm I'll — `'�" �..'.'... —. — III I I I I p 61 6' 7'-8' Y 12' Y 8'min 1' 12' Y 7'-8' 6' 6' W min dbj min I SIDE- PLANT.PARALLEL TRAVEL LANE MEDIAN TRAVEL LANE PARALLEL PLANT. SIDE-I 12' 7'-8' 12' 8'min 12' 7'-8' 12' WALK STRIP PARKING PARKING STRIP WALK I SIDEWALK PARALLEL TRAVEL LANE MEDIAN TRAVEL LANE PARALLEL SIDEWALK I ' ' PARKING PARKING \i i--i \ I( STREET: 70'-72'ROW(TYPICAL) y o STREET:70-72'ROW(TYPICAL) I PAGE 45 2 o3 o 1 a5 ) STREET TYPE SECTIONS d) Neighborhood Green Street e) Service Street 1) Alley i) Purpose: Provide a centrally-located open space for public gatherings, i) Purpose: Provide a secondary street for internal circulation within the i) Purpose:New Alleys may be constructed to provide vehicular and surrounded by a streetscape environment that enhances the value of its Gateway Commercial Districts to serve truck loading,parking access, and pedestrian access to rear yard garages,carriage homes and service areas. surroundings. fleet storage. ii) Components ii) Components ii) Components (1) Alley right-of-way shall be a minimum of twenty(20)feet and the entire (1) Large, open-habit deciduous trees in planting strips with trees planted (1) Single species of large, open-habit or upright deciduous or evergreen width must be paved. with a maximum spacing of forty(40)feet on-center. trees in planting strips with a maximum spacing of forty (40)feet on- (2) Street lights must be provided with a maximum spacing of every one (2) Pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting within the sidewalk and center. hundred and twenty (120) feet on-center. Lighting fixtures may be neighborhood green with a maximum spacing of eighty (80) feet on- (2) Street lighting located within the planting strip shall illuminate both the freestanding,or may be attached to adjacent structures. center. Light source should be located twelve to fourteen(12-14) feet thoroughfare and sidewalk environment. Maximum spacing shall be above finished grade. one hundred and twenty(120)feet on-center. (3) A Neighborhood Green open space comprised primarily of grassy open (3) Fire hydrants shall be located on both sides of the street and installed at space shall include public seating. street corners wherever possible. (4) Fire hydrants shall be located on both sides of the street and installed at street corners wherever possible. z I 0 (BACK OF SIDEWALK 4. 1 I I 11 ALLEY LIMIT 1 1 �IBACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALK�I I I et ItVir i'f ' r - �, ,. sem= ,1", roj ,�,l , lI L_,, ill Ii �I I i .,—, „,. I it I I i 0 min minJ min min 1-6' Ib' 8' Y 12' 10' ), 13'max )' 13'max / 10' WALK STANT. PARALLEL RIP IP PAR ING TRAVEL LANE 1 SIDEWALK TRAVEL LANE TRAVEL LANE SIDEWALK 1 MINIMUM C7 ( STREET ROW ) I( STREET:46'MAX ROW(TYPICAL) )1 EIN w 6. a 0 a w w 0 0 (4 PAGE 46 23 o 1 o5 ) STREET TYPE SECTIONS g) Passage i) Purpose:New Passages may be constructed to provide a pedestrian connection between sidewalks or front yards and rear yards,rear residential garages,carriage homes, and service areas. ii) Components (1) Passage rights-of-way shall be a minimum of twenty(20)feet.The right- of-way must consist of a pedestrian walkway with a maximum six (6) foot width and continuous planting areas on both sides of the walkway. (2) Passage setback is defined as the required distance from the passage right-of-way to the primary building. The minimum required setback shall be five(5)feet. (3) Fenced Edge,Terraced Edge, or Flush Edge shall be constructed at the edge of Passage. (4) Street lights compatible with those required on Neighborhood Street must be provided with a minimum spacing of every one hundred and twenty(120)feet on-center. I I I I ,,,pit.,,_ I f Fo I �� \-11I�� ° i......... ....icir. zo� � 1. !o MINIMUM ; I 1( \ PASSAGE I H Z w a 0 a w w 0 0 PAGE 47 2 3 o 1 a5 ) STREET TYPE SECTIONS 2.3.2. OPEN SPACE STANDARDS 2) Open Space Design 3) Landscaping mil I All new open spaces within the Plan Area, whether or not they are required by I a) Public Open Space a) Trees Open Space Provision regulations, shall be designed and configured according to All Public Open Spaces shall be publicly accessible and shall be provided Street trees shall be kept trimmed back from roadway travel lanes and shall maintain the following sections. in the form of parks, greens, andplazas. Theyshall be bounded on at twenty(20)feet clear between tree crowns to maintain fire access apparatus access and pp Open Space regulations set forth requirements for the provision and design of least three (3) sides by streets, shall be connected to public sidewalks, operation. open spaces and landscaping elements in the Plan Area. and shall be open to the public twenty-four hours a day. These regulations are established to ensure a wide range of public spaces that b) Stormwater Management complement the primary public streets and open spaces in each district. b) Active Open Space All development shall adhere to Spokane Valley Municipal Code—SVMC 22.150. An active open space is any side yard,courtyard,or other open space that pen Space Provision is accessed directly by a primary entrance(s) to housing units or office c) Setback Areas spaces. Active Open Spaces shall be defined as illustrated by Figure 2.3.4. ActiveOpenSpaceshallFront Setback areas shall be treated in accordance with the following standards in a) Public Open SpaceDefinition and consist of the following addition to the standards stated in Private Frontage Standards as specified in Section components: Public Open Space is required as specified in the Figure 2.3.3. Open Space 2.2.6. Provision Chart. i) A single Active Open Space may not exceed a size of 1/5 acre. Public Open Space shall be built by developers as development occurs. i) Front setback areas in front of all Shopfront or Arcade frontages shall be paved ii) Entrances located along Active Open Spaces shall select from as extensions of the public sidewalk All new streets, whether or not they are required by Street Provision private frontage types as permitted for the property by the Regulations,may be counted toward Public Open Space requirements. applicable District Zone. ii) Front setback areas that are not along Shopfront or Arcade frontages shall 1) OPEN SPACE PROVISION provide pathways connecting the public sidewalk to the front door and to any iii) A minimum five (5) foot wide sidewalk(s) or pathway(s) parking areas,and shall otherwise be planted across the entire property frontage R 1111 Active/Private connecting all building entrances to the public sidewalk shall be (in addition to other edge treatments requiredper Private Frontage Standards for Public Open Space Location of Required g q g Use Categories Open Space located within the Active Open Space.(minimum) Public Open Space p p that District Zone). (minimum) 1- Retail 50 sf/1000 sf N/A On-site or Off-site if iv) The minimum dimension of Active Open Spaces shall be thirty for development over located within 500 feet of (30)feet when the long axis of the Active Open Space is oriented ) Lighting 50k sf project East/West and twenty (20) feet when the Active Open Space is 2- Civic&Cultural N/A N/A N/A i) Street lighting shall use decorative poles and fixtures. z 3- Office 100 sf/1000 sf N/A On-site or Off-site if oriented North/South. ° for development over located within 500 feet of ii) Lighting and planting plans shall be coordinated to avoid light pole and tree 50k sf project v) Courtyards and other Active Open Spaces located over garages p shall be designed to avoid the sensation of forced podium conflicts. c7 4- Lodging 100 sf/room N/A On-site g for development over hardscape through the use of ample landscaping. 50 rooms 5) Walls and Fences Ml= o 5- Live-Work 150 sf/unit for N/A On-site w C) Private Open Space r , development over 20 DU a) Frontage Walls and Fences w 6- Residential: 150 sf/unit for 60 sf/unit On-site Private Open Space shall be provided in the form of yards,balconies, development over 20 DU or patios whose primary access is from the dwelling served. i) Overall height of fences and walls located in the front yard shall not exceed three(3)feet. b) Active Open Space The minimum dimensions for rivate o enspace in anysin erecon w shall be four (4) feet if provided as part of a porch or balcony, and ii) Chain link fencing,barbed-wire,razor-wire, and corrugated metal fencing shall Active or Private Open Space is required as specified in the Figure 2.3.3. eight(8)feet ifprovided as a deck, terrace,orpatio. CA Open Space Provision Chart. g yard, not be permitted. 7 7 I I Active Open Space shall be provided along the front of all office or residential ACTIVE OPEN SPACE EDGE ji ACTIVE OPEN SPACE EDGE 6) Utility and Service Area Screening j=116. Z' buildings not located along and oriented towards streets. Active Open Space I I shall be built by developers as development occurs. j i) Utility,Trash,Recycling,Food Waste and Service Equipment,including satellite c Front Street or Side Street Setback areas shall not be designated as Active receiving dishes, transformers, and backflow devices, shall be located away ti..p ,. tip from streets and enclosed or screened from view by landscaping, fencing or Open Spaces. other architectural means. • g W 1 For safe g designedty O y,screenin devices shall to maintainvisibili of movement o c) Private Open Space i ' '` �� ` ` i behind the screen. wPrivate or Active Open Space is required as specified in the Figure 2.3.3. I I Open Space Provision Chart. I ii) Trash facilities and recycling containers must always be within structural I-1 PRIVATE ACTIVE OPEN SPACE EDGE I I PRIVATE enclosures. Private Open Space shall be built by developers as development occurs. FRONTAGE I I FRONTAGE o Required setback areas shall not be counted towards Private Open Space iii) Rooftop equipment must be set back a minimum of ten(10)feet from building = Provision requirements. I FIG.2.3.2.2) ACTIVE OPEN SPACE DEFINITION walls, screened on all sides,and integrated into the overall building design. PAGE 48 d) Piers viii) Street and building-mounted metal furnishings should be powdercoated 2.3.3. STREET AND OPEN SPACE or painted with Waterborne Acrylic Polyurethane, such as Tnemec GUIDELINES i) Piers are architectural elements of fences or walls that can add interest to Series 1080 or similar product. For powdercoated finishes,a chemically and break up long expanses. compatible UV-protectant clear coat is recommended for prevention of 1) Public Spaces.d1.111 ii) Piers are recommended to have a base,shaft and cap composition. Larger color fading. piers may be specially designed for gateway or other special locations, i) Public spaces should provide a variety of seating options, areas of sun and these may incorporate ornamental plaques or signs identifying the 3) Site Furnishings and shade for year-round climatic comfort, shelter, and night lighting to building or business; public art such as panels or sculptural elements; encourage public activity and ensure safety. and /or light fixtures. Piers may be topped by ornamental finials, light i) Public gathering places and other publicly accessible areas should fixtures,or roof caps. be detailed with decorative, pedestrian-scaled site furnishings and ii) Public spaces should be visible from public streets and sidewalks. equipment. iii) Recommended dimensions for masonry piers are approximately eighteen 2) Walls and Fences (18)inches per side or diameter,and the maximum spacing between piers ii) Seating,freestanding planters,ornamental trash and recycling receptacles, should be twenty(20)feet.Metal posts should be a minimum of four(4) bike racks, drinking fountains, pergolas, trellises, heaters, umbrellas, a) Frontage Fences and Walls inches per side or diameter. wind screening, and decorative bollards are recommended. (1) When designing seat walls with straight edges of more than six(6)feet i) Front yard fences should employ a combination of thick and thin e) Materials and Colors in length,consider how detailing can prevent skateboard damage. structural elements with thicker elements for supports and/or panel divisions. Fence posts and/or support columns should be defined using i) All fences and walls should be built with attractive,durable materials that iii) Landscape structures and sculptural objects should reference the human additional trim,caps,finials, and/or moldings. are compatible with the character of Spokane Valley(see Section 2.5). scale in their overall massing and detailing. ii) All walls should have a cap and base treatment. ii) Appropriate fence materials include wood,masonry, and metal. iv) Components should be made of durable high quality materials such as iii) Frontage walls may occur as garden walls,planter walls, seat walls, or (1) Wood picket fences are only recommended along residential streets. For painted fabricated steel painted cast iron painted cast aluminum and low retaining walls. wood picket fences,a paint finish or vinyl coating should be applied. integrally colored precast concrete. Recycled materials should be used so long as the finish or look of the material is consistent with or similar to iv) Entrances and pedestrian "gateways" should be announced by posts (2) For iron or metal fences, recommended materials include wrought iron, the finishes prescribed above. Masonry surfaces shall be treated with an or pilasters, and may be combined with trellises, special landscaping, cast iron,welded steel,tubular steel, or aluminum. Metal fences should anti-graffiti coating.Metal surfaces should be coated with highly durable decorative lighting,public art or other special features. be mounted on a low masonry wall,and/or between masonry piers. finishes such as aliphatic polyurethane enamel. An ultraviolet protectant clear coating is strongly recommended for dark or fugitive colors. iii) Appropriate wall materials include stone,brick,precast concrete,textured b) Screening Fences and Walls concrete block, or formed concrete with reveals. A stucco finish may be 4) Plant Materials Alamil i) Side yards -defined as the portion of side setback areas behind the front used over a masonry core. setback area-and rear yards may contain landscape features that protect (1) Exposed block walls should be constructed with a combination of varied i) Plant materials should always be incorporated into new development site the privacy of the property's occupants such as landscaping, trees and height block courses and/or varied block face colors and textures (e.g. design to provide"softening"of hard paving and building surfaces. screening walls. Screening walls may not exceed a height of five (5) a combination of split-face and precision-face blocks). Plain gray ii) Mature,existing trees should be preserved whenever possible. feet, and must be constructed of materials that are compatible with precision-face concrete block walls are not recommended. Design the architecture and character of the site. Natural colors, a cap or top treatments and finishes previously described should be applied to these iii) Tree sizes should be suitable to lot size,the scale of adjacent structures, articulation, and related dimensional post spacing increments should be walls for improved visual compatibility with building architecture. and the proximity to utility lines. used at screening fences to enhance compatibility. (2) An anti-graffiti coating is recommended for exposed masonry wall iv) The use of structural soil planting beds for street trees within paved areas ii) Design elements should be used to break up long expanses of surfaces. is strongly recommended in order to maximize the ability of the tree to uninterrupted walls, both horizontally and vertically. Walls should thrive and perform well in the urban environment. include design elements such as textured concrete block interlocking iv) Piers and posts should be constructed of the same or a compatible material "diamond" blocks, formed concrete with reveals, or similar materials. as the principal building(s). v) Both seasonal and year-round flowering shrubs and trees should be used Landscape materials should also be used toprovide surface relief. where they can be most appreciated-adjacent to walks and recreational p v) Support post or pier materials may differ from fence materials; e.g. met- areas,or as a frame for building entrances and stairs. o al fence panels combined with masonry piers. Recommended materials c) Security Fences 'IIinclude brick,terra cotta, and stone, colored or decoratively treated cast- vi) In general, deciduous trees with open branching structures are c. in-place concrete, precast concrete or concrete block, or stucco-faced recommended to ensure visibility to retail establishments. More i) Use of security fences should be minimized, and limited to special concrete or concrete block. substantial shade trees are recommended in front of private residences. z locations where additional security is necessary, such as adjacent to the railroad tracks. Such security fences should not exceed eight(8)feet in vi) Bollards are recommended to be cast iron, cast aluminum, and precast vii) Evergreen shrubs and trees should be used for screening along rear a o height. concrete. An anti-graffiti protective coating is recommended for precast property lines, around trash/recycling areas and mechanical equipment, concrete. and to obscure grillwork and fencing associated with subsurface parking w ii) Security fences should be designed to maintain a visually open character garages. However, screening should also be designed to maintain clear to the extent possible. This may be accomplished by using metal picket vii) Colors and finishes of mechanical enclosures and equipment should be views for safety. or open grille fencing or by mounting metal picket or open grille fencing coordinated with colors and finishes of streetlights, fencing and other o on top of a low masonry wall. painted metal surfaces to be used on site,or with the associated building's 0 material and color scheme. -- PAGE 49 5) Lighting mi . d) Height c) Landscaped Areas i) For building-mounted lights, maximum mounting height should be i) All landscaped areas should be designed to allow aquifer filtration and a) Design approximately twelve (12)feet above finished grade. minimize stormwater run-off utilizing bio-swales, filtration strips, and i) Lighting fixtures should generallybe directed downward from the bio-retention ponds where appropriate. g g ii) For pole-mounted lighting at pedestrian plazas, walkways, and entry horizontal plane of the light source to preserve a dark sky and prevent areas, a pedestrian-height fixture ten (10)to fourteen(14)feet in height ii) As part of new street construction or sidewalk improvements,landscaped unnecessary light pollution. Exceptions may be made for uplit trees and from grade to light source should be used. areas within the street right-of-way should be designed to be functional architectural lighting. stormwater treatment facilities. iii) Bollard mounted lighting and stair lighting are also recommended for ii) Pedestrian-oriented areas,including walkways and paths,plazas,parking low-level illumination of walkways and landscaped areas. (1) Rain gardens configured as follows are recommended in urban locations lots, and parking structures shall be illuminated to increase safety and where space is limited. provide clear views both to and within the site. iv) Bollard illumination should be shielded or kept at a sufficiently low level to prevent glare impacts for passing motorists. iii) The use of drip irrigation,gray water systems and other water-conserving iii) All on-site and building-mounted lighting fixture design should be methods of plant irrigation are strongly encouraged. architecturally compatible with building design and with the character v) In general height of light sources should be kept low to maintain of the corridor. pedestrian scale and prevent spill light from impacting adjacent iv) Plant and landscape materials should be selected from native species properties. as well as non-native/non-invasive species that are well adapted to the iv) Unnecessary glare from unshielded or undiffused light sources should climatic conditions of Spokane Valley. They should be resistant to local be avoided. Commercial buildings and landscaping can be illuminated e) Uplighting parasites and plant diseases.Turf is highly discouraged. indirectly by concealing light features within buildings and landscaping to highlight attractive features and avoid intrusion into neighboring i) Building facade uplighting, roof "wash" lighting, and landscape properties. uplighting should be operated on timers that turn off illumination entirely after midnight nightly. b) Material and Color 1 ii) Shielding and careful placement should be used to prevent spill light i) Color and finish of lighting metalwork should match that of other site from being visible to pedestrians, motorists, and nearby residential furnishings, and/or of the building's metalwork or trim work. dwelling windows. ii) A chemically compatible UV-protectant clear coat over paint or iii) Adjacent to single family homes, a combination of lower mounting powdercoat on metalwork is recommended for prevention of fading of height and luminaire shields should be used to protect residences from z dark or fugitive colors. spill-light and glare. 0 iii) Color of lighting source types: in pedestrian-intensive areas, warm iv) Illumination levels of facade uplighting,roof wash lighting and landscape white, energy efficient source types (with color temperatures specified uplighting should use lower brightness levels where the illuminated i c. as 2700 degrees Kelvin to 3200 degrees Kelvin) such as metal halide, facades, roofs or landscaping face residential buildings, except across i induction lighting,compact fluorescent,and light-emitting diode(LED) wider streets or boulevards with landscaped medians and street trees. CURB I o ji BACK OF aare strongly encouraged. i o SIDEWALK W Sustainability �, o c) Luminaire Types ��i ��ii a) Materials i a z i) New area lighting fixtures shall be of the cutoff type to prevent light ,C-- -/ ! H from being emitted above a horizontal line relative to the point of light I i) Use local and recycled building materials whenever possible. s ''t q source. d.,.% * oa ii New fixtures should use a reflector and/or a refractor system for efficient b) Paved Areas i i Y CURB/ I O/ distribution of light and reduction of glare. PLANTER i \ i z i) The grading of all paved areas and adjacent non-paved areas,the selection of INLET iii) New fixtures should not cause glare or transmit it to upper stories of paving materials,and the design of drainage facilities should consider paving permeability and be configured to allow water run-off topercolate back into buildings. House-side shields and internal reflector caps should be used P tY g mril � i.l c. to block light from illuminating residential windows. native soil to the degree possible. j Z iv) Small decorative "glow" elements within a luminaire are permitted to ii) Paved areas shall incorporate best management practices to control stormwater emit a low amount of light above the horizontal. as outlined in the Spokane Regional Stormwater Manual. i2'/ 4' / 6' O i min. min. i W j LANDSCAPED SIDE- j iSTORMWATER WALK 7 i PLANTER i � a 0 po FIG,2,3,3. 6) STORMWATER TREATMENT FACILITY PAGE 50 2.4. PARKING REGULATIONS 1) Surface Parking Lots Surface Parking Lots shall not encroach into the Private Frontage area (see Section 2.2.6.Private Frontage). This section contains standards and guidelines to ensure that parking throughout the corridor is convenient, accessible, accommodates all building uses, and reinforces 9%5 the desired character of each District along the corridor. a) Front Following the Standards, parking design Guidelines are provided to help direct A parking lot that is located between a building and the street. ♦��= the composition of parking elements and ensure that all new development in the �� '<� Plan Area reinforces the vision for the corridor. New development should aim to b) Side •��' o��o embrace the design character set forth within these guidelines. A parking lot that is located in part or entirely beyond a primary building's ♦�` rearwall along the side of a building, in a side yard, and extends toward the 2.4.1. PARKING TYPES street. "PF<c>.�i�� A property's permitted parkingtypes shall be as specified in Section 2.1. District Zones Regulations. For all parking types,parking shall be connected with a street c) Rear or alley by a driveway as stated under Access in Sections 2.4.2.and 2.4.3. Parking A parking lot where a building(s)is located between the entire parking lot and types are defined as follows: the street. A rear parking lot does not extend beyond a primary building's I 2.4.1. 1 A) FRONT SURFACE PARKING ]LOT rearwall into any side yard setback areas except where driveway access is provided. Rear parking lots should be screened from the street. z "P<<'<<- 2.4.1. ]l E) SIDE SURFACE PARKING LOT s � z qdi- -P 0 - 0 0 J2.4.1. 1 C) REAR SURFACE PARKING LOT 0 PAGE 51 2) Parking Structure a) Exposed <9 e.-. c>:- An above-ground parking structure that is fully or partially exposed to the street ,9 on the ground level. - ,oF+,b b) Wrapped - Ground Level %` :♦. `-ee-,� An above-ground parking structure where non-parking uses are integrated into • the ground level of the building along the parcel's entire street frontage(s). �� - - The parking structure may be exposed to the street on upper levels. 'PFZ< ��=� - - c) Wrapped ed -All Levels ��♦ / An above-ground parking structure where non-parking uses are integrated � ��''�cy� into the building along the parcel's entire street frontage(s) on all levels of the 9. ier building. The parking structure is totally hidden behind non-parking uses. 2.4.1. 2A) EXPOSED PARKING STRUCTURE - - d) Partially Submerged Podium A �� ' J A parking structure built below the main building mass and partially submerged d,� � \�� underground. G,.odb�'>gs � ��j�� .%„-,' The parking podium may project above the sidewalk or average finished grade - �`�0' pr (--et s �� '- - p by a maximum of five(5)feet. � • ci �� Surt1al l e) Underground �� °d verge m d A parking structure that is fully submerged underground and is not visible from �� - the street. ..s>„ 2.4A./ - 2.4o 14 2D) PARTIALLY SUBMERGED PODIUM z 0 a 2,4,1 4 2B) PARKING STRUCTURE WRAPPED - GRtJIIJI�III) LEVEL �'�ic> Z 'tea, n (c),--At'meq, .4 4i�� ` rou ��i� )9 -QF<pi�� Lure z E ST` �� - - / 2.4A. 2E) UNDERGROUND PARKING STRUCTURE 0o 2.4A. 2C) PARKING STRUCTURE WRAPPED - = ALL LEVELS PAGE 52 f- 2.4.2. ]PARKING STANDARDS 2.4.2.PARKING PROVISIONS M r 2) Location Minimum Permitted Maximum Permitted Location 1) Provisions Use ategories Parking Parking Provided w/ SharedParkingof Required The location of required parking shall be indicated in Figure 2.4.2. Parking Requirement Surface Parking Parking* Provisions. i) The minimum and maximum parking required by all new development Retail projects and those proposing significant additions to existing buildings 1- (except for corner store) Where on-site parking is not required,on-street parking spaces within the distance 3 space/1,000 sf on-site,or on-street indicated in the Parking Provision Chart may be counted toward minimum shall be as specified in the Figure 2.4.2. Parking Provision Chart. The a)in City Center 4 space/1,000 sf Required or in lieu fee spaces within 500 ft parking requirements with the approval of the Community Development Director/ minimum and maximum parking requirements may change with the b)in Neighborhood 3 space/1,000 sf on-site,or on-street 4 space/1,000 sf Required Center or n lieu fee spaces within 200 ft Designee. approval of the Community Development Director/Designee. c)in other Distric Zones 3 space/1,000 sf 5 space/1,000 sf Not Required on-site,or on-street spaces within 500 ft ii) New on-street parking spaces provided along new streets (see Sectionii— 2- Corner Store Retail lir 3) Access 2.3.1. Street Provisions) may be counted toward the minimum parking 3 space/1,000 sf 4 space/1,000 sf 1,Required only in City on-site,or on-street Center spaces within 200 ftrequirement for that property. Eating and Drinking i) Location 3 Establishment ` • iii) For use categories where shared parking is required, parking facilities on-site,or on-street (1) Access to parking facilities shall be provided from alleys wherever a)in City Center 4 space/1,000 sf 10 space/1,000 sf Required spaces within 500 ft shall remain open for non-exclusive,public use. existing or new alleys are available. b)in Neighborhood on-site,or on-street 6 space/1,000 sf 10 space/1,000 sf Required iv) Minimum parkingrequirements maybe reduced in developments where Center spaces within 200 ft (2) If alleys are not available, access to parkingfacilities shall be provided q p y it can be demonstrated that shared parkingfacilities will meet parkingc)in other Distric Zones 12 space/1,000 sf N/A Not Required on-site from side streets wherever side streets are available. Enterdemand without providing separate facilities for each use. Mixed use q- Recce inment& Recreation (3) If neither alleys nor side streets are available,access to parking facilities developments are eligible to be considered for reductions in the minimum on-site,or on-street a)in City Centel 6 space/1,000 sf 10 space/1,000 sf Required spaces within 500 ft may be provided from front streets. parking requirements with an approved parking demand analysis prepared b)in Gateway 12 space/1,000 sf N/A Required on-site by the applicant. Mixed use projects will be evaluated on a case-by-case Commercial Center basis by the Community Development Director/Designee." 5- Vehicle Sales&Services ii) Curb Cuts and Driveways 3 space/1,000 sf(for showroom) 5 space/1,000 sf Not Required on-site (1) When access to parking facilities are provided from front or side streets, Civic,Quasi-Civic& the maximum number of curb cuts associated with a single development, 6 Cultural except for detached single-family homes,shall be one(1)two-lane curb a)in City Center& on-site,or on-street p g y 3 space/1,000 sf 4 space/1,000 sf Required Neighborhood Center spaces within 500 ft cut or two(2)one-lane curb cuts. b)in other District Zones 4 space/1,000 sf N/A Not Required on-site,or on-street spaces within 500 ft (2) The maximum width of driveways/curb cuts is twelve (12) feet for a 7- Office a)in City Center& on-site,or on-street one-lane and twenty four(24)feet for a two-lane driveway. 2.5 space/1,000 sf 3.5 space/1,000 sf Required Neighborhood Center spaces within 200 ft b)in other District Zones 2.5 space/1,000 sf 4 space/1,000 sf Not Required on-site,or on-street (3) The total width of parking access openings on the ground level of spaces within 500 ft s- Lodging . structured parking may not exceed thirty(30)feet. a)in City Center and on-site,or on-street 1 space/guest room 1 space/guest room Required (4) Driveways shall be set back a minimum of five (5)feet from adjoining Neighborhood Center spaces within 200 ft b)in other District Zones 1 space/guest room 1.5 space/guest room Not Required on-site properties,and a minimum of three(3)feet from adjacent buildings. 9- Live-Work 1 space/unit 1.5 space/unit Not Required on-site,or on-street +0 space/employee +1 space/employee spaces within 200 ft 10-Residential: 1 space/unit 1 space/unit 1 space/pr unit 1 space/pr unit Not Required on-site t 1 spaces/2br+unit 2.5 spaces/2br+unit a , 2 guest space/10 DU 4 guest space/10 DU E1'4i * On-street parking within the indicated distance may be counted toward minimum parking requirement with the approval of the Community Development Director/Designee Z 0 s ra H z L4 P. 0 a L4 L4 L4 0 0 PAGE 53 4) Parking Lots 5) Parking Structures & GaragesMMM 2.4 3, PARKING GUIDELINES i) Parking lots built to the required building setback line must provide a i) Parking Structures and Garages shall be located and designed to minimize decorative wall,fence, shrub,or hedge along the setback line to define the their impact on public streets and public spaces. See Section 2.5.4. 1) Access edge of the parking lot(see Street and Open Space Regulations for walls Architectural Elements for additional regulations governing Parking and fences in Section 2.3.). Structure and Garages. i) Exterior driveway surfaces should be paved with non-slip, attractive surfaces such as interlocking unit pavers or scored and colored concrete. ii) Parking lots shall be buffered from adjacent development pursuant to ii) Parking structures shall be illuminated to increase safety and provide clear SVMC 22.70.030(C)while maintaining clear views both to and within the views both to and within the structure. 2) Parking Lots & Structures site for safety. iii) All parking areas shall be planted and landscaped.They should be designed i) Landscaping in parking lot interiors and at entries should not obstruct a with convenient, safe, and efficient pedestrian connections to buildings driver's clear sight lines to oncoming traffic. entry areas and other pedestrian routes. ii) The main pedestrian route from a parking lot to a building entrance should iv) Parking lots shall be illuminated to increase safety and provide clear views be easily recognizable, accessible, and demarcated by special paving or both to and within the site. Lighting and planting plans shall be coordinated landscaping such as a shaded promenade,trellis,or ornamental planting. to avoid light pole and tree conflicts. iii) Walls and ceilings of parking structures should be painted light colors in v) In order to provide shade and add trees to the corridor,medium and large combination with proper lighting to increase safety. trees shall be planted in surface parking lots to subdivide continuous rows iv) The design of angled floors and scissor-type wall construction, where of parking stalls at a minimum spacing of one tree every five (5) spaces. criminals can pass from one level to another by crawling through, should The minimum tree size at planting shall not be less than two (2) inches be avoided. caliper. (1) Trees shall be planted in curbed landscape islands or in flush tree wells 3) Sustainability with tree guards. i) Parking lots should utilize permeable paving and bio-filtration swales (2) If curbed landscape islands are proposed, then the following provisions wherever possible. shall apply: ii) Parking Structures should incorporate rooftop and other planted surfaces to (a) Each landscape island shall be a minimum of one hundred and thirty reduce stormwater run-off (130)square feet with a minimum average width offive (5)feet. (b) Each landscape island shall contain a minimum of one(1)medium or large shade street and ground cover or grasses. z (c) Each tree shall be planted minimum of two (2)feet away from the outside of any permanent barrier of a landscaped area or edge of the parking area. Trees shall be staked for a period of not less than twelve months after planting. (d) Ground cover or grasses shall be planted to cover each parking lot planting area within three years from the date of issuance of the certificate of occupancy. All ground cover shall have a mature height of not more than twenty four (24) inches. Loose rock, gravel, z decorative rock or stone, or mulch shall not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the planting area. a vi) Wheel stops shall be used adjacent to tree wells and planter areas to protect landscaping from car overhangs. H vii) Lots shall provide clear pedestrian circulation routes to main building o entrances and sidewalks. These routes shall be designed to include sidewalks and walkways with a minimum five (5) foot width and be separated from vehicular areas by curbing and trees. viii)Curbed planting areas shall be provided at the end of each parking aisle to o protect parked vehicles from turning movements of other vehicles. 0 PAGE 54 2.5. ARC HIT ECTURAL REGULATIONS 2.5.1. Building Massing and Composition 2.5,1, BUILDING MASSING AND Building Massing and Composition addresses the most basic aspects of a building's COMPOSITION The Architectural Standards and Guidelines in this section are set forth to ensure that physical presence within Plan areas. A building's mass -its three-dimensional bulk within the permitted development envelope-can be massed and composed to affect Building Massing and Composition regulations shall be as specified in 2.1.District new and renovated buildings in the Plan Area embody architectural characteristics its scale and character within its district as perceived by both pedestrians on foot and Zones Regulations and control the minimum required articulation of a building's that maintain the desired human scale,rhythm, and urban character of the corridor. height and length. The goal is to build on the best efforts of previous generations, while allowing for drivers and passengers in vehicles. and encouraging creativity on the part of developers and designers. Most buildings in Spokane Valley have what is called a"human scale" character. For the purposes of this plan, a building's massing may be composed of the This refers first to buildings that are relatively unimposing in height(between one following elements: The regulations in this section are organized according to the following summary to three stories)and bulk(less than one hundred and twenty(120)feet long)and are descriptions: thus on the smaller end of the scale;they are considered inherently to be at a human scale. To be compatible with these buildings,taller and longer buildings must have The plane or planes,of a facade that front a street,extending from the ground up intermediate architectural articulations and/or subdivisions that "break down" the to the streetwall eave line. horizontality and verticality of surfaces and masses to a scale that is comfortable for a human being walking on the street. The undesirable opposite would be to have featureless, very tall and/or very long facades that would dwarf the same person 2) Side Wall: and contribute to a design character that is incompatible with the envisioned livable The plane or planes, of a facade that front upon a side yard or property line, qualities of district streets. extending from the ground up to the side wall cave line. 2.5.2. Height Massing&Composition 3) Rear Wall: The plane or planes, of a facade that front upon a rear yard or rear property line, 2.5.3. Length Massing&Composition extending from the ground up to the rear wall cave line. In these sections,diagrams that show the minimum required locations of articulations OF or subdivisions of facade height and length illustrate the standards of massing Lit composition. Additional diagrams illustrate a range of examples of types of massing 2 - Sidewall -■... ... articulations; they are guidelines in that the different types shown accomplish o ... m the intent of reinforcing desired scale characteristics, but the types of massing II "' w elements are not limited to the ones shown. The intent of their presentation is not to m m ► I; "legislate"them as specific features, dimensions and shapes of these articulations; cuCD nor will use of the recommended articulations guarantee that "good architecture" Q will result–the latter is dependent on the skill of the designers. Instead,the range Q of elements presented is intended to convey that they should be substantial in nature I ... 1.: and equivalent in visual impact to those shown. Designers and builders of new or "' renovated buildings should either use the types of elements suggested, or develop and submit their own to demonstrate that they meet the same intent of maintaining human scale and composing individual building masses as part of a building's I overall architectural expression. – 2 - Sidewall 2.5.4.Architectural Elements This section addresses recommended treatments for additional architectural elements beyond the minimum required height and length massing articulations. They are I Building o generally common and universal, consisting of elements such as walls, building _eight entries,doors,windows,roofs,materials, and colors. Streetwall Eave Line Note: It cannot be overemphasized that for the design of new buildings or building 3 - Rearwall► 1 - Streetwall ► renovations, the services of a qualified Architect familiar with the architectural i Z and urban design character of the Spokane Valley and other cities in the Pacific 61 o Northwest is strongly recommended. I w iMialm w —fes Street ~ 0 SUMMARY OF ELEMENTS IN PLAN & SECTION = PAGE 55 2.5.2. HEIGHT MASSING ,: COMPOSITION 1) Streetwall Height Massing Element • Where building wall to building wall clearance is more than ten (10) feet. The objective of this section is to ensure that the vertical extent of all new or a) Base Element: • Where a side or rear yard of greater than five (5) feet exists and the renovated buildings in the Plan Area is massed with a well-formed "base" and a adjacent roe has no buildingvolume providinghorizontal "top." A building base provides form and definition to the pedestrian-scale public A substantial horizontal articulation of the streetwall shall be applied within J property rty room of its adjacent street spaces. A building's top or cap contributes to a distinctive the first floor(or within the first or second floor in the case of buildings above obstruction. four stories), to form a horizontal"base" of the façade that strongly defines skyline and overall massing of the corridor,whether seen looking up from the streetWhere the side or rear wall faces upon a public open space or active the pedestrian-scale space of the street and is well-integrated into the overall open space such as aplaza or courtyard. below or at a distance from another part of the City. p p facade composition. See Section 2.5.4.1.a.Architectural Elements—Facade The requirements that follow outline minimal measures to compose the vertical —Building Base for means of implementation. The minimum requirement for Height Massing Elements may be satisfied I mass of building facades: by flush wall height massing treatments where building wall to building wall clearance is more than five(5)feet and no greater than ten(10)feet. 1. Required Streetwall Height Massing Elements are noted. b) Top Element: Flush wall height massing treatments shall consist of one or more of the 2. Required Side Wall&Rear Wall Height Massing Elements are noted A substantial horizontal articulation of the streetwall shall be applied at the following elements which match vertical increments used on the streetwall(s) top of the uppermost floor of the facade,to result in termination of the facade 3. Height Massing Element Guidelines list recommended types of majorof the building: height massing elements; other types of elements may also be used or that provides an attractive facade skyline and a completion of the upper facade composition. This "cap" shall be architecturally integrated with any i) Integral color change between increment of base and portion of wall combined to achieve the previously mentioned goals. g sloping roof volume(if used)that occurs above the cave line. above, and/or between increment of top element and portion of wall Note: Fabric awnings are not counted towards a required height massing below. element. 2) Side Wall & Rear Wall Height Massing Elements ii) Horizontal score lines matching top, bottom, and/or other lines of Further building articulation as outlined in Section 2.5. Architectural Elements is Requirements for Side and Rear Wall Height Massing are the same as those for streetwall horizontal articulation. strongly recommended to create well-integrated and attractive architecture. Streetwall in the following cases: iii) Horizontal façade recess(es)matching top,bottom, and/or other lines of streetwall massing elements. No Side or Rear Wall Height Massing is required where building wall to building wall clearance is five(5)feet or smaller. III 0asepi,all ` e ` % ` R4T� street _ 401 H �� h,e ` ` � qll ALL ase wall ® ` � STR \ ` \ EET w \ ` % ` SID ` \� (l LL \ ` A o ` ` ` � \ �` PerIlti• h S4444444444444014 9w .. lop t�e�eht R°p kilt. P h oCatioh Ntrt'l)Itte a Per�ltI @aseltih9 0 10�a Fled l0t h eh NIttea U Mohseht 0 0 PAGE 56 3) Height Massing Element Guidelines 111. Note:fabric awning does not apply towards building base Roof type used requirement elsewhere on The following are examples of top element types that may be used to satisfy building- the required streetwall height massing requirement: Repeating facade a) Cornice pilasters ��_ Continuous trellis canopy A Cornice may be applied as the top of streetwall façade or a building base . , , as a built-up material articulation that steps forward from the façade plane into the right-of-way or required setback. This step provides a significant Ill ItIII illi 111 111 opportunity for shadow lines and facade delineation;to this end, a minimum of three cornice "steps" or layers should be used. This element can be used on a façade independently or be located atop a series of pilasters which are i.COMPOUND ii.COMPOUND i.SUSPENDED ii.BRACKET-SUPPORTED iii.ROOF CANOPY iv.TRELLIS placed at regular intervals(usually to dictate bay width). CORNICE CORNICE WITH CANTILEVERED CANTILEVERED CANOPY PILASTERS CANOPY CANOPY A) CORNICE B) CANOPY b) Canopy A Canopy element serves as an intermediate or final height massing element , or"lid" as a ground floor façade or streetwall cap. Its purpose is to provide I L 1- I I shade or cover for pedestrians or sidewalk dining and/or to establish a strong horizontal massing element in the facade. It can be a continuous / horizontal element, a series of repeated elements (typically above shopfront Large windows), or a single "feature" element occurring at a structure's main or glass secondary entrance. A Canopy and its related building components should be area constructed of an accent building material(such as metal,tempered glass,or roof material used elsewhere on building)that is compatible with the primary i.USPENDED CANTILEVER ii.BRACKET-SUPPORTED iii.BRACKET-SUPPORTED iv.COMPOUND / c I_ buildingmaterial. LEDGE CAP CANTILEVER LEDGE CAP CANTILEVER LEDGE CAP WITH CORNICE CAP ENTABLATURE AND CAP ABOVE = =7 / c) Shaped Parapet 7 Standard glass A Shaped Parapet is the freestanding upper extension of the streetwall _ area extending above the point where the roof intersects behind it. A Shaped / Parapet provides visual completion to the top of a building facade and develops Decorative - a distinct and recognizable skyline for the building. The form of a Shaped brackets ix.GREENHOUSE" Decorative PENTHOUSE Parapet may be unrelated to the roof form behind it. In many cases,the form brackets FLOOR CAP of shaped parapets has traditionally been symmetrical. Generally, Shaped v.STEPBACK CAP vi.COMPOUND vii.MANSARD CAP viii.MANSARD CAP Parapets and their related components should be constructed of the primary STEPBACK CAP WITH ENTABLATURE AND CAP ABOVE wall cladding (such as brick, stone,or stucco)or an accent building material C) SHAPED PARAPET (such as wood or metal)that is compatible with the façade composition. d) Facade Offset A Façade Offset creates a plane break where a portion of the façade steps Locate an architectural cap (cornice, canopy, or '' back in order to break the building into smaller volumes. Generally,a Façade o parapet) along the length Offset applies a Cornice, Canopy, or Shaped Parapet along the edge of the of the facade offset offset to add visual interest and appropriately define the resulting building ,'"`. w volume. ( " . I offset o ilid w w w w Q w 0 D) FACADE OFFSET = PAGE 57 2.5.3. LENGTH MASSING <: COMPOSITION 1) Streetwall Length Massing Increment 111 2) Side Wall & Rear Wall Length Massing Increment The maximum Streetwall Length Massing Increment shall be as shown in the There are no Length Massing Increment regulations applied to Side or Rear The objective of this section is to ensure that the horizontal massing and appearance Regulatory Chart for each District Zone in Section 2.1. District Zones. When Walls. of a facade of a new or renovated building is not excessively long in comparison a notch or pilaster/pier is used as the massing element, measurement of the with other buildings in a district. horizontal increment shall be from centerline to centerline of the elements. The requirements that follow outline minimal measures to compose the horizontal mass of building facades: _ 1. Required Streetwall Length Massing Increments are noted. 2. Required Side Wall&Rear Wall Length Massing Increments are noted 3. Length Massing Element Guidelines list recommended types of substantial length massing elements; other types of elements may also be used or combined to achieve the previously mentioned goals. Further building articulation as outlined in Section 2.5.4.Architectural Elements is strongly recommended to create well-integrated and attractive architecture. I Ele Cehte i t .e Massing ihe. Inc rem ��le encs Che e h i teirllhe O S R4)-\111 j c.7 F4 I Le ax ngthlMu H ass tre mg Inc a re m z ent z 0 a H z w 0 a w w 0 0 PAGE 58 3) Length Massing Element Guidelines b) Pilaster/Pier c) Notch i) Shopfront only: i) Streetwall or Shopfront: The following are examples of length massing treatments that may be used to The horizontal width of a protruding pilaster or pier shall be a minimum The horizontal width of a facade notch shall be a minimum of five percent satisfy requirements: of five percent(5%)of the width of the largest adjacent horizontal facade (5%)of the width of the largest adjacent horizontal facade segment. The segment. The setback of wall surface from the face of the pilaster or pier 1 depth of the notch shall be at least 1/4 of the notch width(see diagram). a) Facade Offset shall be a minimum of 1/4 of the pier width(see diagram). Pilasters/Piers i) Streetwall or Shopfront shall not protrude into the public right-of-way. The horizontal depth of a facade offset shall be a minimum of five percent (5%)of the width of the largest adjacent horizontal facade segment(see diagram). Not�CeodeO 1 \Ceotpiiast Centeriin te�iinffset eriin er e e e � T. No \Cen de : 10 t, /plian • TJ1iø S �TWA� p________7 Minimum offset depth = Minimum pier width = Minimum notch width = 5%of longest adjacent 5%of the largest adjacent 5%of the largest adjacent length increment shopfront increment width streetwall or tower length increment sMinimum pier depth = � Minimum notch depth = o, II 25%of pier width I Q 25%of notch width j width L________ z 0 a c., H z w 4. a 0 a w w ,-i 0 0 A, PAGE 59 2.5.4. ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS (4) A base treatment does not need to be the same on all sides of a building. (2) Wall cladding materials on additions and accessory buildings should be The building base should be created by any one or combination of the carried over from the primary building. This section contains architectural standards and guidelines to guide the design of following treatments: architectural elements used within new buildings in the Plan Area. In accordance (3) If the building mass and pattern of windows and doors is complex, a with the Site Development Regulations set forth in Section 2.2. the following (a) A horizontal projection (or visible thickening) of the wall surface, simple palette of wall materials, textures and/or colors should be used. which may be accompanied by a change of material and/or color; If the building volume and the pattern of wall openings are simple, regulations and suggestions will ensure that new buildings maintain the quality additional wall materials,textures and articulation ma be utilized. and character of Spokane Valley while providing ample opportunities for creativity this may be an exterior version of a wainscot. Y and choice. (b) A "heavier" design treatment, such as a darker color and/or (4) For individual buildings or portions of buildings intended to appear stronger, morepermanent material, for the base portion ofthe as individual buildings, materials used as primary cladding should be Standards and guidelines regulating architectural elements are identified as they g limited in number—one or two maximum in most cases. apply to a particular building type, such as Residential, and noted accordingly. facade than for the portions above. In addition to the followingarchitecturalguidelines,application of sustainable or (5) Primary commercial building wall materials to be used as the primary pp (c) A horizontal architectural line or feature at or below the top of the cladding on buildings include: "Green Building"guidelines,such as those found in the Leadership in Energy and first story,such as a belt course or secondary cornice(related to or Environmental Design (LEED) Green Building Rating System TM (http://www. repeating the pattern of an upper cornice)separating the first two (a) Brick: red brick is the characteristic brick color in Spokane Valley usgbc.org) and the National Association of Homebuilders Model Green Home floors. and its region, although yellow, tan, and glazed white brick are Building Guidelines (http://www.nahbrc.org/greenguidelines) and future City occasionally used as well. Full size brick veneer is preferable to of Spokane Valley "green building" ordinances and guidelines as they become (d) A ground level arcade with columns, may be used. Column spacing thin brick tile. When used, brick veneers should be mortared to available,are strongly encouraged. should be regular and related to the structural bay of the building. give the appearance of full-depth brick. Detailing should avoid the Note: The guidelines within this document also apply to freestanding parking (5) A Residential building base may be created by any one or combination exposure of sides of veneer tiles;wrap-around corner and bullnose structures,whether serving municipal,commercial or residential uses. of the following treatments: pieces should be used to further minimize the appearance of veneer. Brick wall cladding is frequently complemented by light-colored (a) A visibly thicker and continuous base portion of the wall along the (white, off-white, light gray) accent materials such as limestone, 1) Facade IMI=IMMIMIIW ground, where the wall above the base sets back. glazed terra cotta tile,precast concrete,and/or glass fiber reinforced concrete (GFRC). Accent materials are typically used at window a) Building Base (b) A material and/or color change of the base wall relative to the and door frames, wall bases, cornices, and as decorative elements. building wall above. The base material should generally be heavier Other accent materials such asgranite, river rock, colored glazed A base treatment is a horizontal articulation of the lower part of a building (e.g. of darker color and/or a heavier or more permanent material) facade's design that serves to establish a human scale for pedestrian terra cotta glazed or ceramic tile are also occasionally used. than portions of the building above. users and passers-by, and aesthetically "ties" a building to the ground. Theguidelines outlined below are intended to supplement andprovide (b) Stone(including river stone),Stone Veneers,Cast Stone,Terra Cotta, pp (c) A horizontal architectural feature at or below the top of the first Precast Concrete, Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete (GFRC): as clarity and additional direction for the Streetwall Base requirements set story,such as an intermediate cornice line or protruding horizontal well as wall cladding, these materials should be used as a wall base z forth in Section 2.5.2. Height Massing and Composition, as articulated band. or wainscot materials and for copings, trim, and special decorative o in the section on Streetwall Height Articulation. (6) Parking Podiums: Where parking podiums are part of the design of a elements. Improperly simulated or contradictory finishes should not i) Standards residential development,they should be designed as the building's base be used—for example,use ofconcrete or other materials to simulate c. See Section 2.5.2.1.a. for required building base element. There are no or part of the building's base,with wall textures,colors,and dimensional a river stone wall appearance while still being crisscrossed with additional Building Base standards. modules that are coordinated with the architecture of the residential visible straight-line panel joints cutting across individual stones. rx portion of the building above. Materials,detailing and design elements H ii) Guidelines should be used to break up a monotonous facade. (c) Wood: horizontal sidings such as clapboard and tongue-in-groove; H vertical siding such as board and batten;and other horizontal sidings z (1) Base treatments should be applied to all visible sides of the building. b) Wall Cladding such as smaller wood shingles and shakes are acceptable. Larger, more rustic styles of shingles and shakes should not be used. Trim (2) Base treatments on additions and accessory buildings should be carried i) Standards elements should be used for all wood siding types. Heavy timber z over from the primary building,or applied in a manner compatible with detailingand exposed bracingmaybe used where appropriate to o the primary building where it is not originally present. An anti-graffiti coating shall be applied to the ground floor and exposed p facade surfaces that are accessible from upper floors through wall the style. "Ti-]]"plywood panel siding is not recommended unless (3) At a minimum, base treatment should occur at one of the following openings on all buildings using masonry wall cladding materials, such detailed with additional trim atop vertical panel grooves to emulate c. scales: as brick,stone and concrete. a board and batten style. H w (a) At the scale of the pedestrian, a base treatment should be created at ii) Guidelines (d) Fiber-Cement or Cementitious Siding: an exterior siding product w a height between nine(9) inches and six(6)feet. composed of Portland cement, ground sand, cellulose fiber and o (1) Materials used should be appropriate to the architectural style and w sometimes clay, mixed with water and cured in an autoclave. They w (b) At the scale of the building, the entire ground floor (or a higher building type. Authentic materials and methods of construction should are available in planks,panels and shingles and are an acceptable portion of the lower portion of the facade) should be visibly be used to the degree possible. Where simulated materials are used substitute for wood siding when used in the formats described above articulated to read as a base that "anchors" the building to the for reasons of economy, they should be durable and closely match oground. proportions, surface finishes,and colors of original materials. under "Wood." Extra care must be taken to insure that installing o workers are properly trained, proper tools are used for cutting, G4 and non-rusting hardware is used for fastening. Earlier generation PAGE 60 wood siding substitute products such as hardboard, oriented-strand (c) Wood: wood is the predominant material of most existing (d) Profile, Corrugated, and Other Sheet, Rolled and Extruded board and asbestos board should not be used. residential structures in Spokane Valley and should be widely used Metal Surfaces: where used, sheet metal should be detailed with in the architectural design of new residential structures. Horizontal adequate thickness to resist dents and impacts, and should have (e) Stucco or EIFS: stucco, cement plaster or stucco-like finishes such sidings such as clapboard and tongue-in-groove; vertical siding trim elements to protect edges. as EIFS are acceptable finishes for upper stories only at street such as board and batten; and other horizontal sidings such as exposures. They may be used at ground floor portions of rear or smaller wood shingles and shakes may be suitable. The larger, (e) Fiber-Reinforced Plastics (FRP), Cast Glass Fiber composites side service and parking exposures,however the groundfloor street more rustic styles of shingles and shakes should not be used. Trim ("Fiberglass'): these materials often are used in molded façade cladding materials should continue to be used as a building reproductions of carved wooden or cast metal architectural elements should be used for all wood siding types. Timber detailing base and accent material. Close attention should be paid to detail ornamentation such as column capitals and bases, architectural and exposed bracing may be used where appropriate to the style. and trim elements for a high quality installation;for EIFS, high- columns, cornices, and other trim. They may be used if their "T1-11"plywood panel siding is not recommended unless detailed density versions should be specified at the ground floor level to with additional trim to emulate a board and batten style. appearance closely approximates the type of painted wood resist impacts. Very stylized or highly textured surface textures are element for which they are intended to substitute, and are not recommended. The pattern of joints should be architecturally (d) Fiber-Cement or Cementitious Siding: an exterior siding product otherwise coordinated in color and composition with the selected coordinated with the overall facade composition, and sealant colors composed of Portland cement, ground sand, cellulose fiber and architectural style. They should be located above or away from should be coordinated with surface and other building colors. At sometimes clay, mixed with water and cured in an autoclave. They highly-trafficked areas. the groundfloor level,window and door trim elements should not be are available in planks,panels and shingles and are an acceptable made from stucco, cement plaster or EIFS; they should instead be substitute for wood siding when used in the formats described above (8) Building base, parking podium, or above ground parking structure made of wood,metal,precast concrete or other contrasting durable under "Wood." Extra care must be taken to ensure that installing materials: bases of larger buildings and parking podiums may be clad or built with materials that extend down from the residential portions of materials. workers are properly trained, proper tools are used for cutting, the building above. Building bases may also be built with contrasting and non-rusting hardware is used for fastening. Earlier generation materials of a more substantial and permanent character than the 0 Ceramic Tile: use of glazed and unglazed tile should be limited to wood siding substitute products such as hardboard, oriented-strand residential portions of the building above. Residential Building bases facade cladding or decorative wall accent material. Grout color board and asbestos board should not be used. may also be built with contrasting materials of a more substantial and should be coordinated with tile and other building colors. permanent character than the residential portions of the building above. (e) Stucco or EIFS: stucco, cement plaster or stucco-like finishes such Visible facades of Above-Ground Parking Structures,if not clad,should (g) Profile and Other Sheet, Rolled and Extruded Metal: as wall as EIFS may be used. Attention should be paid to detail and trim display quality materials of a substantial and permanent character that cladding, these wall systems should be used as a secondary or elements for a high qualityinstallation; for EIFS, high-density are complementary to surrounding pedestrian-scaled architecture. Such accent materials(see below).A high quality,fade-resistant coating versions should be specified at the ground floor level to resist substantial and permanent materials and treatments include: system or paint such as Kynar, Tnemec, etc. is recommended. impacts. Highly textured surface textures are not recommended. (6) Primary residential building wall materials to be used as the primary The pattern of joints should be architecturally coordinated with (a) Precast Concrete: the location and spacing ofpanel and expansion cladding on buildings include: the overall facade composition, and sealant colors should be joints should be incorporated into the facade composition. coordinated with surface and other building colors. Castings should be shaped to form architectural profiles that (a) Brick: red brick is the characteristic brick color in Spokane Valley create bases, cornices,pilasters,panel frames, and other elements (7) Wall accent materials are recommended to add interest and variety at contributingto façade composition and human scale. Cement type, and its region, although yellow, tan, and glazed white brick are f q p a more intimate scale, for example, along architectural elements such mineral pigments, special aggregates and sur ace textures should occasionally used as well. Full size brick veneer is preferable to p g pf as cornices, on portions of buildings or walls. Materials recommended be exploited in precast concrete to achieve architectural effects. thin brick tile. When used, brick veneers should be mortared to p for use as accents include brick, wood, stone, and ceramic tile as listed Grout and sealant colors should be coordinated with castingsand give the appearance of full-depth brick. Detailing should avoid the above,and also include: exposure of sides of veneer tiles;wrap-around corner and bullnose other building colors. pieces should be used to further minimize the appearance of veneer. (a) Ceramic Tile: glazed or unglazed tile may be used as a decorative Brick wall cladding is frequently complemented by light-colored wall accent material. Grout color should be coordinated with tile (b) Poured-in-Place Concrete: long surfaces of uninterrupted flat concrete walls shall not be used. The use of textured form liners, (white, off-white, light gray) accent materials such as limestone, and other building colors. pigments,stains,and/or special aggregates should be used to create glazed terra cotta tile,precast concrete,and/or glass fiber reinforced concrete (GFRC).Accent materials are used at window and door (b) Terra Cotta: terra cotta tile ornamental and trim components rich surfaces.At a minimum, the design of exposed concrete walls frames, wall bases, cornices, and as decorative elements. Other should be used in coordination with appropriate architectural styles should incorporate the location and spacing offormwork tie-holes, z accent materials such as granite, river rock, colored glazed terra such as Spanish and Mission Revival,Mediterranean, etc. expansion joints and control joints into the facade composition. To 0 the degree possible,formwork should shape architectural profiles a cotta glazed or ceramic tile are also occasionally used. (c) Stone, Stone Veneers, Cast Stone, Terra Cotta, Precast Concrete, of walls that create bases, cornices, pilasters, panel frames, and (b) Stone, Stone Veneers, Cast Stone, Terra Cotta, Precast Concrete, Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete (GFRC): these materials should other elements contributing to façade composition and human Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete (GFRC): may be used as be used as a wall base or wainscot materials and for copings, scale. Concrete walls may also be clad with other finish materials z a wall cladding material, when detailed appropriately for trim, and special decorative elements. Improperly simulated or such as stucco and patterned to match other building walls. The residential character generally with a more modest scale than contradictory finishes should not be used for example, use of architectural treatment ofpoured concrete that is used as a building o for commercial character. Improperly simulated or contradictory molded concrete or other materials to simulate a river stone wall architectural base should be extended to concrete used elsewhere w finishes should not be used—for example, use of molded concrete appearance while still being crisscrossed with visible straight-line in the project for sitework material. or other materials to simulate a river stone wall appearance while panel joints cutting across individual stones. still being crisscrossed with visible straight-line panel joints cutting 0 o across individual stones. = PAGE 61 (c) Concrete Block: where concrete blocks are used on a building acceptable. Internally illuminated fabric awnings should not be ii) Guidelines base, as a sitework material, or as the primary wall surface used. For a sequence of storefronts or windows, a sequence of Surface features and facade elements should be located and arranged material for a parking structure, creativity in selecting block sizes, discrete awnings or canopies for each storefront or building bay according to the building's architectural style. At a minimum, they surface textures, stacking/bonding patterns, and colors should be should be used,rather than one continuous run-on awning.Awnings should be organized according to the building's overall proportions and used. In the case of a building base,façade composition should be should not cover up intermediate piers,pilasters, or other vertical structural bay spacing in order to create a harmonious pattern of elements coordinated with the architecture of primary building walls above. architectural features. across the facade. To avoid an institutional (i.e. `project"or `prison) appearance, a plain stack-bond block pattern of standard size blocks should not (b) Trellises,Marquees and Architectural Canopies:materials, colors, (1) Unifying architectural approaches should be used to lay out a window and form should be derived from the building architecture, i.e. pattern across a facade,such as aligning windows byusingcommon sill be used. Decorative treatments such as alternating block courses g of differing heights, alternating surface textures (e.g. precision a trellis painted the same color as a building's trim scheme is or header lines. face and split face), and/or compositions of colored blocks should appropriate. (2) At attached residential dwellings,facades of attached residences within be used, along with matching cap and trim pieces. Grout colors (5) Ornamental wall-mounted outdoor lighting (sconces) may be used to the same project should be distinct and even different,but also should should be coordinated with block and other building colors. accent entries, mark a sequence of repeating pilasters, or serve as a maintain unifying compositional elements such as a common window centerpiece for a facade panel. header or sill line, and/or aligned vertical centerlines of windows and c) Facade Composition II = doors between upper and lower floors. (6) Distinctive building elements such as Corner Entry(see Section 2.2.6. i) Standards Private Frontage)are encouraged to accent terminating views within the Plan Area. e) Windows (1) Facade projections such as balconies,porches, window bays, trellises, and awnings shall have a minimum height clearance of eight (8) feet (7) Alcoves,balconies and porches are encouraged at upper stories to create i) Standards above the sidewalk below. architectural interest, a regional architectural context, and to provide (a) Curtain-wall window walls shall only be permitted within the outdoor spaces for upper story tenants. Gateway Commercial Center andAvenue Districts, when used as (2) Facade projections shall be as permitted within Section 2.2.7. Front Street Setback. (a) Protrusions such as balconies and porches may be used on second a facade or majority portion of a façade consisting of one hundred and higher stories if the overall projection and encroachment percent(100%)glazing and mullions, where glazing panels (3) Overall wall composition for Streetwalls shall contain at least twenty may either be transparent windows or opaque spandrel panels. into the public right-of-way and/or required setbacks conforms to percent(20%),but no more than eighty percent(80%),glazing in order Curtain-wall window walls shall be permitted in other districts the regulations established in Section 2.2.7. Frontstreet Setback. to provide daylight into tenant space.Overall wall composition for Side when used as ground floor storefront glazing or as `penthouse" and Rear walls does not have a minimumlazin re uirement. Protrusions of this type should extend no greater than two (2)feet g g q from the face of the building. Alcoves used in conjunction with these glazing at the top floor of four-story or higher building. ii) Guidelines elements increases the usability of this element, while providing (b) Ribbon windows: Shall only be permitted within the shadow and visual interest to the façade composition. Gateway Commercial Center andAvenue Districts, when used (1) Buildings should be "four-sided", meaning that all facades including side and rear facades should be considered visible(unless facingblind as continuous horizontal bands of windows (sometimes referred z (b) Balconies and porches may be used on second and higher stories if onto an adjacent party wall)and should be treated with an architectural to as ribbon windows) that extend the full width of a building r=', the overall height clearance from the bottom of the soffit and fascia facade composition. a façade. Ribbon windows shall be permitted in other districts -a board to the sidewalk below is eight(8)feet or greater. when used as ground-floor storefront glazingor as "penthouse" c. g f p (2) Large expanses of blank facade walls should not appear on buildings and glazing at the topfloor o our stor or higher building. structures. Where visible facade segments are not active with frequent (c) Balcony and porches should be constructed of materials and g gff Y g proportions related to the overall façade composition. rx storefronts, windows, and/or door openings, vertical articulation suchii) Guidelines was pilasters and columns and horizontal articulation such as cornices (8) Window Bay Projections are encouraged at upper stories as they create Windows should be designed to be in keeping with the character and H and belt courses should be applied to subdivide the wall surface into architectural interest and a regional architectural context. They also the architectural style of the building. Windows throughout a building's increments that extend the human-scaled architectural character and serve to increase usable internal floor space for upper story tenants. facades should be related in design,operating type,proportions,and trim. rx cadence of more active facade areas. Other ornamentation such as They should be used as architectural elements that add relief to the facade wainscots,bases,and decorative light sconces should be extended from (a) Window Bay Projections may be used on second and higher stories and wall surface. active facades. 'Z' if the overall projection and encroachment into the public right of N way or required setback conforms to the regulations established in (1) Form: (3) Horizontal ornament such as awnings or belt courses, string courses or Section 2.2.7. Front street setback. c. cornice lines should be carried across adjacent facades to unify various a Window openings,operatingcasement,etc. and building masses and convey the sense of a consistent building wall. O types ) (b) Window Bay Projections may be considered a "primary wall proportions of window frames and members should be designed in z (4) Covered outdoor spaces,awnings and arcades are encouraged to protect material" or an "accent wall material" and conform to the Wall accordance with the selected architectural style. pedestrians from summer heat and winter rain. These items should be Cladding guidelines above. o located above the display windows and below the storefront cornice or (i) Where greater privacy is desired for ground floor restaurants signpanel. or professional services,large storefront windows should be wd) Composition of Openings and Facade Elements MI divided into smaller units or panes. An "industrial sash" (a) Storefront Awnings: colored fabric mounted awnings supported i) Standards type of multi-pane window may be used where appropriate by a metal structural frame or permanent architectural awnings with the building's architectural style. There are no Composition of Openings and Facade Elements standards. °o g 0 utilizing materials from the building architecture are both PAGE 62 9 (ii) In the City Center and in Neighborhood Centers, a vertical (ii) Window accessories such as window boxes for plants, (c) Indicated by a recessed entry or recessed bay in the facade. proportion of window panes or window openings(3:2 to 2:1 fabric awnings, etc. should be considered for additional Recommended treatments include special paving materials such height:width ratio)should typically be used. Openings may articulation and interest in coordination with the selected as ceramic tile; ornamental ceiling treatments, such as coffering; be composed of a series of vertically proportioned panes or architectural style. Decorative grillework is recommended decorative light fixtures; and attractive decorative door pulls, frames. for parking structure openings,to add detail and help break escutcheons, hinges, and other hardware. down the scale. (iii) Commercial clerestory and transom windows are (d) Sheltered by a projecting canvas or fabric awning, or by a recommended to provide a continuous horizontal band or (iii) Additions and accessory buildings: window should be permanent architectural canopy utilizing materials from the row of windows across the upper portion of a storefront. of the same style as the main building, including opening primary building. mechanisms and trim. (iv) Windows should generally maintain consistency in shape (2) Entrances to upper-story uses should incorporate one or more of the and in location across a façade, and be coordinated with (3) Materials: following treatments: facades of adjacent buildings. Unifying patterns should (a) Located in the center ofthe façade between storefronts, asparta include a common window header line or sill line, and/or (a) If horizontal or vertical aluminum sliding windows are used, f f of aligned vertical centerlines of windows and doors. The assemblies with extrusions and frame members of minimum one symmetrical composition. overall effect should create a harmoniouspattern across the and one-half(1.5) inches exterior width dimension should be used, to avoid an insubstantial appearance common to aluminum sliding (b) Aligned with prominent façade elements of upper stories, such as street wall. an expressed or embedded entrance tower. windows. (v) Windows on the upper floors should be smaller in size than (c) Accented by architectural elements such as clerestory windows, storefront windows on the first floor, and should encompass (b) Clear glass should be used.If tinted glazing is used, light tints and p green,gray or blue hues should be used. sidelights, and ornamental light fixtures, and identified by signage a smaller proportion of facade surface area. Exceptions and/or address numbering. to this may occur when large window openings are used (c) If solar or heat control is desired,reflective glazing and/or reflective as "penthouse" glazing (top floor of a four-story or taller adhesive films should not be used. Nonreflective types should be (d) Indicated by a recessed entrance,vestibule or lobby distinguishable building). selected instead. Low emissivity glass and external and internal from storefronts. (vi) At freestanding parking structures, long-span façade shade devices are other options that should be used as well. openings with a height:width ratio that is more horizontal g) Secondary Entrances (d) Lug sills (protruding window sills) should not be formed of rigid than 1:3 should not be used.Vertically proportioned window- foam or other substrates sprayed with stucco or other wall finish i) Standards like openings (3:2 to 2:1 ratio) are strongly encouraged, to material. They should be instead constructed with a permanent continue the pattern of pedestrian-scaled building facades. (1) Secondary entries,such as side or rear building entries shall not be more material such as painted wood, painted FRP metal, precast architecturally prominent or larger than the front entry. If horizontally proportioned openings are used, vertical concrete, GFRC, terra cotta, or stone. pilasters, columns, or other elements should be applied to I ii) Guidelines subdivide the horizontal proportion into smaller vertically proportioned openings. f) Main Entrances (1) Side or rear building entries should be visible and easy to find, but visually secondary to main entrances (2) Glazing: i) Standards (1) To contribute to the public and pedestrian realm, building entrances (2) Secondary entries should be easy to find,particularly for customers or (a) Depth of glazing: window frames shall not be flush with walls. shall be prominent and easy to identify. visitors accessing them from parking lots. Glass should be inset a minimum of three(3)inches from the surface (3) The design of the side or rear entry should be architecturally related to of the exterior wall and/or frame surface to add relief to the wall (2) The main pedestrian entrance shall be easily visible and recognizable, the front entry, such as in use of materials and proportions. surface. and shall be architecturally treated in a manner consistent with the building style. (4) Secondary entries should be enhanced with detailing, trim and finish (b) Where multi pane windows are utilized, "true divided light" consistent with the character of the building. windows or sectional windows should be used, especially at the (3) At mixed-use buildings, entrances to residential, office or other upper story uses shall be clearly distinguishable in form and location from z grounditoor. Snap-in muntins(i.e.detachable vertical or horizontal o glass plane dividers or glass pane dividers sandwiched between retail entrances. h) Loading and Service Entrances a layers of glass) should not be used in commercial, mixed-use or ii) Guidelines i) Standardsc. civic buildings. (1) Entrances should incorporate one or more of the following treatments: (1) Service entrances shall not face primary streets when a secondary street, H (i) Window trim: shaped frames and sills should be used to alley, or parking lot entrance location is possible.All service entrances w enhance openings and add additional relief. They should (a) Marked by a taller mass above, such as a modest tower, or by a and associated loading docks and storage areas shall be located to the o be proportional to the glass area framed, as where a larger column that protrudes from the rest of building surface. side or rear of the building. w window should have thicker framing members. Upper story w (b) Accented by special architectural elements, such as columns, (2) Portions of the building facade containing service or truck doors visible windows and parking structure window openings should be ,-;overhanging roofs, awnings, and ornamental light fixtures. from the public street shall be designed to include attractive and durable detailed with architectural elements such as projecting lug materials and be integrated into the architectural composition of the o sills,molded surrounds, and/or lintels. larger building facade design. Architectural treatments, materials, and 0 PAGE 63 colors shall be extended from building facade areas into the facade j) Garage and Parking Structure Doors (3) Mansard roofs (i.e. a flat-topped roof that slopes steeply down on all portion containing truck doors to avoid creating a gap in architectural four sides,thus appearing to sheath the entire top story of the building) expression and to maintain a high-quality appearance. i) Standards shall only be acceptable as follows: ii) Guidelines (1) Only garage doors for detached single-family homes may face streets (a) The height of a building with a mansard roof shall be as defined in within fifty(50)feet from the front property line. (1) Loading and services entrances should not intrude upon the public view Section 2.2.3. Building Height. or interfere with pedestrian activities. (2) All single-car wide garage facades shall be set back a minimum of six (6)feet behind the front wall of the primary building mass. (b) The maximum slope shall be no steeper than three(3)feet of rise for every two(2)feet of run(3:2). i) �+ ntrance Doors (3) All two-car wide garage facades shall be set back a minimum of twenty (20)feet behind the front wall of the primary building mass. (c) The minimum height of mansard roofs (from eave to roof peak) i) Standards shall be one typical building story height or thirty percent (30%) There are no Entrance Doors standards. ii) Guidelines of the building façade height as measured to the eave, whichever is Garage doors are strongly recommended to avoid projecting an smaller. ii) Guidelines automobile-dominated appearance to the street or alley by using scale- reducing design treatments as follows: (d) Mansard roofs shall fully enclose the perimeter of a building. (1) Doors are the one part of the building façade that patrons and visitors Where a break in the horizontal run of mansard roof occurs, an will inevitably see and touch, and should be well-detailed and made of (1) Door design treatments such as ornamental panelization or vertically architectural termination is recommended(e. g. the roof intersects durable high quality materials. proportioned segmentation and detail should be used to minimize into a tower). (2) Doors at storefronts should include windows of substantial size that the apparent width of the entrance — in accordance with the selected permit views into the establishment. architectural style. (e) Mansard roofs shall include a cornice at the eave line where the roof overhang depth is less than two(2)feet, and an edge termination at (2) Framing elements such as trellises above openings and ornamental (3) Doors at storefronts should match the materials, design and character the peak. of the display window framing. High quality materials such as framing around the edges of openings are recommended. crafted wood, stainless steel, bronze, and other ornamental metals are ii) Guidelines (3) Where double car width doors are used, a width of eighteen (18) feet encouraged. should not be exceeded. (1) All pitched and continuous sloping roof forms(i.e.without flat horizontal (4) Detailing such as carved woodwork, stonework, or applied ornament portions) are encouraged. These include gable, hip, and pyramidal (4) At live-work facades, garage or studio doors should be compatible roofs. should be used, to create noticeable detail for pedestrians and drivers. with a residential character. Large featureless doors should be avoided. Doors may be flanked by columns,decorative fixtures or other details. Glazed multi-panel doors may also be used to impart a residential (2) Deeply sloping roof forms, such as gable, hip, and pyramid roofs, and (5) Doors and doorways leading to upper story uses, such as residential scale. curved roofs, such as barrel vaults, should be limited to prominent or or office uses should be distinguishable from those leading to retail special buildings, such as civic or performing arts facilities. (5) At entrances of Parking Podiums and Freestanding Parking Structures: z establishments. vehicle entrances should be treated with architectural articulation and (3) Flat or shallow pitched roofs should be ornamented with shaped parapets, ° landscape materials,to mark an important and frequently used common caps,N (6) If utilized at storefront windows, doors, and loading docks, roll-up p p q y p ,or cornice treatments,using one of the methods below: ,_ entrance and make it easily doors should be detailed to conceal door housings and tracks y reco gnizable. Architectural treatment of c. and provide an attractive and finished appearance for all exposed garage entrance openings should include notching the mass of the (a) The primary cornice should be decorated or bracketed with components.The roll-up door housing should not protrude more than 6 structure or podium at the entry, applying architectural framing to the parapets,finials, or simple decorative panels or molding. inches from the building façade plane. opening, trellising with or without plant materials, ornamental door rx grillework, ornamental lighting and signage, etc., consistent with the (b) An architecturally profiled cornice and/or expressed parapet cap E. wU (7) Doors at residential mixed-use buildings should match or complement architectural style of the building. should be used to terminate the top of the parapet wall. H the materials, design and character of the primary building, as well as convey the residential character of the building. (c) Surface mounted cornices,continuous shading elements, or trellises d 2) Roofs should be used to strengthen a parapet wall design. (8) Doors at residential uses should incorporate high quality materials such z as crafted wood,stainless steel,bronze,and other ornamental metals. a) Roof Types (d) Sheet metal parapet caps or coping should provide a formed o (compound folded)overhanging edge termination and a heavy gage (9) Where possible, entrance doors at attached residential units should i) Standards sheet metal thickness selected to avoid "oil canning" distortion. c vary in color and/or design from unit to unit to further distinguish the Single layer,flush sheet metal parapet caps should not be used. individual identity of each residence. (1) Roofs shall match the principal building in terms of style,detailing and H materials. They shall contribute expressive and interesting forms that (4) Smaller,subsidiary roofs may be used at storefronts;these should match w (10) At live-work units, if roll-up security doors are used, they should be complement and add to the overall character of Spokane Valley. the principal building in terms of style,detailing and materials. a detailed to conceal door housings and tracks and provide an attractive oand finished appearance for all exposed components. The roll-up door (2) Flat or shallow pitched roofs are permitted to be used and shall be (5) Roof overhangs for both flat and sloping roofs are encouraged to add desw housing should not protrude from the façade plane. belowned with one or more of the treatments stated in Guidelines, depth,shadow and visual interest,and can be used to create a Streetwall Top Element as defined in Section 2.5.2.1.b.They should be designed as follows: 0 0 A4 PAGE 64 (a) At roof overhangs, vertical roof edge fascia over eighteen (18) (c) Sheet metal shingles, such as copper, zinc, and alloys. (a) Materials, architectural styles, colors and/or other elements from inches in height are recommended to be subdivided or accented by the facade composition shall be used to integrate the screening into additional horizontal layers, step backs, trim, and other detailing. (d) Tar and Gravel, Composition, or Elastomeric Roofs (at flat roof the building's architecture. locations): light, reflective colors are recommended to minimize (b) Brackets and corbels (i.e. decorative supporting pieces designed heat gain within the buildings. Roof surfaces utilizing these (b) In the design of screening enclosures, use dimensional increments to bear the weight of projected overhangs), or other expressed materials should be screened from view from adjacent buildings of window spacing, mullion spacing, or structural bay spacing roof overhang supports (whether structural or non-structural) are and sites by parapet walls. taken from the facade composition. encouraged to add richness to detailing. The spacing module of repeating supports should relate to the building's structural bay (e) Asphalt shingles: projects using asphalt shingles should use the (2) Where possible, downspouts should be concealed within walls. The spacing or window mullion spacing. highest quality commercial grade materials, and be provided with location, spacing, materials, and colors of exposed downspouts, adequate trim elements.Lightweight asphalt shingles should not be gutters,scuppers,and other visible roof drainage components should be (c) The soffit (i.e. the underside surface of the roof overhang) should used incorporated into the architectural composition of the facade and roof; be designed as a visible feature and incorporated into the overall haphazard placement should be avoided. architectural composition. Soffit beams, coffers, light fixtures and (f) Terra Cotta or Concrete Tile: red tile roofs may be used for p g (3) Mechanical equipment, including utilities and trash enclosures, should other designarticulation are encouraged. Mediterranean or Spanish Revival architectural styles. Such g be incorporated into the architecture of the building and included as a projects are recommended to use authentic terra cotta barrel tiles part of the building proper.Where equipment is not included as a part (6) At Freestanding Parking Structures, the "skyline" at the roof deck and avoid simulated products. of the building, architecturally related screening enclosures should be should be designed and shaped to create an interesting visual profile,as used. follows: (3) Roof materials that should not be used include: (a) At stair and/or elevator towers,special roofforms such as sloped or (a) Corrugated sheet metal, unless used as an accent roofing material. 3) Color curved roofs are encouraged. (b) Stamped sheet metal used to simulate Mediterranean or Spanish i) Standards (b) Along parapet edges, cornices, shading elements, and/or trellises roof tiles. There are no Color standards. are encouraged to provide additional visual interest. The height of parapet walls and/or guard railings may be varied in coordination (c) Wood shakes or shingles except for buildings in Community ii) Guidelines with the overall façade composition but should be tall enough to Boulevard District Zone. Colors used in new construction and renovations in Spokane Valley conceal vehicles. should complement the District zone in which they occur (see below). c) Roof Equipment and Screening Colors that reflect the City's relationship with the surrounding landscape (c) Due to their highly visible location, light poles and fixtures at roof should be considered,however,and care should be taken so that drab earth parking decks should be specified or designed as decorative fixtures, i) Standards tones are not used. Paint colors for any new building and modifications architecturally coordinated with the style of the building. (1) All building mechanical equipment located on roofs shall be screened of paint colors of any existing building shall be reviewed by the City for (7) Variations of the roof and/or cave line should be used to mark main from view. compliance with the guidelines established below. building entrances and also to differentiate between individual units (2) Roof mounted equipment such as cooling and heating equipment, (1) By District Zones within attached residential buildings. antennae, and receiving dishes shall be completely screened by architectural enclosures that are derived from or strongly relate to the (a) City Center: colors used in new construction and renovations b) Roof Materials building's architectural expression,or enclosed within roof volumes. should build on the palette of colors of existing historic Spokane 3 Screeningof on-site mechanical equipment shall be integrated aspart of Valley buildings. In general, these include medium-toned brick i) Standards O colors(typically red brick,with occasional use ofwhite or tan brick; a project's site and building design and shall incorporate architectural (1) Wood shakes shall be fire resistant. styles,colors and other elements from the roof and façade composition also, with light colored accents), natural stone cladding colors, to carefully integrate screening features. Picket fencing, chain-link and occasional light-colored stucco or wood siding, according to ii) Guidelines fencing and exposed sheet metal boxes are not permitted. architectural style as well. (1) Roof materials should match or complement the existing context of the project area. (4) To reduce glare, light colored roofs (including "cool roofs") shall be (2) General Guidelines o completely screened from view as seen from adjacent streets, sites or (2) Roof materials that should be used include: buildings by architectural enclosures that are derived from the building's (a) Primary building colors, used at building walls,garden walls, and architectural expression, such as parapet walls or other screening other primary building elements,should be restrained in hue.Stark, c. (a) Metal Seam Roofing:finishes should be anodized,fluorocoated or treatment. extreme colors should not be used as primary wall colors. H painted. Copper, zinc, and other exposable metal roofs should be w natural or oxidized. ii) Guidelines (b) Secondary color should complement the primary building color,and w may be a lighter shade than the body color, or use more saturated 0 (1) Roof-mounted equipment such as antennae and receiving dishes should w (b) Slate or slate-like materials such as concrete tile: for simulated hues. Secondary color can be used to give additional emphasis to be located behind parapets,recessed into the slope of roof hips or gables, architectural features such as building bases or wainscots,columns, Q materials, exaggerated high-relief surface textures should not be or enclosed within roof volumes. used. cornices, capitals, and bands; or used as trim on doorframes, storefront elements, windows and window frames, railing, shutters, o o Iornament,fences, and similar features. PAGE 65 (c) Accent colors may be more saturated in color, or brighter in tone, and used to highlight special features such as doors,shutters,gates, ornament, or storefront elements.Bright colors should be limited to retail establishments,and used sparingly at fabric awnings,banners, window frames, or special architectural details.A restrained use of bright colors allows display windows and merchandise to catch the eye and stand out in the visual field. (d) Colors should be compatible with other buildings in the surrounding area. Colors of adjacent buildings should be taken into consideration, especially where new structures are adjacent to historic buildings. (e) Fluorescent colors should not be used on building materials. 0 At attached residential units, primary and secondary building colors may contain slight variations in color from unit to unit, to further distinguish the individual identity of each residence. 4) Sustainability Guidelines i) Shading devices such as building overhangs, latticework and trellises should be incorporated into facades where appropriate, especially at south-facing facades. ii) Where possible, design shade structures, window orientation, and opening sizes as part of a building's Day lighting and Passive Solar Heating program. iii) Green Roofs and Rooftop Gardens are encouraged on flat sections of a roof behind parapets, caps, or other cornice treatments in order to facilitate insulation and storm-water management,as well as add usable green space and visual interest to the building. z ° iv) Where possible, design the roof form and orientation as part of a building's Day lighting and Passive Solar Heating program. E. H H x 0 a 0 0 0 PAGE 66 9) Animated signs are permitted as follows: 2.6.SIGNAGE REGULATIONS appearance of"halo"of light around the letter or emblem;light sources are shielded from direct view. (a) In the Gateway Commercial Center and Gateway Commercial This section contains standards and guidelines for signage within the Subarea Plan. 9.Internal Illumination: The illumination of a sign by projecting light Avenue Zones. They are intended to ensure that signs are consistent with the overall quality and through translucent panel(s)from a light source within an enclosed sign character of new development anticipated for the corridors. Regulations include g p O g g (b) Anywhere along Sprague Avenue EXCEPT in City Center District cabinet. Zone (animated signs are prohibited in the City Center District permitted sign types as well as sign size,location,materials,illumination, color, and design. SVMC 22.110 is only applicable where specifically referenced. 10. Illuminated Open Channel Letters: The use of letter-shaped forms Zone). to create lettering within a sign which are individually enclosed on the 10) Non-animated electronic signs are permitted in all district zones, 2.6.1. GENERAL SIGNAGE REGULATIONS sides and back, are open at the vertical front, and contain light sources including scrolling"alpha-numeric"signs,time and temperature signs. to illuminate the letter-shaped volume. 11) Commercial messages which identify, advertise,or attract The following definitions supplement the definitions set forth in SVMC Appendix A and are intended to define terms used within this Subarea Plan. The following 11. Sign Type: A distinct physical form of sign in terms of configuration attention to a business,product, service,or event or activity standards and guidelines shall apply to all signs,regardless of type. placement,orientation, and size,independent of message content. sold,existing or offered elsewhere than upon the same property where the sign is displayed are expressly prohibited. 12. Valance:The vertical front face of a fabric awning,parallel to the face 12) All issues not specifically addressed herein shall be addressed 1) Definitions of the building to which it is mounted. pursuant to the SVMC Title 22.110 Sign Regulations. 1.Animated Sign: An electronic sign that uses movement or the 13. Window Area: Any window pane or group of window panes contained 13) In the event of a conflict between this Section and any other appearance of movement of a sign display through the use of patterns of entirely within glazing separators (muntins,mullions,piers,columns, City code,the provisions of this Section shall apply. lights,changes in color or light intensity,computerized special effects, etc.)of one and one quarter(1 '/4)inches or greater in width.Multiple 14) Monument and freestanding signs shall not obscure any fire fighting video display,or through any other method,chasing or scintillating window panes divided by glazing separators less than one and one appliance,including but not limited to fire hydrants,fire connections,etc. lights,fluttering or moving lights,lights with stroboscopic effect,or quarter(1 '/4)inches in width shall be considered to be a single window containing elements creating sound or smell. Electronic signs that area. 15) Signs shall not obstruct the clear view triangle or points of ingress/egress. scroll a static message, scene or color onto or off a sign board in one 16) Billboards shall be regulated by Section 22.110.130 SVMC, direction per message, are not considered animated signs. 2) Standards EXCEPT that relocated billboards are prohibited within the City Center District Zone. Further,in all other zones within the Subarea 2.Awning: A fabric-covered structure mounted on the face of a building 1) Sign types shall be permitted according to District Zone, as indicated in Plan billboards may be constructed only on Sprague Avenue. above a window,entrance,or storefront opening. the Signage Regulations Chart-Figure 2.6. 3.Canopy: An architectural structure made of permanent materials such as 2) In the event that a sign falls under more than one sign definition found 3) Guidelines metal,wood,etc. mounted on the face of a building above a window, within this Section,the more restrictive sign regulations shall apply. 1) In general,natural construction materials such as wood,metals,ceramic, entrance,or storefront opening. 3) Temporary Signs not listed in this section shall be permitted in the Plan glass,and stone should be used for visible components of signs. Synthetic 4.Exposed Incandescent Bulb Illumination: The illumination of a sign Area per the requirements of the SVMC Title 22.110.050. materials should only be used if they are designed to be indistinguishable by incandescent bulbs which are intended to"spell out"letters and 4) "Prohibited Signs,"noted in the SVMC Title 22.110.020 are not from the recommended natural materials,or if they have a secondary or numerical characters and/or provide graphic accents, are mounted permitted,unless expressly indicated for specific sign types and district minor visual presence. Materials subject to yellowing from light exposure directly to the face of the sign, and whose light-emitting surfaces are zones indicated in this section. or age such as polycarbonate should not be used. fully visible. 5) "Permit Required"noted in the SVMC Title 22.110.030 indicates 2) Internally illuminated"can" signs consisting of rectangular enclosures 5.Exposed Neon Tube Illumination: The illumination of a sign by neon requirements for sign permits. Unless otherwise noted,a sign permit is with large translucent plastic sign faces should not be used. If used,one tubes which are intended to"spell out"letters and numerical characters required for all types listed in this section. of the following treatments should be applied: and/or provide graphic accents, are mounted directly to the face of the sign and whose light-emitting tubes are directly visible. 6) Sign Area Calculation: unless otherwise noted, sign areas for single and (a) A sheet metal or opaque sign surface with letters cut out so that only multiple-sided signs shall be calculated as described in the SVMC Sign letter shapes or outlines are illuminated from within by translucent 6.Exposed LED Illumination: The illumination of a sign by use of Light z Regulations Section 22.110.100,items 2,3 and 4. surfaces; o Emitting Diode(LED)sources which are intended to"spell out"letters E 7) Sign Area Maximum—Building Mounted Signs: Or, a color scheme oftranslucent panels with dark colored and numerical characters and/or provide graphic accents, are mounted (b) c. directly to the face of the sign, and whose light emitting surfaces are (a) The total square footage of building mounted signs permitted in any background with light colored letters. directly visible. Subarea Plan zone district shall not exceed 15%of the wall area. 3) Recommended exposed and non-exposed illumination(light source) z w 7.External Illumination: The illumination of a sign by projecting light on Tenant spaces shall be calculated individually. Building mounted types include incandescent,halogen,neon,warm-white encapsuled to the face of the sign from a light source located outside of the sign, signs to be calculated include, Wall Signs, Roof Signs, Awning compact fluorescent,warm-white encapsuled induction lamps, and LED Valance Signs,Above Awning Signs,Above Canopy Signs, Canopy light sources. Exposed spiral-tube compact fluorescent, fluorescent w such as"gooseneck"lamps; light sources are shielded from direct view. w Fascia Signs,Recessed Entry Signs and Window Signs. See Section tube,metal halide, and cold-cathode light sources should only be used 8.Halo Illumination: The illumination of a sign by projecting light behind 2.6.2for maximum size standardsfor individual si s. for non-exposed illumination,i.e. where lamps are shielded from view. an opaque letter or emblem onto the backing panel which results in the 8) Signs shall not display animation unless otherwise noted,except High pressure sodium and low pressure sodium light sources are not o standard barber soles and time and tem•erature sins. PAGE 67 recommended due to their color. The use of energy-efficient illumination sources is encouraged. 4) For legibility,contrasting colors should be used for the color of the background and the color of the letters or symbols. Light letters on a dark background or dark letters on a light background are most legible. 5) Colors or color combinations that interfere with the legibility of the sign copy should be avoided.Too many colors can confuse the message of a sign. 6) Fluorescent colors should not be used as predominant colors in permanent signs or on their structural supports (except as required for municipal traffic and public safety signs). When fluorescent colors are used as part of temporary signage,they should be limited to ten(10)square feet of sign area per façade per establishment. 7) Sign design,including color, should be appropriate to the establishment, conveying a sense of what type of business is being advertised. 8) The location of all permanent signs should be incorporated into the architectural design and composition of the building. Placement of signs should be considered an integral part of the overall facade design. Locations should be carefully composed and align with major architectural features. 9) Storefront signage should help create architectural variety from establishment to establishment. In multi-tenant buildings,signage should be used to create interest and variety. 10) All signs(including temporary signs) should present a neat and aligned appearance. 11) All signs(including temporary signs) should be constructed and installed utilizing the services of a professional sign fabricator. z + o I z z 0 H z w a 0 a w w Q 0 0 A� PAGE 68 L_LI , ew° - �_ ;�� rT tri g' ` 11 � � 1 1 'TM�� Lai—CO o�.. 1 - rT J L1 _ E: - 1 m -� •, t�� I IJ - - - .< ; Ill . � I IT I I ��i J �TL 11 I I M IT I T 1 ��, �, __ 1 IJ i__ I _ 1 II I Hilri L _Iiii li Mr, 1■'- -;' -- - 1 _1 i • 11� �� EI _4�T _� Ii- 6 I.. I 1 I ''�°° � -IP i Lir. _ d 1_ C �. 4' ��LI '.`_ �� l� -.Al�. 0� iii a ' �� / �� - / - I��--�-LO m.- _ _ - R o �. f EIll I��I�`°� �NI��1�1�1 n o 1� .. v61N1 d I F L N%-❑❑r' _IN 1 X11■o,I°ncio.. �� r LdElIFELJ 111111.111aL:001 �l 4 1 1 1 mnnpm �r --rT1 NIL° _1 1 L_ i o r I _ _ � , _____ _, 1_) $IJl7 n 117 7L 7-L `� 7 _ s � ��a 5 Li_-0_L 1 lT_ •• -.-.r _r. -1 ❑�0•�. � �q � 1 if 1r ��LL:Z.-❑ T"❑ _ -. . �L-.-,! °� lI d �� - u T, - ,_-,..L _ - - -_ III �ti11T T�L Jx 11. j. _ I" (❑ se L 7lF u1n I- ) y -_ _ �,d - - 1 >1�1 I�� 1 nom. �� s` b'"J s,e a-. = <,v?, - fl - I72 1 _ _ ,. tiLJI IL I �71J- L1L_ IITI�I \I II 1 � `�■ � I �,� I. �� r �f1L - J�_, �.�s�� -.\, - !b F i -s E T II J` II - i m Fr ID,11u-LJ FIG.2.1. DISTRICT ZONES MAP 2.6. SIGNAGE REGULATIONS 2.l.district Zones 2.1.1. City Center 2.1.2• 2.1.3. Mixed-Use 2.1.4. Community 2.1.5. Gateway 2.1.6. Gateway Neighborhood Commercial Commercial Core Streets Non-Core Streets Center Avenue Boulevard Avenue Centers 1 - Grand Projecting Sign permitted --- permitted --- --- --- permitted 2 - Marquee Signs permitted permitted permitted permitted --- --- permitted 3 -Wall Sign permitted permitted permitted permitted permitted permitted permitted 4 - Roof Sign permitted permitted permitted permitted --- permitted permitted 5 - Monument Sign --- permitted permitted permitted permitted permitted permitted 6 - Freestanding Sign --- --- --- permitted --- permitted permitted 7- Blade Sign permitted permitted permitted permitted restricted permitted permitted 8 - Projecting Sign permitted permitted permitted permitted restricted permitted permitted 9 -Awning Face Sign permitted permitted permitted permitted restricted permitted permitted 10 -Awning Valance Sign permitted permitted permitted permitted restricted permitted permitted 11 -Awning Side Sign permitted permitted permitted permitted restricted permitted permitted 12 -Above Awning Sign permitted permitted permitted permitted restricted permitted permitted 13 - Under Awning Sign permitted permitted permitted permitted restricted permitted permitted 14 - Canopy Fascia Sign permitted permitted permitted permitted restricted permitted permitted 15 -Above Canopy Sign permitted permitted permitted permitted restricted permitted permitted 16 - Under Canopy Sign permitted permitted permitted permitted restricted permitted permitted 17- Recessed Entry Sign permitted permitted permitted permitted restricted permitted permitted 18 -Window Sign permitted permitted permitted permitted restricted permitted permitted 19 - Time and Temperature Sign permitted permitted permitted permitted --- permitted permitted °' 20 - Building Identification Canopy Fascia Sign permitted permitted permitted permitted permitted permitted permitted z 21 - Building Identification Wall Sign permitted permitted permitted permitted permitted permitted permitted a 22 - Building Identification Window Sign permitted permitted permitted permitted permitted permitted permitted 23 - Temporary Signs See SVMC Chapter 22.110 for temporary sign regulations f:' H Legend: w ---:Not Permitted a. Permitted: These signs are allowed,by right,as indicated. w Restricted:Signs are restricted to corner stores only. w 0 0 PAGE 69 FIG . 2 . 6 . SIGNAGE REGULATIONS CHART 2.6.2 SIGN TYPE REGULATIONS I 2 3 A property's permitted sign types are determined by its District Zone as shown on I the Figure 2.6 Signage Regulations Chart. Specific restrictions are noted on the chart for particular combinations of District Zone and Sign Type. For the purposes of this plan,the following Sign Types are established(see the summary illustration of Sign Types on the following pages): - p 1) Grand Projecting Sign ;,� , - � Mp e� � v 2) Marquee Sign 0_ ALL= a '•' • ° q '3) Wall Sign '' ^elk;",,r 41 y ©n�nuo 4) Roof Sign iW 5) Monument Sign , • , / rriUm 6) Freestanding Sign p1 L' '''p 1' u �u u �u III 7) Blade Sign ram :alio J 8) Projecting Sign 9) Awning Face Sign 4 5 6 7 10) Awning Valance Sign 11) Awning Side Sign 12) Above Awning Sign 13) Under Awning Sign ,l-,/ )--49, 14) Canopy Fascia Signe I,__49 15) Above Canopy Sign H - : ;z, 09 I I I I 16) Under Canopy Sign � � '. • _ 17) Recesed Entry Sign =000CE0DEUU IIIEEEEEEME'—LILMELDEIEI q_,.,„„:_ ,^ 18) Window Sign z19) Time and Temperature Sign 0 IFI, r1,71 20) Building Identification Canopy Fascia Sign 7 110 0 .PM.', -4; 4[U ]f 1 1 10 01 1 IC 0u Iram WOMM �� a _mai Ili_0 21) Building Identification Wall Sign 22) Building Identification Window Sign 8 9 IO II z 23) Temporary Signs v) Standards and Guidelines for each Sign Type are listed on the pages that follow. I o ir ISI t I 10 ©o I� I I o 01 I ,�_ o /moo W PAGE 70 % I2 13ji, 14 15 'a .� o AI.y.,-_ _,� s o� z'� o 9 1` �i 8 p' 8 4v- .< 6� tGv- 0`-� Via' � 6IlA�frti �_ ti �bi,� 60: 11 I t i-O,F, � ,�II Fri 16 17 I8 20 cam' a 146 n• 0 B 0 v0 .� 0-9 `-9 0-9 1 t9 ii E , .iwi. i L.:.„ F-min 21 22 1 IIl�ll 0 I a ElTr -FT11010000U`IDEDIMIIMUUTEEPTEITIEEEIluu07fl_ - _(uDEL_U1]u.uuu _ LEDEEDDECIDD�IlUQfUU UEU[� L m ° 0 0 0 o o ,— — —, I I, — o s,„ — K. e, 1� l© ©V — ,moo L o111 © — OV ID — El 0 0 2 . 6 . 2 . SUMMARY OF SIGN TYPES PAGE 71 1) Grand Projecting Sign 2) Marquee Sign Grand Projecting Signs are tall, vertically oriented signs which project from the !Marquee Signs are large, canopy-like structures mounted over the entrance to a building perpendicular to the facade and which are structurally integrated into the P theater that include one or more readerboards. building. a) Standards a) Standards i) Marquee Signs shall be permitted only at movie theatres,live performance 1 A'-i--0) I i) Only one (1) Grand Projecting Sign shall be permitted per theatres,or night clubs -with a capacity of 200 persons or greater. establishment. ii) Marquee Signs shall only be located directly above the primary public ' ° , ii) The area of Grand Projecting Signs shall not count towards the total entrance of the theatre. ., ` �, �M permitted sign area of building mounted signs. iii) Only one(1)Marquee Sign shall be permitted per establishment. .......,,in- ..., iii) Grand Projecting Signs shall be no taller than thirty(30) feet from the � "�" iv) The area of Marquee Signs shall not count towards the total permitted , 'I .• .ti • bottom-most part of the sign to the tallest part of the sign. f'�- 1-016, r sign area of building mounted signs. •, ”0"), iv Onlythe followingtypes of establishments mayuse animation on Grand r v) Marquee Signs shall have no more than three(3)faces.The total area of '� � Projecting Signs: night clubs, movie theaters, and live performance theaters with a capacity of 200 persons or greater.When used,animation all faces of a marquee sign shall not exceed five hundred (500) square shall consist of flashing or chase lights only; light sources shall be of feet. incandescent,neon,or LED type only. Flashing xenon strobe lights and vi) Marquee Signs may use animation of sign lighting.When used,animation rotating lights shall not be permitted. shall consist of flashing or chase lights only; light sources shall be of Mi I incandescent, neon, or LED type only. Flashing xenon "strobe" lights 0 �� v) Grand Projecting Signs shall project no more than six(6)feet from theEli., facade of the building. and rotating lights shall not be permitted. I_ �+�w" it vi) No portion of a Grand Projecting Sign shall be lower than twelve (12) vii) Marquee signs shall project no more than twelve(12)feet from the facade U feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over of the building. which it projects. viii)No portion of a Marquee Sign shall be lower than eight(8) feet above 1) GRAND PROJECTING SIGN vii) Letter width shall not exceed two-thirds (2/3)of the sign width. the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects. viii)No portion of a Grand Projecting Sign shall extend more than ten (10) feet above the roofline. b) Guidelines b) Guidelines i) Exposed materials used in Marquee Signs should be metal and paint only,with the exception that plastic may be used for reader boards. J i) As prominent landmark features,the position of Grand Projecting Signs ii) Marquee Signs should be illuminated by exposed neon tube illumination, �, should be architecturally composed relative to important features of the `}" building's facade design — for example, located symmetrically within exposed incandescent bulb illumination and/or LED illumination only , - t :i the facade,or aligned with the primary entrance. with the exception that reader boards may use internal illumination. ° ii) Exposed materials used in Grand Projecting Signs should be metal and ,. 9 ,5' paint only. mew ar o iii) Grand Projecting Signs should be illuminated by exposed neon tube , II • •% ., ° o illumination,uexposed incandescent bulb illumination and/or LED •c -•�, :y��,/' • _ „ , illumination only. r 1 t . c iv) Letters should be oriented right-side-up and stacked in a single upright row with the first letter being at the top of the sign and the last letter z being at the bottom. a 0 w u,Pile� u ilir • •I 1 0 = 2) MARQUEE SIGN PAGE722 . 6 . 2 . SIGN TYPES 3) Wall Sign7M b) Guidelines Wall Signs are signs which are located on, and parallel to, a building wall. i) Exposed materials used in wall signs should be wood, ceramic, metal, and paint only. Exception-movie theaters or live performance theaters a) Standards with a capacity of greater than two hundred (200) persons may use plastic for reader boards. Wall signs may also be painted directly onto i) Wall Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a the façade of the building or inscribed into the façade of the building. r. dedicated ground floor entrance. ii) Wall signs should be illuminated by external,exposed neon tube,exposed ii) Wall Signs shall only be mounted on a wall area below the second floor incandescent bulb, exposed LED, or halo illumination only. Internally level. Exception: Wall Signs may mounted above the second floor level illuminated can signs with large translucent plastic panels should not be on an architectural tower configured to display wall signs. used. iii) No Wall Sign shall exceed one hundred fifty(150)square feet in size. iii) Where individual letters are used, letters should be three dimensional, I I' iv) Only the following types of establishments are permitted to use animated created by raised letter forms mounted to the building façade or sign Wall Signs, and only below the second floor level: night clubs, movie panel or by incised openings cut out from the sign panel. theaters, and live performance theaters - with a capacity of greater than two hundred (200) persons. When used, animation shall consist — of flashing or chase lights only; light sources shall be of incandescent, neon,or LED type only. Flashing xenon strobe lights and rotating lights shall not be permitted. v) Wall Signs shall project no more than fifteen(15)inches from the façade _ = of the building. fr vi) Menu or Menu Case Wall Signs: discrete wall-mounted signs or sign cases containing restaurant menus: • • • (1) Shall be mounted at the ground floor façade of a restaurant or café with �� indoor or outdoor seating. 3) WALL SIGN (2) Shall be limited to the size of two(2)pages of the menu utilized by the restaurant plus the frame. (3) Shall not protrude more than three(3)inches from the façade. Lettering shall not exceed one(1)inch in height. (4) Shall not exceed one sign or sign case per facade. (5) Shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio. (6) Shall be illuminated by indirect illumination only. vii) Barber poles: (1) Any barber shop shall be entitled to display one (1) barber pole in addition to other permitted signs. z 0 (2) Barber poles may be internally illuminated and may be mechanically I rotated. c (3) Shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio. z a 0 a w w 0 0 PAGE 2 . 6 . 2 . SIGN TYPES 73 4) Roof Signs 5) Monument Signs Roof Signs are signs which are erected on a roof or atop a parapet wall, and are Monument Signs are signs which are mounted on the ground and are flush or completed supported by the building. have a clearance from the ground of not more than two (2) feet, and supported by a solid base,one or more uprights,braces,columns poles,or similar structural a) Standards components. i) Roof Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a a) Standards — — — — dedicated ground floor entrance. F ii) Roof Signs shall not exceed a maximum height of four(4)feet above the i) Monument Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential or cave of the roof,but in no case shall any part of the sign be higher than multifamily residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance. the peak of the roof. ii) The maximum number of Monument Signs per parcel is one (1) per iii) No Roof Sign shall exceed forty(40)square feet in size. arterial street frontage. iv) Roof Signs shall not project beyond the facade of the building. iii) Monument Signs shall not have more than two(2)faces. iv) Monument Signs shall not exceed a maximum height of six(6)feet above ' b) Guidelines grade. Exception: for Residential Boulevard District Zones,Monument �� Signs shall not exceed a maximum height of four(4)feet above grade. _ i) Exposed materials used in Roof Signs should be wood,metal, and paint only. v) The maximum area of a Monument Sign for permitted District Zones shall be as follows: 011 011 1_1 ill 011 i! ii) Roof Signs should be illuminated by external, halo, or exposed neon tube illumination only. Internally illuminated can signs with large (1) City Center—Non-Core Streets: thirty-two(32)square feet. translucent plastic panels should not be used. (2) Neighborhood Center: seventy-five (75) square feet (parcels with a 4) RooF SIGN single business)or 90 square feet(multi-business complex) (3) Gateway Commercial Avenue: seventy-five (75) square feet (parcels with a single business) or ninety (90) square feet (multi-business complex) (4) Gateway Commercial Center: seventy-five(75)square feet(parcels with a single business)or ninety (90)square feet(multi-business complex) (5) Community Boulevard: thirty-two(32)square feet. VD vi) Signs shall be landscaped per SVMC 22.70. z vii) Signs must be out of the Clear view triangle. b) Guidelines i) The architectural design of a Monument Sign should be an extension of the building's architecture, or strongly complementary to the building's . architecture in form,materials,and color. z ii) Exposed materials used in Monument Signs should be wood, metal, stone, brick, concrete (including precast and GFRC), and/or paint. Plastics should not be used. iii) Monument Signs should be illuminated by external or halo illumination z only. Internally illuminated can signs with large translucent plastic panels should not be used. 5) MONUMENT SIGN 0 0 0 PAGE 74 E 2 . 6 . 2 . SIGN TYPES 6) Freestanding Signs b) Guidelines Freestanding Signs are permanently mounted signs not attached to a building,in i) A Freestanding Sign should have an articulated architectural character which signs are constructed on or are affixed to the ground by columns,poles,or and well—crafted details. similar structural components. (1) At a minimum,design treatment or ornamentation of structural supports as a decorative composition (for example, featuring columns, struts, a) Standards braces,fittings,caps,decorative frames,etc.)together with decoratively framed sign panels is recommended. i) Freestanding Signs shall only be permitted along Sprague Avenue for non-residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance, within (2) Alternatively, a Freestanding Sign should have an internal structural i[t permitted District Zones indicated on the Signage Regulation Chartsupport within an architectural tower type of design featuring a base, 2.6. shaft and top. ii) The maximum number of Freestanding Signs per parcel is one(1). ii) The architecture and composition of a Freestanding Sign structure should iii) The maximum height of a Freestanding Sign for permitted District provide visual interest and detail at both automotive and pedestrian-scale Zones shall be as follows: speed and perception. (1) Mixed Use Avenue: twenty (20)feet. iii) The architectural character,materials, and colors of a Freestanding Sign are recommended to be an extension of or complementary to those from (2) Gateway Commercial Avenue: thirty(30)feet(single business)or forty the primary building(s). (40)feet(multi-business complex). iv) Exposed materials used in Freestanding Signs should be wood, metal, 6) FREESTANDING SIGN (3) Gateway Commercial Center: thirty(30)feet(single business)or forty stone,brick,concrete (including precast and GFRC), and/or paint. (40) feet (multi-business complex) or fifty (50) feet (parcels abutting v) Freestanding Signs should be illuminated by external,halo,exposed neon I-90). tube,or exposed LED illumination. Internally illuminated can signs with Note:Portable menu signs not permitted anywhere in the City iv) The maximum area of a Freestanding Sign for permitted District Zones large translucent plastic panels should not be used. shall be as follows: (1) Mixed Use Avenue: one hundred(100)square feet. (2) Gateway Commercial Avenue: one hundred(100)square feet. (3) Gateway Commercial Center: one hundred (100) square feet (single business) or two hundred and fifty (250) square feet (multi-business complex,or parcels abutting I-90). Where three(3)or more businesses agree to share a single sign structure,an additional twenty (20)percent of sign area shall be allowed up to a maximum of two hundred and fifty (250)square feet. v) Sign location: Freestanding Signs with structural supports less than two (2) feet in width,with copy area placed at a height of seven (7)feet or more above grade, may be located at the property line, outside of the clear view triangle (SVMC 22.70). Freestanding signs with structural supports of more than two(2)feet shall be set back not less than ten(10) feet from the front property line or border easement. vi) Signs shall be landscaped per SVMC 22.70. vii) A single unornamented pole support design topped by a can sign typical of a commercial strip shall not be used. H z a 0 0 0 PAGE 2 . 6 . 2 . SIGN TYPES — 75 7) Blade Signs 8) Projecting Signs Blade Signs are signs which are oriented perpendicularly to the building facade Projecting Signs are cantilevered signs which are structurally affixed to the and which are suspended under a bracket, armature,or other mounting device. I building and oriented perpendicularly to the building facade. i a) Standards a) Standards i) Blade Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a i) Projecting Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a A, dedicated ground floor entrance. dedicated ground floor entrance. 1 ii) Blade Signs shall only be mounted on the wall area below the second ii) Projecting Signs shall only be mounted on wall area below the second . t o floor. floor level. N iii) No Blade Sign shall exceed sixteen(16) square feet in size. iii) No Projecting Sign shall exceed sixteen(16) square feet in size. �, I iv) Blade Signs shall project no more than four(4) feet from the facade of iv) Projecting Signs shall project no more than four(4)feet from the facade the building. of the building. ' '��'11_"61 ti ' r - v) No portion of a Blade Sign shall be lower than eight (8) feet above v) No portion of a Projecting Sign shall be lower than eight(8)feet above • • � • the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects. projects. vi) The area of Blade Signs shall not count towards the total permitted sign vi) The area of Projecting Signs shall not count towards the total permitted area of building mounted signs. sign area of building mounted signs. 1, b) Guidelines b) Guidelines ® - 2 IIn t i) Exposed materials used in Blade Signs should be wood,metal,and paint i) Exposed materials used in Projecting Signs should be wood,metal, and I only. paint only. ii) Blade Signs should be illuminated by external illumination only. ii) Projecting Signs should be illuminated by external illumination,exposed 7) BLADE SIGN neon tube illumination,exposed incandescent bulb illumination,exposed LED illumination,or halo illumination. Internally illuminated can signs with large translucent plastic panels should not be used. iii) Projecting Signs incorporating a distinctive shape relating to the business are recommended, as well as signs utilizing three-dimensional and well crafted designs. I <-1-1 Ar..).j19., a w I �` �a �r .r, " z �. �� 4.11 a9 •C7 �_�. ci Ir . ,ti o z ti f a H z w a II t- W ® _ M i?I i0 = 8) PROJECTING SIGN PAGE 76 E 2 . 6 . 2 . SIGN TYPES 11 9) Awning Face Signs 10) Awning Valance Signs 11) Awning Side Signs Awning Face Signs are signs applied to the primary face of an awning,including Awning Valance Signs are signs applied to the awning valence. I I Awning Side Signs are signs applied to the side panel of an awning. sloped awning faces and vertical box awning faces. a) Standards a) Standards a) Standards i) Awning Valance Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses i) Awning Side Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with i) Awning Face Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with with a dedicated ground floor entrance. a dedicated ground floor entrance. a dedicated ground floor entrance. ii) Letteringfor Awning Valance Signs shall include one(1)line of letteringThe area ofAwnin Side Signs shall not count towards the total permitted g ii) g ii) Awning Face Signs shall not exceed twenty (20)percent of the area of not to exceed two-thirds (2/3) the height of the valance or twelve (12) sign area for building mounted signs. the awning face. inches,whichever is less. iii) Lettering for Awning Side Signs shall not exceed twelve (12)inches in iii) Awning Face Signs shall project no farther from the building than its height with total sign area not to exceed twenty (20)percent of the area associated awning. b) GU! e11neS of the awning side area. iv) No portion of an Awning Face Sign shall be less than eight (8) feet i) Awning Valance Signs should consist of vinyl or paint applied directly to iv) Awning Side Signs shall project no farther from the building than its above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which the awning. associated awning. it projects. ii) Awningmaterials should be canvas or nylon; plastic should not be y v) No portion of an Awning Side Sign shall be less than eight (8) feet used. above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which b) Guidelines it projects. iii) Awning Valance Signs should be illuminated by external illumination i) Awning Face Signs should consist of vinyl or paint applied directly to only. the awning. b) Guidelines ii) Awning materials should be canvas or nylon; plastic should not be i) Awning Side Signs should consist of vinyl or paint applied directly to used. the awning. iii) Awning Face Signs should be illuminated by external illumination ii) Awning materials should be canvas or nylon; plastic should not be only. I used. iii) Awning Side Signs should be illuminated by external illumination only. E , eo A -4%1 I I 4. 1 o 'I I ---' ,e I I -63 rL4' eC o� '% • ° _ = _ 4., k ir. ., _ , ' I c., n z t w ti) , .11P%R.07.—in I I _I;— U"1 I r O 9) AWNING FACE SIGN 10) AWNING VALANCE SIGN I I1 1) AWNING SIDE SIGN pa° PAGE 2 . 6 . 2 . SIGN TYPES 77 13) Under Awning Signs 14) Canopy Fascia Signs —IMF Above Awning Signs are signs which aremounted above the upper edge of a UnderAwning Signs are signs which are suspended under an awning,perpendicular Canopy Fascia Signs are signs that aremounted to the front or side fascia of 1 valance of an awning and oriented parallel to the building wall surface. tI Io the building facade. a canopy, contained completely within that fascia, and oriented parallel to the building wall surface. a) Standards a) Standards a) Standards 11111. i) Above Awning Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses i) Under Awning Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance. with a dedicated ground floor entrance. i) Canopy Fascia Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses ii) Above Awning Signs shall not exceed one and one-half(1 ''/z)times the ii) Under Awning Signs must be located adjacent to a public entrance from with a dedicated ground floor entrance. valance height,and width shall not exceed two-thirds(2/3)of the awninga City sidewalk. ii) The height of Canopy Fascia Signs shall not exceed two-thirds (2/3)the width. iii) No more than one (1) Under Awning Sign shall be permitted per height of the fascia or twelve(12)inches,whichever is less. iii) Above Awning Signs shall project no farther from the building than itsestablishment per facade. iii) The width of Canopy Fascia Signs shall not exceed two-thirds (2/3) of associated awning. iv) The area of Under Awning Signs shall not count towards the total sign the canopy width. iv) No portion of an Above Awning Sign shall be less than eight (8) feet area permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio. iv) Canopy Fascia Signs shall project no farther from the building than its above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which associated canopy. it projects. v) No Under Awning Sign shall exceed three(3)square feet in size. vi) Under Awning Signs shall project no farther from the building than its v) No portion of a Canopy Fascia Sign shall be less than eight (8) feet v) Lettering for Above Awning Signs shall include one(1)line of lettering above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which only. associated awning- it projects. vii) No portion of an Under Awning Sign shall be less than eight (8) feet vi) Canopy Fascia Signs shall consist of only one (1) line of lettering b) Guidelines above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which articulated as individual letters mounted directly to the canopy. it projects. i) Materials used in Above Awning Signs should be wood,metal,and paint only. b) Guidelines b) Guidelines ii) Above Awning Signs should be illuminated by external illumination i) Materials used in Canopy Fascia Signs should be metal and paint only. only. i) Materials used in Under Awning Signs should be wood,metal,and paint only. ii) Canopy Fascia Signs should be illuminated by external, halo, exposed LED,or exposed neon tube illumination only. ii) Under Awning Signs should be illuminated by external illumination only. I 1--•1 A ;Eis ,1 A ..., ,1 A A Z ��'.c. p Jt �[ \[. pd - a� ��li � 4� �� a9 c c!.:, z v'q5 •^`�,H.- 1 '-el 1nir, I •�,'' l -: 0,* .;j e:,.i. e , -,' vir.,,_ , , H ,, , i , ._ iri z L4 I 0 linmel II ,4 1 It It w rt _w .4iu , _ ff1 • _ _ • .rJ1 0 = 12) ABOVE AWNING SIGN 13) UNDER AWNING SIGN 14) CANOPY FACIA SIGN PAGE 78 E 2 . 6 . 2 . SIGN TYPES F5) Above Canopy Sign ll16) Under Canopy Sign 17) Recessed Entry Signs El Above Canopy Signs are signs which are mounted partially or entirely above the Under Canopy Signs are signs which are suspended under a canopy,perpendicularRecessed Entry Signs are signs which are oriented parallel to the building façade front fascia of a canopy and oriented parallel to the building wall surface. to the building facade. I and which are suspended over a recessed entry. a) Standards a) Standards a) Standards i) Above Canopy Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses i) Under Canopy Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses i) Recessed Entry Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance. with a dedicated ground floor entrance. 1 with a dedicated ground floor entrance. ii) The height of Above Canopy Signs shall not exceed one and one-half(1 ii) No more than one (1) Under Canopy Sign shall be permitted per ii) No Recessed Entry Sign shall exceed twenty(20)square feet in size. ''/2)times the height of the fascia or twenty-four(24)inches whichever is establishment per façade. less. iii) Recessed Entry Signs shall not project beyond the façade of the iii) Under Canopy Signs must be located adjacent to a public entrance from building. iii) The width of Above Canopy Signs shall not exceed two-thirds (2/3) of a City sidewalk. iv) No portion of a Recessed Entry Sign shall be lower than eight(8) feet the canopy width. iv) The area of Under Canopy Signs shall not count towards the total above the level of the sidewalk. iv) Above Canopy Signs are permitted only above the front fascia of a permitted sign area for building mounted signs. canopy. b) Guidelines v) Under Canopy Signs shall not exceed three(3) square feet in area. v) Above Canopy Signs shall project no farther from the building than its i) Exposed materials used in Recessed associated canopy. vi) Under Canopy Signs shall project no farther from the building than its EntrySi ns should be wood,metal g associated canopy. and paint only. vi) No portion of an Above Canopy Sign shall be less than eight (8) feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which vii) No portion of an Under Canopy Sign shall be less than eight (8) feet ii) Recessed Entry Signs should be illuminated by external illumination it projects. above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which only. it projects. vii) Lettering for Above Canopy Signs shall include only one (1) line of lettering using individual letters only. b) Guidelines b) Guidelines i) Exposed materials used in Under Canopy Signs should be wood,metal, and paint only. i) Exposed materials used in Above Canopy Signs should be wood,metal, and paint only. ii) Under Canopy Signs should be illuminated by external illumination only. ii) Above Awning Signs should be illuminated by external, halo, exposed neon tube, exposed incandescent bulb, or exposed LED illumination iii) Under Canopy Signs incorporating a distinctive shape relating to the only. business are encouraged, as well as signs utilizing three-dimensional and well-crafted designs. 4If Q p p p .4• a�� r "' �ti �` y rte. r ‘ , 'lie 1 r-. �` � ' w g4 i 4, �_ u_0_u I u>71 I ,,,_ , . _ , �� i II •amu A Filial •�• O o 15) ABOVE CANOPY SIGN 16) UNDER CANOPY SIGN 17) RECESSED ENTRY SIGN = PAGE 2 . 6 . 2 . SIGN TYPES 79 18) Window Signs 19) Time and Temperature Signs 11111.11111 . Window Signs are signs which are applied directly to a window or mounted or Time and Temperature Signs display time with a dial clock face or a light-emitting suspended directly behind a window. digital display, and temperature with a light-emitting digital display. a) Standards a) Standards i) Window Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a i) Time and Temperature Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential dedicated ground floor entrance. uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance. ii) Window Signs shall be permitted on windows below the second floor ii) One time and/or temperature sign shall be permitted per business. level only. iii) Time and temperature signs shall occur as or be incorporated as part of iii) No more than fifteen(15)percent of any individual window area shall be � I one of the following permitted sign types listed within this section: covered or otherwise occupied by signage. (1) Grand Projecting Signs. iv) The letter height of each Window Sign shall not exceed twelve (12) (2) Marquee Signs. inches. (3) Wall mounted Signs. b) Guidelines (4) Monument Signs. i) Ground floor Window Signs should consist of gold or silver leaf,vinyl,or paint applied to the glass,neon mounted or suspended behind the glass, (5) Freestanding Signs. or framed and mounted paper signs. For metallic leaf or vinyl signs, a = (6) Blade Signs. drop shadow behind letters is recommended to increase visibility. — On% (7) Projecting Signs. ii) If illuminated, Ground floor Window Signs should be illuminated by t exposed neon tube illumination only. - – iv) Time and temperature signs shall not include other digital displays or animation. 1 ; ) WINDOW SIGN b) Guidelines i) Time and Temperature signs should be illuminated by external,internal, exposed incandescent, exposed LED, and/or exposed neon tube illumination only. z 0 0 PAGE 80 2 6o2o SIGN TYPES 20) Building Identification Canopy Fascia Signs 21) Building Identification Wall Signs Building Identification Canopy Fascia Signs are signs which are mounted to Building Identification Wall Signs are signs located on and parallel to a building the front or side fascia of a canopy, contained completely within that fascia and wall that announce the name of a building. oriented parallel to the building wall surface and which announce the name of a building. a) Standards a) StandardsA„ i) Building Identification Wall Signs shall only be permitted for non- `}'1 -,9, residential or multifamily residential uses with a dedicated ground floor i) Building Identification Canopy Fascia Signs shall only be permitted for c^ _ entrance. non-residential or multifamily residential uses with a dedicated ground ,f \` ° *w ii) Building Identification Wall Signs shall be located only on the frieze, floor entrance. !t��p o cornice,or fascia area of storefront level;frieze,cornice,fascia,parapet ti '' '� of the uppermost floor; 11; ii) Building Identification Canopy Fascia Signs shall be located only on - o� ppor above the entrance to main building lobby. the fascias of a canopy above the primary building entrance and shall be o located entirely within the canopy fascia. ;' �►�, t P - iii) Only one (1) building identification wall sign shall be permitted per r .V 117')._ building per street-facing facade. iii) Only one(1)canopy per facade may have Building Identification Canopy ' � . iv) The area of Building Identification Wall Signs shall not count towards Fascia Signs. ' 1 the total permitted sign area for building mounted signs. iv) The area of Building Identification Canopy Fascia Signs shall not count v) Building Identification Wall Signs shall be no taller than twenty-four towards the total permitted sign area for building mounted signs. ,'�t, n t (24)inches in height. v) Building Identification Canopy Fascia Signs shall not exceed one (1) � © �� line of lettering not to exceed two-thirds (2/3)the height of the fascia or .�__iu vi) Building Identification Wall Signs shall project no more than one(1)foot twelve(12)inches,whichever is less. ..�. from the façade of the building. vi) Building Identification Canopy Fascia Signs shall project no farther from b) Guidelines the building than its associated canopy. 20) BUILDING IDENTIFICATION CANOPY FASCIA SIGN i) Building Identification Wall Signs should be inscribed into the façade, vii) No portion of a Building Identification Canopy Fascia Sign shall be less painted onto the façade,or constructed of individual metal letters. than eight(8)feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right- of-way over which it projects. ii) Building Identification Wall Signs should be illuminated by external illumination or halo illumination only. viii)Lettering for Building Identification Canopy Fascia Signs shall include only one (1)line of lettering using individual letters only. b) Guidelines i) Building Identification Canopy Fascia Signs should consist of metal letters, vinyl or paint applied to a canopy, or may be inscribed into the canopy. ii) Building Identification Canopy Fascia Signs should be illuminated by external illumination or halo illumination only. z 0 H mv 6 a iL ---------- ----ii-----:j- -�------- H - -1 z 0 o o u W lel 101 x<- Ali ,_i 21 ) BUILDING IDENTIFICATION WALL SIGN o 0 PAGE 26 . 2 . SIGN TYPES 81 22) Building Identification Window Signs 23) Temporary Sign 1111M Building Identification Window Signs are signs applied directly to a window or See SVMC Chapter 22.110 for temporary sign regulations. mounted or suspended directly behind a window. a) Standards i) Building Identification Window Signs shall only be permitted for non- residential or multifamily residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance. ii) Building Identification Window Signs shall only be located on a transom window above a primary entrance,or the glazed area of primary door. iii) Only one (1) Building Identification Window Signs shall be used per building per street-facing façade. iv) The area of Building Identification Window Signs shall not count towards the total permitted sign area for building mounted signs. v) No more than twenty-five (25) percent of any individual window area shall be covered or otherwise occupied by signage. vi) The letter height of each Building Identification Window Sign shall not exceed twelve (12)inches and must be taller than four(4)inches. b) Guidelines i) A Building Identification Window Sign should consist of gold or silver leaf,vinyl or paint applied to the glass only. ii) Ground floor Window Signs should consist of gold or silver leaf,vinyl,or paint applied to the glass,neon mounted or suspended behind the glass, or framed and mounted paper signs. For metallic leaf or vinyl signs, a drop shadow behind letters is recommended to increase visibility. iii) A Building Identification Window Sign should be illuminated by external z illumination only. 0 a1 c c z c z a w —090071-:D0nEIEQuuOO E[00010070-E1100:0950:U om w w of 3� o i ' 0 -o o 0 oa 22) BUILDING IDENTIFICATION WINDOW SIGN PAGE 82 2 . 6 . 2 . SIGN TYPES BOOKI I I v CITY ACTIONS The revitalization of the Sprague Avenue and Appleway Boulevard Corridors and the development of the new City Center will be a program of actions and investments. Given the substantial length of the corridor and the multiplicity of needs represented, this program will need to be implemented in phases over an extended period of time in accordance with the availability of City resources. The prioritization of City Actions will be guided by the goals and strategies outlined in Book I of this Subarea Plan. Complementing the regulatory controls contained in Book II, the strategic investment of limited public resources planned in this chapter are intended to accelerate the revitalization process and add to the appeal and success of the corridor as the central spine of the Spokane Valley community. City Actions will be guided by the community intent described in Book I. As opportunities arise that were not known at the time of this Plan's adoption,the City may consider alternative investment strategies and projects to more effectively realize the community vision for the Sprague and Appleway Corridors. z 0 H U H U 0 0 PAGE 83 3. 1 . THE CITY CENTER 3.1.1. CITY CENTER CIVIC FACILITIES 3.2. STREET iETWORIc The envisioned City Center will be a place where families and friends can gather, IMPROVEMENTS The Sprague and Appleway Corridors Subarea Plan identifies the vicinity shop,dine and live. It is also a place that intends to include important public spaces, around the intersection of Sprague and University as the future City Center for such as plazas, gardens, fountains, green spaces and outdoor seating. These areas Spokane Valley. The Center will be the community's living room, with shops, will be designed with the intent of establishing the City Center as the place the The City intends to implement phased street network improvements that will restaurants, civic buildings, residences and public plazas all contributing to a community gathers and interacts. Therefore these public spaces will be designed balance automobile,transit bike,and pedestrian needs. These improvements are new urban environment and central community gathering place. and located so they are pleasant and fun to spend time in. Since these spaces will intended to maximize ways of reaching and moving through the corridor and The Cityrecognizes that the envisioned center will be built in cooperation become the communities"living room"where people gather and share,the City will maintain the circulation system's capacity to move commuters during peak hours g p extensively engage the residents in the design process. in a configuration that complements the envisioned land use and development with property owners and with support from community. Public/private pattern. partnership opportunities will be explored; however, the City does not intend The City also intends to purchase land and construct a City Hall. The City Hall to play the part of"developer". The property owners and the City will look will help establish the civic identity for the center and it will be efficient and Mlimmmj for investment opportunities that will have a high probability of instigating the comfortable for people to do business. It will be constructed using sustainable 1) The street network today type if development that is envisioned by this Subarea Plan and supported by "green"practices. At the time of Plan adoption, Sprague Avenue and Appleway Boulevard function the community. The City will encourage other civic uses to locate in the City Center. These could as a one-way couplet from Interstate 90 east to University Road,where Appleway Boulevard ends and traffic continuing east must turn to the north to reach Sprague During development of this Subarea Plan, the City's consultant developed a include a new library, fire district offices and the offices of other government Avenue,which resumes as a two-way street east of University. conceptual master plan for the first phase of the City Center. The City will purposes. consider the following list of strategies and tools in its effort to attract developers At Plan's the inception, this configuration adequately accommodates traffic who will transform the concept into reality: volumes without major intersection failure. I i I I I I 1) Identify opportunities for public information and SPRAGUE Slaneg one-way 7laneg two-way involvement in the design and implementation of the p z 0,,— City z City Center especially the public spaces. a Ij I CEMER j I CENTER ct oz I= 111 ZI 2 UJ' N 2) Encourage private developers to involve the ,: 4 lanes,one-way community in the design of the City Center. I 3) Adopt,monitor and adjust zoning controls that will allow a City Center to be built,in a form that is consistent with the City's vision. 2) The future street networ ll 4) Identify and pursue funding mechanisms for necessary infrastructure Traffic analyses conducted as part of the Subarea Plan(see Analysis of Circulation improvements that will support the development of City Center. Alternatives for the Sprague-Appleway Corridor prepared by Glatting Jackson 5) Prepare a SEPA/Planned Action ordinance for Kercher Anglin, Inc. in Appendix D, separately bound) demonstrated that the area identified as the City Center. expected city and regional growth will ultimately result in unacceptable levels 6) Purchase a site for future City Hall. of congestion. To accommodate this growth, the street network will need to be strategically modified over time. 7) Support the efforts of the Spokane County Library District to locate In the final configuration,Sprague Avenue and Appleway Boulevard will function and construct a library as a civic anchor in the City Center. as a one-way couplet between I-90 and Dishman-Mica/Argonne. Sprague Avenue 8) Support other civic entities to locate in the City Center. will function as a five-lane two-way street from Argonne to beyond Sullivan Avenue.Appleway Boulevard will function as a four-lane two-way street between Dishman-Mica and University Road. East of University, Appleway Boulevard will convert to a three-lane two-way street extending to Sullivan Road. 3.2.1. STAGING THE STREET z NETWORK IMPROVEMENTS 0 H Public and private investment in street network improvements will be staged (along with streetscape improvements)over time,as resources allow,and as traffic H needs require in order to establish a street network configuration that supports U new development along the corridors and growth in the region. Street network improvements will be staged and installed throughout the plan o area as shown on the Figure 3.2.1. Streetscape Network Staging diagrams and = described below. PAGE 84 1) Stage 1: Establish the Transportation 2) Stage 2: Strengthen the City Center I 3) Stage 3: Extend Appleway Boulevard to Framework and Enable the City Center " and Extend the Network Sullivan and reclaim Sprague Avenue Sprague Avenue is poised to become Spokane Valley's Main Street and indeed is In order to further enable the City Center the City will continue to reclaim as an urban street to Sullivan one of the primary streets of the proposed City Center. However,its present state Sprague Avenue to better function as an urban retail street; as this reclamation This stage completes the conversion of a wide Sprague Avenue into an urban limits it from supporting a strong activity center. Its roadway design prioritizes happens, Appleway Boulevard must be extended and configured to two-way street throughout the study area and extends Appleway Boulevard farther east, speed and through movement. In order to enable the City Center the City will traffic to complement Sprague Avenue and enhance the overall capacity of the further enhancing the street network with a parallel east-west route. reclaim Sprague Avenue to better function as an urban retail street; as this street network. reclamation happens,Appleway Boulevard must be extended and configured to two-way traffic to complement Sprague Avenue and enhance the overall capacity of the street network. I I I 1 I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I 1 I 1 I I — F 1 F I F I • I F I F I 1 I F 1 F d Vanes,one-way SPRAGUE Vanes,two-way ?lanes,two-way slanesone-way SPRAGUE 5lanes,two-way 5lanes,two-way 7lanes,two-way smnes,one-wvy SPRAGUE 5lanes,two-way 5lanes,two-way 5lanes,two-way Z w\ z r z w\ z r z F w\ z r 1 Zo\ 1 a urr 1 CITY I o I F o\ I¢ an, 1 ary I o w I I o\ 1 CITY 1 CITY I k", w 4' Iw �\ I CENTER+1 CENTER 1 a I w 0\ 1- CENTER u+1 CENTER 15 I I w �\ I CENTER++1 CENTER I� \I� ZI Im w _ I= �\1� ZI Im WI _ IT �\I� ZI I wI o1 I F n _ .4— II- I F �1 I F .4— APPLEWAY I 4lanes,one-way 4lanes,two-way 1 APPLEWAY 4lanes,one-way Vane,two-way Extend3lane;two-way APPLEWAY 4laneaone-wvy manes two-way manes n,-a-way Vanes,two-way I —* —* % — I I I \ —*" I I —).- I I \ — . I I I- — I \ I I I \ I I I I \ I I I I a) Principal Action Steps in Implementing this Stage a) Principal Action Steps in Implementing this Stage a) Principal Action Steps in Implementing this Stage i) Convert Sprague Avenue to two-way traffic from University i) Extend Appleway as a three-lane two-way i) Extend Appleway Boulevard as a three-lane,two- Road west to Argonne. This conversion will initially involve street east from University to Evergreen. way street east from Evergreen Road to beyond Sullivan converting two of the westbound travel lanes to eastbound travel Road(and install streetscape improvements). and another of the westbound lanes to shared center turn lane. ii) Convert Sprague Avenue from seven lanes to five lanes from Evergreen to Sullivan(and install streetscape improvements). ii) Convert Sprague Avenue from seven lanes to five lanes from ii) Convert Appleway Boulevard to two-way traffic from Dishman- Evergreen to Sullivan(and install streetscape improvements). Mica Road east to University Road.Appleway will be two lanes iii) Streetscape improvements for both Sprague and Appleway. eastbound and one lane westbound with a center turn lane. z 0 H U d H H U 0 0 A4 PAGE 85 3.2.2. CONCEPTUAL INTERSECTION DRAWINGS The following drawings show how major intersections along Sprague and Appleway would be configured relative to the proposed street network. 1) Dishman-Mica at Appleway 3) Appleway at University M ` j� ?`- Left-turn storage for vehicles should be taken from the median.If " Eastbound through lane on north side of median C��' . - 42'medians are used,left turn storage should consider lanes of no Y t`` °'v 9 r , , If transit is not constructed and trails are used In the Appleway me- should be closed;all eastbound through movements i" - more than 10 feet as not to require curves on rail track.Left turn dian,consider using textured treatment(pavers or textured surface) and right turns should use four existing lanes south . `�'� storage lanes should not be added at intersections where rail station , Yy Dualriit ght turn lanes added for Hybrid alternative to re- 9 ■' I I I to continue alignment of pedestrian trail through the intersection. of median to match number and alignment oFsend may", 1 duce delay in AM peak period;lane should begin west platforms are located if 42'medians are used. { I+4 Mg'lanes with'receiving'lanes •N. \ 1� of Willow Road if constructed ' �.*^ •, ; II111. rff._, min sr _--Ii......c _II ' a _:,, tv, . „mi. 'NO Its; • � - ' auk T: &1f3, ii -'� J,`mi......... t�� +Yt't1U{i1NlItIN�Ith_�,,"� .�r�� - ' w �tt. u1i5��iiSli tpte� �1��1711;, rr _ . -- `a Aiiiiiirileh, WNW'or..., N, \ ii ., [ 2) Sprague at Argonne and Mullan 4) Sprague at University ilmmill Two-way left turn lane used for ac- cess to north side of Sprague and for rtsj°' 1 cross streets to the south Left-turn storage lane(200 feet of storage) b•• r Curb extension used to separate 1r , parking from right turn lane Left-turn storage lane(200 feet of storage) -s� Two-way left turn lane transitions into a f 1 through lane that will turn left at Argonne i111rtimrll11111, Rn, (to be used for'advance storage for this -�R - . upcoming turn as needed) This lane is not - a'fi .'�#b ;;111 44, M•MIR� S� • �-- Consider extension of landscaped raised median from the ex- f �l Eastbound left turn lanes will not be al- needed for westbound lefts due to one- Co =f s` y '- t' I„i —�L _- - — sing median separating the rail overpass column from travel r,1. lowed at Mullen to make way for west- 1 way flow on Mullan. All— lanes Though this srecommended fa the two way conversion I bound left turning storage lnthis lane. I 1 I I - / In 1 of Sprague west of Argonne,the median extension can bemple- yI ' �, _ aentedwithout impact to Flow as the two westbound lanes on the I I ��j"' 1 6 NI/11R' - '`I 1- atofinenre ernooig�dameana wolanes no nofms � y` ; r '1,■1 ..� 11ilU1111111lirj s.� , �ll 3l _ — recme i "i m N��a�r/ r� �_. IAIIWINIOININ II issarmor IN�1`, r/rte -P. ~ ° 'r a / T .15Ps.lillintlie'. = s �I .'ilk 1' 3 �� _ �4r wlull 7 Silk, :f"r ��a i � Y '. ,tr. Iris — �+e�„ ,t ?, �0I�Illl�m , BOULEVARD ACCESS LANES:The Cor- ' ,..� � r� ....meg, iiih i �� E ridors Master Plan recommends street sec- _ it. _� , t ■11, ,. `•w.�,--.11�w• liviiiiitame , - 4 tions where the boulevard access lane on -■.+.`VJ •,-B- I - g NlYrir the south side of Sprague continues into 47: = ' I intersections with cross streets(as shown / i �— A �� I , in the inset to the right).For the ends of ) I V] the boulevard section,especially in transi • cl Z • te' tonal intersecnon treatments,an altern 'w "itYt t__ _.+ _ tire design for the access lanes(shown in I t F. {a]®fq`I, ..k: the main drawing)would bring access lane U' Ili traffic back onto the Sprague mainline in .` -- advance of the intersection,reducing po- tential conflicts. F i--1 i--1 i--1 U U PAGE 86 c U U c — _ Neighborhood a m Mixed Use �- 2 Center: City of Spokane °� Q _ / Valley Gateway `, City Center: D Avenue: > Gateway Commercial �Y City Center i Avenue: r / Landmark. l ..1.\\._. i _z L - _ I I I I I I U /_4:::nu: Sprague r —._._ a �I 1 f 1 I 1 1 I I IR Appleway L-.1 / —._..{ `\ —. —_—._.1 -----4 / Community Gateway: o CommunityBoulevard: To Spokane \- Sign Visible from 1-90 I It I 3.3. STREETSCAPE SEGMENTS MAP 3.30 STREETSCAPE IMPROVEMENTS The City intends to implement phased streetscape improvements that will complement the development envisioned on private properties along the corridor with supportive streetscape environments that the private development enfronts. Public and private investment in such streetscape improvements will be staged (along with Street Network improvements) over time, and as resources allow,to promote the type of change envisioned by the community by providing attractive and compatible environments for the desired types of new development. In any given streetscape segment,these envisioned improvements may ultimately be installed in their entirety by the City,or incrementally by the private sector as development occurs. Streetscape improvements will be installed throughout the plan area as shown on the Figure 3.3. Streetscape Segments Map and illustrated by the following Streetscape Design Sections and Plans. z 0 H U d E. H U 0 0 A4 PAGE 87 1) Sprague Avenue — City Center 1 City Center Boulevard: � ■I IAM. : I. - �� ,III Along Sprague Avenue within the City Center, Sprague Avenue will consist of four through lanes, _ �■ <^ , ,,„ , a landscaped center median with left turn pockets, a parallel parking lane along the north side of II ': . , the street and aprotected access lane with angled parkingalongthe south side of the street. This ,iiiII i g ��.o. , i street design will maintain the existing back of sidewalk along the north side of the street and x 11111 11 Nt require a new back of sidewalk alongan expanded right-of-way alongthe south side of the street. q P g Y Streetscape elements include: ` ��al �II .1 North Side �� 4` L. f'-',1 S4 IIA1.111 ' L. '.1 • A ten (10) foot sidewalk along the back of curb and an eight (8) foot parking lane oriented 1 �'!�.II ii parallel to the curb. .w+'wl . III iii • Boulevard-scale and pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting with banners located within �1 �_,.: AllI the sidewalk with a maximum spacing of eighty (80)feet on-center. Light source should be II IAI 11llllocated twenty five to thirty five (25-35)feet above finished grade for boulevard-scale street s 'III ■■« a AM lighting and twelve to fourteen (12-14) feet above finished grade for pedestrian-scale street r "' II ��i'� lighting. AMINE.11 •:�., MEM iiiil • A single species of large, moderate density, deciduous trees located in planting wells within �L -, ■■■■� Ai��; the parkinglane and/or in flush treegrates alongthe back of curb with a maximum spacing of "� � I'-'" p g 111111111111111' "0 0 0 IIIIII10..-1° forty(40)feet on-center. •••••••••••••• y - pppppp a .x ■■■■ South Side -�.■■■■■■■■I1\ :4: II�� r. 1 i�iiii�. ' _:_::__- 1111111 .-....�iiliir.' '11 P • A fifteen (15)foot sidewalk alongthe back of curb and a six(6)foot planted median located Ci CES •■■—■■m■'—■■■■' between the street and access lane. L� DM I' ISM = �1 • Boulevard-scale decorative street lighting with banners located within the access lane's Id i; ? � TYPICAL 1-li�1 _lid .41661 g g IMi iI IIII• 1 INTERSECTION E=. planted median with a maximum spacing of one hundred and twenty (120) feet on-center. Il .;Light source should be located twenty five to thirty five (25-35)feet above finished grade. L• Pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting located within the sidewalk with a maximum flied► EN' l 0 T ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■J Y 1, spacing of eighty (80)feet on center. Light source should be located twelve to fourteen (12- ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ .■=■■■�■—r _ 14)feet above finished grade. CORE STIZ `I� ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■� �••�■■■■—■ t INTERSECTION Iiia �, �_�_ _. �� I■■■■ dp • A single species of large, moderate density, deciduous trees located within the access lane's _ �� ..`.!!■!!■ = _- I:III planted median and in flush tree grates along the back of curb with a maximum spacing of IP - ■■■■—�. 7 " "" ' 0 IMM MIt forty(40)feet on-center. I1111 I_ �� oar" EMI 1E11 , a , � I■■1 IMMI 911 1■■1 !ittICity Center Landmark: :■'III . .1.. ' - III _ ,i ' / , i Iiil Followingthe successful instigation of a new CityCenter, the Citywill consider locatingand I "'"" ■�■■■ —': IIII Jism i'buildin a CityCenter landmark to highlight the CityCenter. It will memorialize the CityCenter's I "'III —it _] �'■:' location and help direct people into the City Center from Sprague Avenue. 03 rta,, , 1.111. ,■1 1 II \ it IL , n,F ` III III wa `'. ' 1■■1 �� BACK OF SIDEWALK/ .•p 1■■1 Mali _ Office/ Housing tx.: "a Housing -,11 g 1 re` . WI 1 s■1 r i y/ _d ■■■■1 16. _i ,."*i .i,,' : L -. . :•`. N Wbil �' 1 MEIRe3o8 = ■■■■1 IL H1 1 4h T' 1' I T' �ae�ld-re-L�ne ■I yLl;- NMI ' , lard -+-10--8—.-11 2 10 12 10 11—.-6 r 17 10 Jr 15 H ■■j , i 'i�' U = r.equst Tvayst .0«n -- =, mr --gr aNcteg %,-r ''''WA" , ,,___ wntx vaarc nc tau[ un[ uNe uue STnf pgpx He un[ CITY CENTER ■■1 1 .. 2 mill -i 1 86 k �- ,�� - <\\, �\O" 6 • 'c�-ocu" 120 All " (a NORTH SIDE SOUTH SIDE NORTH SIDE SOUTH SIDE NORTH SIDE SOUTH SIDE PAGE 88 2) Sprague Avenue — Mixed Use Avenue 3) Sprague Avenue — Neighborhood Centers 1 sr •, O '; Mixed Use Avenue segments of Sprague Avenue will consist of four through lanes Neighborhood Center segments of Sprague Avenue will consist of four through `I fi .0 with a center turn lane. Streetscape elements include: lanes with a center turn lane and parallel parking lanes. Streetscape elements f.■■om III0. include: .: • A seven(7)foot sidewalk with a ten(10)foot continuous planter strip along ;�' illII the back of curb. • A twelve (12) foot sidewalk with an eight (8) foot continuous planter strip ► iiii� • A flush twelve (12)foot center turn lane with special avin along the back of curb and a seven (7)foot parking lane oriented parallel to I ►� P paving. the curb. % .� _:.' 1 �� I 0 Y • Boulevard-scale and pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting located within 111 Oil the planter strip with a maximum spacing of one hundred and twenty (120) • A flush twelve(12)foot center turn lane with special paving. MIS I feet on-center. Light source should be located twenty five to thirty five(25-35) • Boulevard-scale and pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting located within ... g is ag ;;;.` ►_ II r7 ��J[ 0 g feet above finished grade for boulevard-scale lighting and twelve to fourteen the planter strip with a maximum spacing of forty (40)feet on-center. Light (12-14)feet above finished grade for pedestrian-scale street lighting. source should be located twenty five to thirty five(25-35)feet above finished grade for boulevard-scale lighting and twelve to fourteen (12-14)feet above .I; E i Mink • A single species of large,columnar,deciduous trees located within the planter E I finished grade for pedestrian-scale street lighting. INN. . I t �1 _ 1 strip with a maximum spacing of forty(40)feet on-center. -- ' ,--; (. :e: L • A single species of large,open-habit,deciduous trees located in planting wells All a } .1 IVI1Xp -USE i. within the parking lane and/or in flush tree grates along back of curb with a "'It : li AVJLNUE III: maximum spacing of forty(40)feet on center. I14 J 'ni III; I,,I r II�1 II .:..::. I 4 BACK DEWALKBACK F IDEWALK� 4 BACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALK II ✓• .. - it Z 361- t S? `.�-✓ A t, rill, - 1,144 4 ,'tlr L "., 11111 I I1 11 1r IIIII1I 1 II I II Q lis,. r ,•- 16, i Medium Bax 4 _ { r, OB<e ' I. 1 r - SsI a&real - Hoaxing Retal Retail _—_ B Sema ,4 . _ • • I 4 1 25 T+-70 12 10 10+ 12 r M 12—M-10 7 25 -+ 12 + 8 + T 12 10- 12 -10- 12 -7 N 8 12 L ' x=wuz wA x et } T'I , mA EBH W 'IL L°. D ,�DWu, w.,. P a LANE , ELANE a», 1111111111111111111111111,111111 . g 156 G kLANE n:P 0 11! I k . 86' Jr r '474174 ® :... NORTH SIDE SOUTH SIDE NORTH SIDE SOUTH SIDE .// ill �'_' ..■ : 1IXED-US1 ._ ,IA. ::'NEIGHBORHOOD AVENU1• II ?:1:?: CENTER H 07 -Till ::: iii 11 ill 11111111111111111111 111111MII44. ..... IN \� :.■ ma LIQ UTp�T�'7q '�ITpT��'7;' ~. : : •im is 1:1 �'G' CJ E. li iiill (—) im I:: L• * ... u: 1--I ::: ®y o Io. 1"=I ip-. a::. I .1 io !1 Ill NORTH SIDE SOUTH SIDE °o PAGE 89 L 4) Sprague Avenue - Gateway Commercial Avenue The City is not proposing changes to the Sprague Avenue streetscape within the Gateway Commercial district zones areas. As resources allow, the City will work with property and business owners in the Gateway area to identify possible changes to Sprague Avenue to support the development envisioned in this Subarea Plan. z 0 H U H U 0 0 PAGE 90 5) Appleway Boulevard - Community BoulevardI' ,.` n �� ` 1 - Community Boulevard segments of Appleway Boulevard will consist of two through lanes with left turn pockets and bike lanes. Two options will be considered in order to �� , ' ::l II the possibility of a long term light rail or bus rapid transit line. " ` 1 1 / 4 — Option 1—Light Rail along the Center of the Right-of-Way: r .;' L Short Term Streetscape Elements Include: fl _C ■. _ _ ,um. �I ii IN 4-'0i � � : = jj • A forty two (42)foot wide linear parkway located in a median in the center of the ma: : I;;ii right-of-way with: = = •■MI ■ o Multi-use path .i• I:;•I g .. 1:1: l:: o Two rows of large, open-habit deciduous trees with a maximum .r _ — —N. - :::: spacing of thirty(30)feet on-center. �� = ��I � • A six (6) foot sidewalk with an eight (8) foot continuous planter strip along the - .NE . I�..II �� I,, = ■■■■ ■plImo — IR. C _ IMP : �■ _ MI p,■1 back of curb. � i 1 • Boulevard-scale and pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting located within the ` 4. Cno. _ g g , .,,,_ .,. �C En I4:i planter strip with a maximum spacing of thirty (30) feet on-center. Light source �� . I� 1� 1 _ ��I I should be located twentyfive to thirtyfive (25-35) feet above finishedgrade for ' pp��p5..�.■.a�� a .. "' 1111111111111 �1• w■n...... Ti. ww�■ �'� '� 11111111. �.g:�CY.C�000�.C'■C::: 7.9:i boulevard-scale lighting and twelve to fourteen (12-14)feet above finished grade ► liNow m '� ■ ■� „ _ for pedestrian-scale street lighting. • A single species of large, open-habit deciduous trees located within the planter -I strip with a maximum spacing of thirty(30)feet on-center. E , T { [in �� Long Term Streetscape Modifications: e —17 ■■�I I•I •I•I• �1 f11�11l�IIi111�111�1� E I —11 I H H I—H+' I- 11: • Each block shall convert the central median to a light rail or bus rapid transit .. .,_L-- e ',1;; , _��PI: ---■■ 1111 '• • E. ""'" _ L ,... ...„,,,,„.„,..,,,,,,,f,.,, .,, I IF 1 lane. ■• t ,, HACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALK E = _ I„ ,, _ - MIMI. . , . in 111; ME r- Ill ®-- i IIII MIMI 1.s t, Fili 4,j■ :III ra- .... „,. „ T T I no Haig G 8 4 1- f 4p. .r. 11 .L g 5 _ - L.:Ij is Ia .o■ 'I :■p ne AGA PAPP W �,vs vii. w,.L a WALK , !® —� ■■ I _ _ � x s.aP 100. — _ .NI • In^. __ __ a'H.or W„ u. 6. _ _ MP WM 11 SHORT TERM 4- ■■ 606 e Mgl ■■ : - � ■■■ • Y� I OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALK'- ` �, '. 's' may-�. ' = BACK 5 '1' Mill r"'ey x '�k. ` _ :' l . '�! _e :� I ' :I'll k fi t ... '» , ,L'4 1*aK xa.'^: 3 f''4, ,1'^ , •.'�' ,nI I 1 L..: 2 Liiii 1 - +”, '`i;( h°yc" 5 _ __ - z- 1 =.- ti eta ° _IEN ;d a a-e.-c —dh O Housi�q �,., tea\ Housn9 ' 7 .��= :wk: 0iy T TE. ,mob+-8--4,. 111 .1' 8-1 13 , 13 . 8 . 11--4---8-6-k rd1111111L " U17" gg, E E CCKS Kc. =�r .i.ii.iiii �� F _ 100 NORTH SIDE SOUTH SIDE NORTH SIDE SOUTH SIDE NORTH SIDE SOUTH SIDE O LONG TERM SHORT TERM LONG TERM -- PAGE 91 Option 2–Light Rail along the South Side of the Right-of-Way: <; Short Term Streetscape Elements Include: _ '� �® �f • E. 11 — A� • A forty eight(48)foot wide linear parkway along the south side of the right-of-way with: -- �� E1�; ' MUM=� - o Multi-use path0 III . �' y• ��n o Boulevard-scale decorative street lighting located along the north edge of the linear .-' parkway with a maximum spacing of ninety (90)feet on-center. Light source should be located twentyfive to thirtyfive 25-35 feet above finished rade. ; 1i. ` ( ) g o Pedestrian scale decorative street lighting located along the south edge of the linear + — parkway with a maximum spacing on ninety (90)feet on-center. Light source should E be located twelve to fourteen(12-14)feet above finished grade. !!!.!! IL7'77' 11i®■■ ; �.Px S,r re o Two rows of a single species of large, open-habit deciduous trees with a maximum li 1 i spacing of thirty(30)feet on-center. 1 1■, ::` iii 1.1 i AI =X111 • A six(6)foot sidewalk along the south outer edge of the linear parkway. Ii .. u .•/ =C::: =•111 • A six(6)foot sidewalk with a continuous ten(10)foot planter strip along the back of the north side C _■i11 :. :Y _ES ii! C curb. vs = = 1111111 ■i 1 I =mill. - _ 'r-=i::: F • Pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting located within the north side sidewalk with a maximum - , ,. :. _.... - iii spacing of ninety(90)feet on-center. Light source should be located twelve to fourteen(12-14)feet `� —==� _ IIIIIII. =Iiii V IMI above finished grade. P. ll . . = _ II :, "' 11 • A single species of large, open-habit deciduous trees located within the north side planter strip. Trees shall be planted with a maximum spacing of thirty(30)feet on-center. :`_I L ' M1 s -•11 L 1 II I II I 11 ill II II II II I II 11 \111 Long Term Streetscape Modifications: �. �j �� .., n lir 11111 ..l�= !�1 � • Linear parkway is converted to a light rail or bus rapid transit lane. _ 1 _ _ i7a■e +1--H-141--1-1- I-�+ P—+I Jill p ::1 1 IIIIIH II IF t ‘:,.;1;, » 1110 ,q- ,`��kti� ��?..: �T`,��,+.,,..,,-to.i;,fiy -.--7-- .". • I ■ ilii ri: HousingC4 rl(,, s 'R' Howinq I■■■■■■ J .ill�. il 1■�■■:w�-.,^R,,• ii1il • 'itriri r. It STRIP TRAVEL w '-6 10—4.-11— 11 BIKE 48 so roc r ■ .� 1 .1■ ._ II 1: i ;. ::� is s�oE. raN, BIKE TRAVEL r.aKw..wr.,M�r„»:E PAN E � sII e - NI wuK �� LANE USE UNE K tz: ,w. 00 ex alar,or w„r ao Y. ,Mreo � SHORT TERM ' ;.: . ,P: . +, 11111- (BACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALK rF'} : �. � a 5�` .; &1 11111111�1y I y i�CCCC;: 1 _ IRI A gpy E PP H Hou in9 — Hou , 1 s sin ¢� ti ' �r ,1I amara i LL:,�.._P �r -=--- k • : -,t,. J .-6 10—'4,-11 11—'4, 12 13 13 10-6-1 ;c1 4 . -43 ►' ywuk star UN. uNE 7= l00µ `:uc:s` .�.«= sra> wuK 47. ,.�.... .d11111111� •.. - 1_ LOCAIIONSO Illf' NORTH SIDE SOUTH SIDE NORTH SIDE SOUTHSIDE NORTH SIDE SOUTHSIDE LONG TERM 1 SHORT TERM LONG TERM PAGE 92 `Appleway Boulevard — Community Gateway The City is not proposing changes to the Sprague Avenue streetscape within the Gateway Community district zones areas. As resources allow, the City will work with property and business owners in the Gateway area to identify possible changes to Sprague Avenue to support the development envisioned in this Subarea Plan. City Gateway The City will consider locating and building a City Gateway near the intersection of the future I-90 off-ramp and Sprague Avenue that announces entrance into the City of Spokane Valley and helps direct visitors to the City Center. The potential location of a city gateway is shown in Figure 3.3 Streetscape Segments Map. z 0 H U H U 0 0 PAGE 93 GLOSSARY This Glossary sets forth definitions of certain words or phrases used in this Subarea Building Composition: Plan in order to promote consistency and uniformity in their usage,thereby facilitating A building's spatial arrangement of masses and architectural elements in relation to the interpretation of this Plan. The meaning and construction of words and phrases each other and the building as a whole. as set forth in this Glossary shall apply throughout the Plan unless the context clearly Building Disposition: indicates otherwise.Definitions contained in City of Spokane Valley Municipal Code The placement and orientation of a building or buildings on a parcel. shall be applicable except when in conflict with definitions contained in this Glossary or elsewhere in this Plan,in which case this Plan's definitions shall prevail. Building Envelope: The maximum space a building or buildings may occupy on a parcel. Accessory Building: Abuilding or structure which is located on the same lot and customarily,incidental and Building Function: subordinate to the primary building or to the use of land such as a garage.Accessory The uses accommodated by a building and its lot. buildings may be freestanding and are not considered part of the primary building Building Height: mass when attached to a primary building.Typically accessory building uses include The vertical extent of a building measured in feet and stories,not including a raised vehicular parking, storage of lawn and garden equipment, storage of household basement or a habitable attic. items, play house or green house. Accessory buildings may include habitable area such as a home office,recreation room,guesthouse,or sleeping room(s). Building Mass: Part or all of a building's three dimensional bulk. Active Living Spaces: Habitable spaces such as dining rooms,living rooms,or bed rooms that accommodate Building Orientation: living activities. The direction that the primary building facade of a building faces. Active living spaces do not include kitchens, bathrooms, partially submerged Building Placement: basements,or utility spaces. The location of a building on a parcel. Active Open Space: Carriage House: Any side yard,courtyard, or other open space that is accessed directly by a primary A separate, detached, complete housekeeping unit with kitchen sleeping and full entrance(s)to housing units or office spaces. bathroom facilities,located on the same parcel as a Primary Building but subordinate in size. Alley: A vehicular way located within a block to the rear of parcels providing access to Community Development Director/Designee: service areas and parking and often containing utility easements. The head of a City's Planning Department or other individual who has the authority to make decisions regarding the implementation of the regulations within this Alley Setback: plan. The required minimum distance from an alley's edge of pavement to any building. Context: Articulation: Physical surroundings, including a combination of architectural, natural and civic The use of architectural elements to create breaks in the horizontal and vertical elements that establish a specific district,neighborhood,or block character. surfaces or masses of buildings. Core Street: Block: Any street that is lined with development that satisfies all Core Street regulations. An aggregate of land, including parcels, passages, rear lanes and alleys, bounded Core Streets provide active "Main Street" like shopping and entertainment by streets or railroad rights-of-way. An alley does not constitute the boundary of a environments. block. Corridor: Block Perimeter: The combination of all elements that characterize a roadway. This consists of all The total length of the public rights-of-way along all block faces. elements within the public right-of-way/street (the vehicular realm/thoroughfare Building: and the pedestrian realm/public frontage)as well as each adjacent property's private A relatively permanent, enclosed structure having a roof. Buildings include both frontage. habitable and inhabitable structures (i.e.parking structures). 0 C7 PAGE 94 Curtain Window Wall: Frontage Coverage Zone: Parking Lot: Private Frontage: A curtain window wall is a system where a wall of windows is The space between the minimum and maximum front street A paved area,usually divided into individual spaces,intended 1) The portion of a property between the back of sidewalk hung on the building structure,usually from floor to floor. setback lines and the minimum side or side street setback for parking vehicles. line and the primary building facade along any Street. Density: lines. Parking Structure: 2) Portions of all primary building facades up to the top of The number of dwelling units within a standard measure of Frontage Line: A building used for vehicular parking with internal the first or second floor,including building entrances,located land area,usually given as units per acre. A property line that coincides with the corridor public right- circulation. along and oriented a street or active open space. Development Regulations: of-way. Partially Submerged Podium: Physical elements of the Private Frontage include,but are not All Standards and Guidelines contained within this Frontage Type: A parking structure built below the main building mass and limited to a building's primary entrance treatments, setback document. A specific configuration of elements that define how public or partially submerged underground. areas and property edge treatments. private frontages may be designed. District Zone: Passage: Property: An area as defined in the District Zones Map whose urban Garage: An at-grade pedestrian connector passing between buildings, An individual/owner's land, including land improvements form has a unique character within the Plan Area. The range A building used for vehicular parking with no internal providing shortcuts through long blocks and connecting and any permanent fixtures on the land including buildings, of District Zones forms the basic organizing principle for the circulation. sidewalks or front yards to rear yards,parking areas,and open trees and other fixtures. Plan's regulations. Guidelines: spaces. Passages may be roofed over. Property Line: District Zones Map: Principles that provide direction regarding the preferred Path: The boundary that legally and geometrically demarcates a The map that designates District Zones and determines which method of addressing specified design considerations. A pedestrian (or bike) way traversing a park or rural area, property. regulations within this document apply to each property Conformance with guidelines is recommended but not with landscape matching the contiguous open space. Public Frontage: within the Plan Area. required. Plan Area: The area between a thoroughfare curb face and the back of Driveway: Historic Resource: The land whose boundary includes all the properties that must sidewalk line. Physical elements of the Public Frontage A vehicular lane within a parcel, usually leading to a garage A building, site or feature that is a local, state, or national adhere to the regulations within this document. include, but are not limited to the type of curb, sidewalk, or parking area. historic landmark. Planter Strip: planter strip, street tree and streetlight. Dwelling Unit: Home Occupation: An element of the public frontage, located in between the Public Right-Of-Way: Any building or portion thereof that contains living facilities An occupation conducted at a premises containing a dwelling sidewalk and the thoroughfare curb face,which accommodates For purposes of this plan, any area dedicated or subject to including all of the following: provisions for sleeping, a unit as an incidental use by the occupant of that dwelling landscaping, including street trees. Planter strips may be public fee ownership or an easement for public use for kitchen, and sanitation for not more than one family. unit. continuous or individual. vehicular and/or pedestrian travel including, but not limited Enfront: House Scale: Primary Building: to, streets,alleys, and sidewalks. To be located along a frontage line. To be roughly equivalent in size and mass to a detached single A main/principal building on a lot, including parking Public Right-Of-Way Line: Entrance or Entry family house. structures and excluding accessory buildings or structures, The boundary that legally and geometrically demarcates the A point of pedestrian access into a building. Human Scale: whose streetwall is located with the frontage coverage zone. Public Right-Of-Way. Facade(streetwall,sidewall,rearwall): To have the size, height, bulk, massing, or detailing that Primary Building Facade: Rear Lane: The exterior wall of a building. creates a comfortable relationship to humans. The main/principal façade of a building that faces a front A vehicular driveway located to the rear of lots providing Liner Building/Uses: street or active open space. access to parking and outbuildings and containing utility Front Entrance: easements. Rear lanes may be paved lightly to driveway The main point of pedestrian access into a building. A portion of a building, with distinct, habitable uses located Primary Building Mass: along a property frontage such that it conceals the larger The most prominent portion of the primary building's standards. Its streetscape consists of gravel or landscaped Front Street: building behind. Typically, liner uses are located along 3-dimensional bulk. edges,no raised curb and is drained by percolation. The street that a building's primary entrance shall be oriented parking garages or large format/anchor retail buildings. Rear Yard: towards. Primary Entrance: Multi-Family: The main/principal point of pedestrian access into a The area that results from a rear yard setback Front Street Setback: The use of a site for two or more dwellings within one or building. Rear Yard Setback: The distance or range of distances (expressed in both more buildings. The distance between a rear property line and any building. minimum and maximum)required from the back-of-sidewalk Primary Street: to the primary building façade along a front street. Municipal Code: A street that services as one of the principal thoroughfares for Regulations: A collection of regulations that guide local government. a city or district. Both standards and guidelines. Front Yard: The area that results from a front street or side street setback. Open Space(Public,Active,&Private): Ribbon Windows: Land that may be used for passive or active recreation. There Ribbon windows are a series oflong,horizontally proportioned Frontage Coverage: are a wide range of open space types including parks,plazas, windows interrupted by vertical mullions. The minimum percentage of the length of the frontage landscaping,lawns and other configurations. coverage zone that shall be occupied by the front façade of the primary building. Parcel or Assembled Parcel: A legally defined area of land under single ownership. o a PAGE 95 Secondary Street: Significant Additions: Urban Design Concept: A support street that connects areas of a district or city to a Additions greater than 20 percent of the buildings floor area. This district structure which serves as the conceptual basis for primary street. Single-Family: the regulations contained in Book II. Services: The use of a site for one dwelling within one building. Use(as a verb): Activities and,in some instances,their structural components Standards: To occupy land or water in any manner or to establish, carry that relate to the maintenance and basic functioning Rules or provisions that specify requirements. Conformance out,maintain or continue any activity or development on land components of each land use.These activities may include,but or in water regardless of whether the activity or development is with standards is mandatory. are not limited to,trash and recycling areas and aboveground established,carried out,maintained or continued in a manner components of wet and dry utilities. Story: that utilizes buildings or structures on land or in water. A habitable level within a building as measured from finished Shopfront: floor to finished ceiling. Attics and raised basements are not Zoning Ordinance: A specific private frontage type. Shopfronts are the primary Land use regulation enacted by the city that define the considered stories for the purposes of determining building treatment for ground-level commercial uses, designed for development standards for different zones. These standards height. active ground floor activities including retail, dining, and establish permitted and conditional uses and provide personal services. Street: regulations for density, height, lot size, building placement The combination of all elements within the public right-of- and other development standards. Sidewalk: way: the vehicular realm/thoroughfare and the pedestrian The paved area of the public frontage dedicated exclusively realm/public frontage. to pedestrian activity. Street Type: Side Setback: A specific configuration of elements that define how new See Side Yard Setback streets may be designed. Side Street: Streetscape: A street along a corner parcel that is not a front street. The composition and design of all elements within the public Side Street Facade: right-of-way: the vehicular realm/thoroughfare (travel lanes The façade of a building that typically faces a side street. for vehicles and bicycles,parking lanes for cars,and sidewalks Side Street Setback: or paths for pedestrians) and the amenities of the pedestrian The distance or range of distances (expressed in both realm/public frontage (sidewalks, street trees and plantings, minimum and maximum)required from the back-of-sidewalk benches, streetlights,etc.). to the building façade along a side street. Streetwall: Side Yard: The plane of a building façade that fronts upon a street, The area that results from a side yard setback. extending from the ground up to the streetwall cave line. Side Yard Setback: Tandem Parking: The distance between a side property line and any structure An off-street parking arrangement where one vehicle is parked requiring a building permit. behind the other. Sign• Terminated Vista: Any•writing (including letter, word, or numeral), pictorial A location at the axial conclusion of a corridor. representation (including illustration or decoration), emblem Thoroughfare: (including device, symbol, or trademark), flag (including The portion of the street between curbs that includes all banners or pennants), or any other device, figure, or similar vehicular lanes, including travel lanes, turn lanes, parking character,including its structure and component parts,which lanes. is used for, intended to be used for, or which has the effect Townhouse: of identifying, announcing, directing, or attracting attention A home that is attached to one or more other houses, and for location, advertising, or other informational purposes, which sits directly on a parcel of land that is owned by the including subject matter attached to, printed on, or in any owner of the house. other manner represented on a building or other structure or device. Transition Line: A horizontal line spanning the full width of afacade,expressed Significant: by a material change or by a continuous horizontal articulation An important part or area,or a large quantity. such as a cornice or a balcony. 0 C7 PAGE 96 0 C7 PAGE 97 APPENDIX A : STAR TING POINT A. 1 . STARTING POINT: EXISTING CONDITIONS The condition of the Corridor at the inception of this Subarea Plan is detailed in this section. Ultimately, the implementation of the planning framework contained herein will result in sufficient modification of these conditions as to make this Plan obsolete. At that point, a newly updated Corridors Subarea Plan will need to be prepared to engage the problems and opportunities presented by the modified existing conditions. As change occurs, the community intends to measure those changes against the conditions recorded herein to monitor the degree to which the Plan remains sufficiently current. Maps and data used in the analysis include information provided by the City of Spokane Valley,the Spokane Transit Authority, Spokane County or the Washington State Department of Transportation(WSDOT).This section references the Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan as adopted on April 25,2006. H z 0 z d x 0 z w a a d PAGE 98 1) Regional Context ¢ r NIP E ,,.� g I 15 miles south of Mt. Spokane, Spokane Valley is located along the Spokane River SPOKANE '� t ,� E - just 3 miles east of Downtown Spokane. Upon incorporation in March 2003 it was i-` �TY OFKA TAj ''`I k t. is r �.. t 1-1__ 7 -rim t COUNTY �, . - .� j�immediately Spokane County s second largest city in population and geographic area �,si ,i .' ,. , lierli 1 - 1 Y �. and part of the second largest metropolitan area in Washington second to Seattle. A , i�+' '� - °"°"'"' + - �' — The City is served by Interstate 90, the main road of the greater Spokane-Coeur . ''ilwf 1 �,�R3� " ' ` �' d'Alene area which crosses the United States between Seattle and Boston. The n �-�--�� L _ City stretches across the floor of the Spokane River Valley and, like most typical ,�, rpoo _pbp y C rf� 85 000 residents i A.1. &A.2. . i . ,�, ` '�t �� -=gS1=Wo iitt flee'- 1� " KIRI h IIJIAr IA r J American suburbs is mostlyhousing. The City's 38 square miles is home to over , g� y q �_: i� ._ ',�� '�e M� #f'�9l'�s■Cid ��I#�■ �.q ` fiek J!f �,:V ifiir E .s � '3 ► � ' � ,p' lie x� ►IN � Z ,1 . . +s r tit r - .la ! .� 161-.N: ' �°I� a e��s+++eee `"P s_ . '. '.rte..{ -i' ,','1-4P':- �[ r1i �'� r � _N Lak., �-- © 1 I! 4 i ... r r ""- ABA - ��A� '( w _ ''1 v .1 o- a rn� s. - 1, ? ' ',of ^ 9 (� I.. �� _ .«1 y DOWNTOWN SPOKANE ¢ $ 1 I tK City of�` ; 7 Spokane r1. ICI y of �_— j I f y— _T • City , Spokane - I _, " - -'Y ~ Valley o'''s - .,,.,Po; ` r.'-- '� :'7j:i It\r9.-'''il_*2144A;:'!"-.117:1,1"0:`,.‘: .i,1.,./IP::.:- 1'iitir‘:L.,;-'11444.1...r411111-1.:." i''''-''itigan..-.'" ,:7 , _... ma: , a alli -.1%-,,, ci�' T�. -'" -.Sym '!1 �i ,] -_ z____ _,. : ..„411—.-oh. _ _ .tet iLr = n; es o Vis-: �— r�- '11, Y�- -- A fes::. mufti. ' Y T. =_ p C.{-I111147 ,,,-„4�' ". °E f i F • ,is ' ! . -_, , .7. A. , EWA -4} ,- { fi FIG.A.2. MAPS OF SPOKANE VALLEY, FIIG.A.ll• MAP OF SP®IIGANE COUNTY SPRAGUE AVENUE, AND APPLEWAY BOULEVARD H z 0 a o z x E. H d Q z L4 a a PAGE 99 _., ,r. 2) City Context: Pattern of City-Wide Development 7 ,„ . •�. .....e_ -) The land use patterns in Spokane Valley are characteristic of post-World War II r % l suburbs across the country: strips of undifferentiated commercial buildings are ,_ ),? \� I concentrated along major thoroughfares and housing occupies the land in between 1'"' ��`' o G� _JDII� ze �J these corridors(Fig.A.3.). Market trends have put these commercial corridors in a t ; �.i yJf �\ period of accelerating transition where retail is increasingly concentrating in centers �.� — a at major intersections and highway interchanges. These centers are draining the 1 tae aa°o 111 '""� •>.� ,er'-�Jr economic vitality from retail properties located everywhere else (Fig.A.4.). This 7.... 1 4' 'F'''lit _ trend is evident where retail investment has been drawn away from Sprague Avenue r� = i ! -'��w't'I and is now concentrated along Sullivan Avenue and up to I-90 and the Spokane Valley • —1 <` L____. ©- Mall leaving significant stretches of Sprague Avenue no longer advantageously pragu Ar o� ._:-6ao of o --- .1:-' - „fa.-.;,,,..------ positioned for retail investment. �'"'�'��i�J•`_.. t t1 Appleway R .W. -13\f J 4- c d c a To(1... /. -,--, , ` w Spokane ! ..� . 04\ D w Legend CfD Residential Neighborhood Commercial Strip a, Retail Nodes/Centers l� a "'\ 0 FIG.A.3. PATTERN OF CITY-WIDE DEVELOPMENT N 9� ��. I 7____,,,z,—)Sil _ b -—--—---164 • L _ I •- _L - —_ ' a .pragu Ar I ..-5x,. pia 600c- oa5... _elee �•--• F—(... irk �. � -- APPleway R O W. To .� cNSpokane .. V D w c” o zo Legend i E, ( Residential Neighborhood H Commercial Strip \ - a,l� N tRetail Nodes/Centers j —, 1 fit f► Z L4 FIG.A.4. PATTERN OF CITY-WIDE DEVELOPMENT: RETAIL TRENDS PAGE 100 3) The Sprague/Appleway Corridor -r w • , Sprague Avenue and Appleway Boulevard are Spokane Valley's main thoroughfares, ""''" interna„e „, ' IW4. ' -_ i=ce'- % 11IIq,,,,� ,0 ILA extending east from the City of Spokane and providing commuting access to and - `'' • • from Spokane and to the emerging employment areas of Spokane Valley and Liberty .4 ' - _ _ Ave ... M.,on Lake. .- 4 , 0 , - - II. . ;�-- Ns ' _- _ —•• •-' �.'•_�- --- Boone Ave c - - - _ ,,,- i, - cion Ave - - Sprague Avenue extends across the entire City Limits. It runs generally parallel to - 1 c -, I-90,connected via major north-south routes at seven intersections every one to two = - - -- . �„ >• - Broadway Ave - - - '+ Broaeaay .Ave - • - I miles(Fig.A.5.). The character of Sprague Avenue is generally undifferentiated for ' r over six miles from the western city limits until it intersects with Appleway roughly _ - -. , o ,ll + ;_. •� _ vaueyway Ave J ��, h: v Ileyway Ave. �vaneyway A. _ one mile from the City s eastern boarder(Fig.A.6.). ,., __ Six hundred feet south of Sprague Avenue Appleway Boulevard runs from I-90 to `=_�- -" . __,-.-,_ 'Sp!„e A•ve•'^ hh Y , . r x , ,Sprague Ave '�prague Ave g . SFyag4e Rein : - University Road where it dead ends and becomes a vacant stretch of undeveloped - "' is Ii. • „' • "'IPA, 51,,t . ' -s,.a Aklewey ' i IA f N "2 'wl _0 A.; 1+:..' U right-of-way until it intersects with Sprague Avenue(Fig.A.7.). 4th A4thAve 4� Ave i vu , 1.- _ L _ TE - - _ 8th Ave- .. °' 8th Ave . 8th Ave '- Bd,-Ave- _ i �s a• • � Ave _ _ �J~ 12Th A f .; -Y : _ _ "-T 16th Ave - 1 16th Ave FIIG,A,5. SPRAGUE/APPLEWAY CORRIDOR '1111101111.- 'AI _ r WHIZ ELEPHANT ft W,",-...,,,,-% .SIJ UfJs IIIo , .. �' FaPel ! _ a I ® 1 , • sr.' ''-- ft-m,.....7_ .L r--- TOYS - - � "' 'i(c'', --__ ,...4 ... _____ ____ "Ili _ _ ... ___ _ ___ ...._. ‘, r _oxi„ , . . , i., I. •� f _ m z -< -_-� is i '„ 7 THE UNDEVELOPED a � ," '- t -_ ,z,.. 'w Iv_ n'•��;f- 1-r-''T- 1 - R-. = �IIGaAaQ u Ask APPLEWAY RIGHT-OF-WAY E. d Q Z G4 FIIG,A,6, THE CHARACTER OF SPRAGUE AVENUE d THROUGHOUT THE PLAN AREA PAGE 101 „,1 �� [JLJLUJLEL111 II II II II a Iuu i �uui u 00 J M❑I� H ; 1_J �� f I ISingle Family Residential Transition Line o �� _ _ I 1�H 1 T ;� r I .-'1::II The Sprague-Appleway Corridor is a linear pattern of development primarily ” "ay defined bythe irregular edges of the single familyresidential neighborhoods that o� �� I �� -❑❑ — 1 1 I 1 Ia� -i ] g g g g q 1I 1 i,„_,_,--- / \'Iain u I U Main Main L� o ❑ ❑ lie immediatelyto the North and the South of the corridor. In Fi A.B.thegreyarea �� _ �L 1 = ELI �� II sP,ae g II rag�I 4Prguc B represents the extent of single familyhousingalongthe corridor. COEIEEB -q❑oa❑❑❑❑1 a Cha❑ � ISI p g Or'�. � APn1,"a� �CI EREIR F ~ - r- r PPI Ls,a) APPIcw Y _ I 111 Iit PP _I ,o 4th 4th or 5) Buildings �F E 1 am �1 1° 7 1 IF^I 1 11 I< 11 II ,.. ,a.,,.� 1 1� 1L 3 I I I I iLlf, • The building coverage along Sprague Avenue is inconsistent and significantly lacks , ,i i111�1--I1--if—,—,i —II FA II -11 II�� I-1= .1E-11—=1 I ❑ definition (Fig.A.9.). This development pattern has been driven by the desire for FIG.`., SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL TRANSITION LINE vehicular access and business visibility. The result is a corridor dominated by conventional single story commercial corridor development where buildings are significantly set back from the roadway and surrounded by parking lots. iRE, [ I 11',3FY. I I L__i 1 —,-1 Ft-1 ."3 •V,; .i 1 1:: _ ,Lr 39j/ 1:: r ,=1"4rI it 11ILUL I I— 7 i • !In -I 1 3 11 .� HI flv IIe O� - I -.❑�� main❑; R1. I.!_dr•i In ®I=1 I—J—l�..` LLQ• nna� .,, �� u �' I3ii qo • _ aop10• _ J �, ; ._1-'t_L 7.1 -I, ,ii•1 L,I-� I`=11.-1`-,[r. 1 ■ +�■ �c iC ` r —i, ��a d'L"ali,:e i.an1 ...i I.,z l6�.'4g U1L.. ra".al tel, 1- �I S..:6 ,:I.—. It MO .1.., Lt•',V • - ■ Grow. 1 _pp �IRli:a PE IMI!P 010'.111 'C m�� •1 ��yr . .J9 ® '_'I* P' nal�' •I '- + !' , °1j u t.—I'❑- �E�t�l ii j - J®� ' �� t ■ ■ i ;;; �r r.i� S 1 I ■ 1P.',7-6- ._' F'yAp�k s 1 UI,4111 3 I 11 I PPP1e<y s i1111.1- • .1.L d_CP4'1'. II L • ^'+.. e 1 ;_:_'"'T :' [1—Q 1 �-r_ �8�_ 11 ii❑I II II I 1 r"T1 A❑—J Irlii`C— 3 '��_—❑I �I �' t_ �\� � IF-1 � u J Ia:%:._-. I� —P- ± I ,� 4th e I �- r 4th .II _ I II IH1t \\' 1i 1 0 ® a 1� II f l PiFi 7 FIG,A.9. BUILDINGS H z 0 w o z d x Q z w a a d PAGE 102 6) Existing Development ]‘,-.,_ipiral ''— `K_'LjwWlii- p I�0 1 II �� ri 4MC I II 1 •. rhl 1 1 1:�u I I 4� On Sprague and Appleway commercial- and retail-oriented uses dominate. The ` °' �I' L _ _■Mn ' lt most common use along the corridor is medium box commercial sales and services: payly Woolziiii ^;• l I .�H�� [� j, dj_ aLl r ■ �3�_Ifurniture sales appliance repair, sporting goods, etc. Intersecting arterial streets ©Iw" -00' ® � " �r"-+•'� � �1 . ��_ �=�r�, ;�_' �■ 111/ '�l C Pines and the Argonne-Mullan pair) are typicallypopulated byoffice �ooa�o�phr ,� ,� mo�. q,a+ ••• ago, _■1®' I--�'•� 1.r...1, d €1'1i' (especially g P P Ci❑aoeel 1® . 'r1 •-�— ® Q C '',1 ii l� a yI.1.11111 - ■ r /lr ,_I-�L' � ..w. . w ,, Ionia/ development immediately off of Sprague Avenue (Fig.A.10.). ABBBBI—IH-I _1"11111.:-.11— { - ' l �❑ -' �BB❑I II II `` , 11c_`="ems! '_ °o-1 :. 3 L IIT'�I "' �0I —' .I -4 .•1 The Appleway R.O.W.is currentlythe boundarybetween land zoned for commercial I— 4 it J f l--IHH I l �I pP Y \ I—II II II—II . �_ �I s I__�� I� development along Sprague Avenue and residentially zoned land to the south. 3 If II—II-1E-1 �I t 1__ II Jl 101 5 II 1 I I I Therefore, it lies alongthe edge of the residential neighborhoods south of the plan I--11 I fHI ii ii i—' ❑❑i ii 1❑❑I �I 1❑ 11 I� o.qq�� g g gE•:-111__ri � II II o ��1❑❑ ❑❑I II I I 1Larea and serves as the boundary between these neighborhoods and the back ofl nn nn1 II �1 I�I�CIn Sprague's commercial corridor development. •R-Retail(general and convenience retail) •0-Office(business and professional/research offices) I-Institutional(public and quasi-public buildings, •BPS-Business and personal services(banks,copy shops, •OMS-Office Medical Service(hospitals,medical/dental recreational,religious,or cultural uses,day/child care Anchors-Retail salons,photos shops) offices,veterinary clinics) centers,adult education,AA/support centers) •ER-Entertainment-oriented retail(restaurant, •IndW-Industrial Warehousing,Distribution and Storage •OS-Open Space At most major intersections(where cross streets provide access to I-90),neighborhood bars,nightclubs,bowling alleys,rinks) ■Ind-Industrial Services and Light Manufacturing ■PS-Parking Structure •L-Lodging(hotel,motel,inns and tourist homes) (construction/tool/equipment sales and service) v//////A PL-ParkingLot serving retail,such as pharmacies,banks,coffee shops,and other convenience uses, g g •C-Commercial uses(health clubs,wholesale IndH-Heavy Industrial(manufacture and processing of —VB-Vacant Building are clustered. These clusters typically contain supermarkets or other retail anchors sales and servicestextiles,chemicals,metal products,lumber and wood) S//////i,VL-Vacant Lot (Fig.A.11.). •AS-Auto Sales(auto dealerships,used cars) LR-Low-Density Residential(Single-Family Homes) ASery-Auto Service(body shops,auto repair,auto •MR-Medium-Density Residential(Townhomes,Rowhouses) Anchors—Auto Dealerships accessories) •HR-High-Density Residential(Multi-Family Housing) West of the Argonne-Mullan couplet, Sprague is home to the greatest concentration FIG.A.t 0. EXISTING DEVELOPMENT of auto dealers and automobile brand selection from Seattle to Minneapolis. Mixed with these dealers are auto parts and services as well as a variety of medium box commercial sales and services(Fig.A.12.). --- ,RE IF, 1 I 0 11 P I� I SI 1 ii 1 L ILL , ___.,01.Ii �.1,...„,_, j,____ C -_.I ► —� Dollar p I 1 LJ 300 I . limo i • arktt1' • _ i��—� �I J�—,� J�� 71 � ��NFresf We ��$ G..' f °� 4141— ,.1 i . sa Fred !C u �]C�a❑❑❑❑I II _____ �i �� % Pros f ; i _ 1 "��—� c PP'ey, e P)eway L \, _. .`iii -. 8� PP ay I ` - �FtI !ns C=Value T tjeI .��`� •I,ig Los ` LAIM Wallg ee 711 �l 11 IH �� I� I I I Sad ' Hatings _;.I H �I ��_� 111 .[ l Mil II If I l - �1 a / I� c� r l W 1 FIG.A.t 1. ANCHORS - RETAIL ��JoaL�� LJ-I-LJLULiJI �J—J I „ ��I 11 I_._�� — _� Fgav IIIISZEZEL E 116 se MIR pyp Saab i�i ai �1 h �— o --q- Nissan hL3fl . 'IU 1n��` �my{p Ui 1 J Nissan � � U _i, JC-7� 1 f� -iI�,_sI I ma II (I I U - ...._ _. , - I�JI _ 1 it ��irs SII lI 1 ��1 j ______ 47❑DaEl.IJ❑C .F�-* a a.� �la sPa�e Je� +r_ ; y �"� Eivip Q❑�1IF.. ..- --- -yowl _�r� r T y_._ _ HI _ 1 APPlewap ..:. • �BH�� 9 ma Ford Toyotas 3 ut ru 1_7*` I —_ u_qC am al Chrysler Dod e 1 DSI Is ' e, l�I_JI C_ J L r Thrifty 1_JI 81 IL 1 1 Uir ii i a _ 1 of i�:� ❑ Ir 1 1 11 a _ILLH z `�� a l�—iHf1�I JI 11 ,1\ II ❑❑ I Il =-�q 11 I--11 11 I it 1- 1 c7 1-7 —1 0— �❑n ❑nr❑l -11—f f J Z FIG.A.12. ANCHORS - AUTO DEALERSHIPS z E. E.z L4 P.. P.. PAGE 103 = o ° 3� Land Use and Development Policies ,, 7 . +v° The large majority of land along the corridor is designated for some type of - — _ , -�,=�� _"; -�� ..,, commercial use,focusing on general retail and professional office(Fig.A.13.). The 1. ' ,,;_; ' ; , . -. _ City's comprehensive plan reinforces this pattern,making few changes to the land ' . • - '`} _) I m - -'.,....e! designations inherited from theCounty which prohibited ground - i floor residential _ useb. I` -- " "°- development along the corridor(Fig.A.14. and A.15.). - I v _ _ o ;' The City's plan does, however, introduce concepts of mixed use and an identified . _ • town center area. That plan also identifies a specialized district for auto sales • ;• a -® _ • � � and other automobile related uses. These concepts generally favor a strategy to 0 1 +1 ii ' -i1114 • 1 .r` restructure corridor development into a pattern of centers and segments that would ' - i I ,- I,� , focus retail development at major intersections to create identifiable places of more ' id J I :, " =" 1�` ' a - r -;";2 intense activity along the corridor. 1 _ 1 • - However the comprehensive plan fails to include strong policy direction to support 1 � P this s maintains commercial designations o ! , I - ::71.-.' :ro strategy. It ma' t ' the general erc'al d signati throughout most of - a "...Vila II- ,1 e, I ;- �^ ' - ;1� - . f the corridor which appears to provide an overabundance of commercially designated . I • • - . ' ' 1 + j property,permitting continued and undifferentiated commercial development along • ' "`` 1 1 I . - . i • - the length of the study area. 01 {:A LEGENDl • iI - UR-3.5E SRR-5 8-3 ' City Spokane . - .-.. - , 7 e -' For more information regarding the state of Spokane Valley's policy at the time Boundary f '- ./..:UR-7 0 GA 0 I-1 ;�•. Other Municipal Boundaries • •- , r • - • a of this plan's adoption, refer to the Public Policy Environment Study prepared by 0 UR-Tr A RR-10 �� I-2 N Spokane County UGA PIIG.A.t 3. EXISTING (PRE-PLAN) ZONING Studio Cascade located in the Separately Bound Compendium. 0 UR-12 I= B-1 MI 1-3 ! Section Line WA UR-22 iLd®d B-2 L MZ Township Line JL59YIGCdI ,�.�,.,.,,_.,. .__ VIII .�.. �• Innn 21111- •u11■ 1111E gimp I' .11g O1■ _ •n- _. ��.m si ■ ' Q„ I ■._ #'-_lila I-1.■1:'- IIII IIII Flllh:. J - — II '•Il. .m.n. :` m - le , • lig ri - 11: Inn IIII II II Ini•- ■ T I.mg - • 9 i ®r.,': ,�1.■n.�lIGn1111_II n 111^�� _nom :I�L �li ' 1! — - - :�■ :�� ■ :::: � ® � Mow ■1.■1i �i111P�1 kt111111 � I '11_�■�■ II �'� .:'.■1 � ' I I . rin-�-1;, �� il:�'•= ':.i � 119014 ® `,1'■�II■Lm 1�=_PeII€�11�r11I l : 1 irk 1 ! • I ■111- .'Ihl� ll b :. ;'li':�IIIM ■ ■ h i1111.1Ii inial �I■1.. ® ;5.�1 ® .�Imq_I1111111'='IIIIII'_li'=11i �■ IUIIIu=1��Inl�_ 1.1 r -'41---.101'1141 I1� 11 =1111'1 91111 11 • -ii — J pIllnl,� `I>■�.� .III - ■1 11ei11-iiii=_ - II• '� ..� I JIU � _■:r1:11111.:� •MAI ��I m �1• „;=dlllhilll' IIII: .1= J - � �11.1 1 1 It I I I 1 I I I u I HI IIII I-1 I n� _��1■IS:�u11:Y r I�1 L— �I � ii ' �■� 1 1- �0pg EDE= I:1. .. 14 or _ ELT:;11E4' iii .7 wawa � Immo ■11. I inn.nn n ieil ii IIBIBam _ -- L. ..,. •II I�� !! '1 _ �4.. n mil h. : limI nor 7r rl--1 - 7 � I ■�IINN.=. 111111 �11111 �I 1 Ir zu1nlnl' ... i.i SII III 7 11 �— lr um■..-II•''u ■ 1z■ ■ ..�u�l:n 1 ii � Drs.:l I :■ �1■ r mon.nn ann q ��wl: :■ e,,.uo• •"-- p_.NISI III 'U..■..1.1.... 11 11.®■ mall 1 1 � �'�1 11 � ........1.z11.■ �I 1 � �. 11u I I - � 1 ..I 1 � _ I �:Illl�d' 'II� J •hm..■.nn■.-..nou....n. _ �� ,IIIIII- *' 1111 �ft III I �i■gain �'llll I:':�III�1':,:°r riR n�111JIIL... r @II r1 ..m1n1n.........mn.:°1 i ®� J 1111�1111111w _.. 1 1 ..11 4 III 1Ii'::'■� �e �_�ey�� o •o:i�nmam::=LT— 'I F'�- F MIRTH IIII 1'r Cc .I Il hd�. {pp - "Ilai_ ■II■■II� OI �� P III. iT�n'l �1IIlllllnn■ .I 1.=./:!� :: .hyl,,,plt FIG./kJ 4. RESIDENTIAL ENTITLEMENTS �■s :1 :iir_UE1111'=1111'1 111 EN 11 +N1■=IIIA 4.� -miz ''1 n ME ryq ,aIllllllhll+la w'J' I " i11111I Ii1111:NZ11111■1 11111 11■1^:151■■■ • — :1111. ..., kill,' II ;, :ir.M ,1-1 11 I`" IIIIII Er Egm !Irmo NEE gin_ = I1 —_--om:nnmm ■1■ - Amu u ■ f wow 11187 , ® II odic 1611 :IIIIII EN■1 : ME _ r�i=6m�`�L 11..■:� n 1111E Rog ■1�11��1'.:■ ■III':IIII�III�Illllil . Illlill��lr II"1 I- u 1 ■1 . : nil r— I I 1- 111 I1. . i �1-,1 INFE! - = =■ I 1 LI... 1 li ..�-■ ..- . - .■.�11, ....... • aGe �_ IIIIIIIW-��_;,°T° 1.1� �1=:� �1_■[= kl+i+- _L�� '''I■ 1— 7 ��II � I ,■■'l : I lir--0J...ry.. -"1 Ill: g n N1-• x �--'7.••. 5 L-��'.- '■ I: I 'f1 1 ' 1'- '-n i- 1 H �, .I i■11�11111� 11 ■�Bln ` �1 n.�i: ■.� T �. ®' �'.I m... 1111 lam I . '�q1II „1 L..... IIII—r-I nil.; IIIIII -1 --i�.�I H II H ,-.z..�ii1ACiT iMI7....11■. oi e�IiII,,............. .. ... -1 mum p1i11111■_'- J lam� ' _1: ®IIII._L111 __II i =_ y, !!I::: l.I:.I.1�L e11CI.1:�I J c• c. lona a....o . - I"Ai'IIIY ■: 1=1'=-11111111 m�l� =11::1111111 : I -- f h 1 0 19� .J... =-mole a:I 11111M z t.vi :SE-- •- � ' I :.+., 111 I 11 e • _II- l 9.1 .... �_.k�� a/ E" II .11... >-,„ �.�. n.. h1 ■..i11'I1.' •u..■..' II:PE P I �-1-I I 1 rim 1-,I II uial-F LMINIJ i_Num��,=r.16', ' '4 .■nom Ill ami .nn...n.ni: rte, n:Io®®nnn...�In.1d111Innn� •:nn MINI ■Q... _ . 1m:.... t.i sit-moon C/) PIIG.A.t 5. RETAIL ENTITLEMENTS z w a a d PAGE 104 8) Vulnerability to Change E=" - .� 4. - 1.10 Ir.= _ ;..,1 �„ly,� �1 a Jim H. .,,.: 1�1_.."- ,lam •tila i- i - iy Hnm 11111 illlh/BIt' 11'7 _I11rL 1111 ..,, . 11 l`/� ..Lr ..,+- I r�■ €P Ilil''II`:-1i11:Ele 1�i 'i �.ro"; ■':'—cE;:l1:11'_'lIN■ _l =� 51's 11'11.1:....„ nlr,! ; �'�n_;r !._�e�.:�� w 1 i -rte'-c r.=—MSH �■�I�� ■ 1,,,� ■•ri ♦-�. ■f.DAL n ■ ■ .-51°1113 'lll174 �••. ■� with theSpokaneValleyMall andtheregional r tail that it attracts ��. ,:.IL@I 11 :�If�i1nf11hwL_s.,l.._..a' . ..I..r.ly,d, �fltl.11ylllll„ IIIc,1.L.�r�.a,l.,,lli��l�llllf,i.....r�11F�111��111..: „ ■. 1.{�li9i.,llrinnn;,"�L ail�:4■.■ ��1 Competition e c s ;y ,..._. Illy.,,.■ - 11■ ■ , 1 11 -- �'' 11 >.Ll � I■:■IMyl.l': iriarntairaiket-2FTSZLIPy■r ■nCIIIJ,/.�ilx�r.,,.11ru��a�1"-_,11i�li�LNIMIIII=, _ _ 1-.-�iiyy, = �l .:�1!:, _etlllll,�JI ILNIr,.nau ;'.2111 I 1 - �= ,oartS3sg* `.,. Il.ilme.I. *ki =M�€ 1 ..f� - =Liyy r!!:: ..Y .! F �l�Yin hhas had a detrimental effect on Sprague Avenues businesses. Si nificant ` 1111.11:: • ... .. ;._I� .1�..,,1, Mil A�111€--Y� :1 � �,�.:�I:�f�' 1 II� r �.� rllr ...m `1..,ii g ? !.w= s lu Wiz_.: ;_ �.nw■,.i,.I�� - IN.IIiIA�■..my,■ - :::1 1 , ?Iw.;l�, ITN _"11 disinvestment is apparent throughout the corridor. This condition is reinforced by ..I.. , r n �crtr ,..I �� ■ '_�� !1: �� t •• '' 11 = �: �rf� ul ��r.i H I '■?l� iL1��CL��.„�I�� ■ r ■■ ,�H � L.,-!1/1.. t�d111 i,.�i 4:171-111 �L C:..1■Q ■�.�� ■ ��i • ■ flit ..: MU D1�m�� PILI V 1 ,y h i" the aforementioned existing land use and zoning designations which provide an Wim®®®® „ li,,,,,i'r _ W,,`_ �� IL -_' Ali -1 I . _ __ �1 jai+. �� 1iima�il_.1i o r li,ni IL 1° , r°i:.��ilioi, O ,N� ♦q y f■�IIIdII 1 _ �� I j:1, - 1...!�. 1i� I. overabundance of commercially designated land while limiting properties ability 1p,ll,.11 ! 1.. ,E-----,1 _ .11 glE� �■11+"—' ,.,_ 7 _ �-�}�4 11■.1/f1Is',- f1 a�,mj� i j,� nilNh IIIIIU 11�- mn1 �I, P,I ,■■ ■aA11r. in Mai ■ ■ MI •1 I'd All ll ::I.Ea■ 11 . Flaalil7.'. u II of niucgi...--uR ?. .,.■ ..x ll'i• I ma �_.r1I n ■ typ �� ■ y rl■lim°1ii11F. :�lii /`'�■ 1 ••::.■ }��p to re-align with current market trends, leaving many properties vulnerable to -�� 1 I ��'1 �1�_�IlN19,� i# _ Illi I=± IIII. 11�_ 11 gIt; -111f ■: rl �1,: 111111. 1 i c,111I11N1a :C.::;:11:t:1�tt iIII :� Mart ^{III- ir_1 7 711i�1„'i�l MgMIlIi IIge ;IF;235?1111Einr"...q,...r nu. m �� " VIII:l:�111111111: Em o rai:27,11.■ 1■•'H ': -"411 RILI n. ,„ . A1111 IL PA a.01. n■ .n.,,. "" a `�? change r .A.16. This vulnerabilityincludes vacant land and buildings, poorly ■Yl.11l,,...,....l,r.lir.a LI,,,II,r,,,, +' • tl +"• ".i.nr"' _ lllllll�llillljr PAM-La'y� . 1 .'. .11 / g ) g ,� �� WA ' a®�•flO:Ili ,51; ......, .-:111 "!{ maw i",...,�`, .!1� -.r�.m: — a ;; :MOWN.., nln..,Mr:nrrtne.nri i:�iiul. ,lyHP. n■S,dllll■Fm� 1CIin ...,,lllM/ Illi■.1111:maw 111111:1!` alr .I.r ■r@ m mrn Y �--: : ..;,14 Tan 111117 I1 1 1111 y■1 • r ,y„-1111,111'1P 1lRN Y,1 fl'ih I llla::l�.lili i u -1...A,,.1 - .R.,. IRF,".. „IH.! maintained buildings,and underutilized land with low value businesses or structures T Auri Ir „}.m.R1.. .ME { � �I 1- �ry�pq�....R...■■ ,,, - ,,,,, 1.1711`^;;�■•'!1■ Q �•, , a1u..ulr.u,iiliuuS�-{a �..ei.A U•2'ni..L�f�ll 71 IW-0R@LL11 1LL1_Ulmiliiliiiil�- ��ly'■ mm...... '��mn CJ 7 IrmrrrnrW [�TIC17-iIi==10�7T3C1� uuil z=� that could solicit higher rates of return (Fig.A.17.). As a result, the corridor has significant re-development potential. FIG.A.16. VULNERABLE TO CHANGE This is especially visible in the area surrounding the Sprague Ave.-University Rd. lidirit i A intersection. These blocks contain the largest concentration of vacant land,vacant milev. ,ffie buildings and underutilized properties in the Plan area. y✓'' 40 0"2111(' • AI' . A* r 11, 111 n A" _. . s _ r • 1 a. 1. r res +[ IH_ -- - - , pr _ . .. f 4 . • P. . ... ?.1„ lta . . tooliurp - - 41i. 41c.%4' s ilv......41100y .,An 1 - - civ m. R Z 0 a Z . v, Z w a a FIG.A.t 7. EXAMPLES OF 1aVULNIERABLIE" PROPERTIES d PAGE 105 A.2. TRANSPORTATION NETWORK i �_ -> - 4. n xe90 Mission Ave 1) Existing Street Network 2 "sion The existing street network is laid out on a grid based on section-line roads z 'z AveAve W��.. Boone Ave a I (which include Sprague,Mullan,University and Pines).While this larger grid is 2 subdivided into local streets,the consistency of the network varies. j Broadway Ave Broadway Ave Fig.A.18 and A.1.19. demonstrate the effectiveness of the network: the Existing • Val eyway Ave Vail eyway Ave hz Valleyway Ave Network map shows all streets in the corridor area and the Effective Network map 1 g shows the same network with all `non-contributing' streets removed. The intent E Sprague Ave S�r�ue Ave Sprague Ave Sprague Ave of these juxtaposed graphics is to show how strong the network really is and how Air% Ape Blvd A 2 many of its streets contribute to a transportation system with a built-in series of lewa /" x o1 alternative routes should they be needed. .-` E t. K 3 LL 2 K 8th Ave I 8th Ave 8th Ave 8th Ave o 2) Effective Street Network 3 5y @ Pd 1Y Fig.A.19. removes all non-contributing streets from the Existing Network i. t 12th Ave a E 12th Ave map. Spokane Valley's network is generally strong, with a regular spacing of .g 1Spokane Valley Existing Transportation Conditions . S continuous roads and, given the typical characteristics of post-World War II Existing Street Network I6th Ave6t Ave suburban development patterns, relatively few collections of dead-end streets. Freeway/Freeway Access Nonetheless,the presence of non-connecting streets means that some blocks will Principal Arterial Minor Arterial/Collector bconnection e larger than others, opportunities.increasing the distance (for all modes of travel) between Local Street FIG.A.18. EXISTING STREET NETWORK > - _____ I .—, tore e„90 —loll r Mission Ave hr t ^hvoo ��:v 2 Ave Boone Ave 2 z Broadway Ave Broadway Ave QIP' Vaileyvway Ave Valleyw:y Ave "' Valleyway Ave 1 S E i �, _e Ave Spm= a.e Sprague Ave Sprague Ave ''' A eh,4, Blvd APPleway 'z Q z 4th Ave 4th Ave m 4, Ave H I d2 2 . C Z 8th Ave T. 8th Ave \ nth Ave 8th Ave Oy s `u 2 .1 0-1 IS. z `z 8° c. K $ 7 & Z 12th Ave a 12th Ave 4 / Spokane Valley Existing Transportation Conditions Effective Street Network � 16th Ave 16th Ave Freeway/Freeway Access Principal Arterial Minor Arterial/Collector ZLocal Street W P. P. FIIG.A.19. EFFECTIVE STREET NETWORK PAGE 106 3) Existing Street Sections IIIIIIMIIIIIMIMMIIIIIIIIW riir.......1 These illustrations show current street sections on major streets in the Sprague- Appleway corridor (Fig.A.20.). The width and number of lanes on these streets suggest that these are major travel thoroughfares oriented to automobile travel_ " I/;I 4) Traffic Volumes and Flow ?-)° aw � � ��°o°°�'� iI41-4 i As the following diagrams illustrate,the travel patterns throughout the corridor are r r Y indeed focused on these roads,but the current traffic volumes imply that they have 8' 8' 12' 12' 12' 12' 14' 8' j 8' 15' x 12' I2'. ,rI2' 6' 7' been designed with more capacity than is needed. 102, 72, The traffic volumes along the Sprague Appleway corridor are concentrated mostly SPRAGUE (at Walnut) APPLEWAY on the arterial streets, with a notable pattern following University Road at the end of Appleway Boulevard,where eastbound Appleway traffic returns to the two-way Sprague Avenue(Fig.A.21.). Two key points appear to be focal to the distribution of traffic throughout the corridor `I - . area:the intersections oftheArgonne-Mullan and Sprague-Appleway couplets,where t i ; southbound Argonne Road continues as Dishman-Mica Road; and the intersection of Sprague and University, where most traffic collected from the residential areas - AP all further out alongthe Sprague commercial corridor respectively). p — `4 r_ -=-e - r . v� south of Sprague turns to the left or right (to move toward downtown Spokane or 1 a ,ftp Y) .! A k A — +V A kIS. - '+-:: r-Vf.=Ci:.[^Sc-: BCail�d' .eli r_�ta•.3{- As a consequence, these intersections bear the greatest burdens of the system. 12' 5' 12' 12' 12' 5' Ti h. X Y— -w k Network surrounding them is more limited than in other parts of the corridor area, 50 8' 10' 10' 10' 14' 14' 6' r l which suggests that increased volumes from population growth will be distributed 72' ARGONNE and MULLAN PINES(at Sprague) through these intersections and cause them to fail. Another noteworthy feature is the difference in average daily volume on Interstate FIG.A.20. EXISTING STREET SE(CTIO)NS 90 between the Sprague-Appleway interchange and the Pines interchange. Based on available counts from the Washington State Department of Transportation wilimmsok-gramrgy (WSDOT),the difference in volume is approximately 30,000 trips per day,most ofil which are presumably distributed onto or from the Sprague-Appleway couplet or 4IiUP!I ■ n[ers[a a 90 6001 Broadway Avenue. INFAIWW-• — 11141 Mission --/-- 94F40- f;":"------------,.....,on Ce- 2 II MAI`c�csr°fe� — 1 Boane •-re �� ' ,..1 Ave ill E. Lim! Broadway Ave hoaeal ® 1 44a .m ® I _ ® gam® al Vall-� Ave Vall-w. Ase 'Z 'Vail-yway Ave k� ,2123 y.___ e Ave® 120,,,1 ® ► ® ® ® _ - z,oae ® _ r._e A- vr,i- ii- umbalielirmiMmi 4..e , 5ITMI......11113 aral ■ O. 4th Ave m mm 4th Ave,- BZ2 br + 2 + I IP. rum ill —�- 105000 - � - ' — ry MEM V b - �M ® MI ^z .2-7-1 �" • 18th Ave ) EMI 8th Ave ® Nr.r....111 1250,1 2Im�1 Z • ■ a _ " � �O / • � —12th Ave ' - C. Spokane Valley ExistingTransportation Conditions m ■ Traffic Volumes and Flow 39, 16thA- 6Milt bd Ave H Streets Displayed by ADT J . 1 4673 I ADT(from 2004 counts) it , ��. x� �. Dm - -—. Direcdonal Movements Displayed by Relative Volume \ \ . is —� 1117. Z W P. P. FIG.Aa2ll. TRAFFIC VOLUMES AND FLOW <C PAGE 107 — 5) Level of Service 1111 I Inrerscac90 Fig.A.22. presents generalized level of service (LOS) for roadway segments and intersections. Using available traffic count data and intersection LOS as tabulated p� mmmM`es`on C C D LA - in the Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Capital Facilities Element, this map EI Mrr,n ■� summarizes the operations of intersections throughout the corridor area. The ".� ' ill ii p Comprehensive Plan addresses these intersections and estimates fixture levels of 11m.1 1 in service based on forecasts for traffic counts,noting the intersections that will need to d lb ■ Broadway11.4.1.11---- be upgraded or enhanced to meet the adopted minimum LOS in the Comprehensive p' Plan. Li al IS . . ■ Di rik: Valleyway Ave © I p Currently,the adopted minimum level of service for signalized arterial intersections [ _Aliki allWEI= .M.I. is LOS D; for non-signalized intersections it is LOS E. Only one intersection in the Sprague Ave B 0 p '�= 0ENPJI p 13 B S•ra-°e lie " study area (8th Avenue and Pines Road) is below the adopted minimum LOS; the E-- MINIMUM I D C ��0 IA ® 0D jj1 '••% � �Np D . D 2 In su Roadway segment levels of service are generalized from the Florida Department of '3‘—all. ' ' 0 - a Transportation's LOS Manual, Generalized Annual Average Daily Volumes.While JINIMIRIMow. �" p Ave• miEJD e8`•� 16 8th Ave these interpretations may be different than what the community determines, it is a _kl3 ■ =l0 conservative means of assessing LOS. 1411MENIVI . SpokaneValley Existing Transportation Conditions H U _ - I I In general, it appears that roads in the study area are also performing well, able to Levels of Service EMN handle their traffic without excessive congestion or delays. Streets Displayed by ADT II-�— B B 16th Ave B Roadway Segment Level of Service 0� - 04- _ ■� 1 With this,it appears that further expansion of roads is not warranted:most levels of 13 Intersection Level of service r ` �� '• i service are above the community's adopted minimum. \ - . . %,,A ,____ 4 —111 Am 6) Primary Flow FIG.A.22. LEVELS OF SERVICE Fig.A.23. illustrates the principal traffic flow patterns, with regional traffic using major arterials and arterial couplets such as Sprague-Appleway,Argonne-Mullan, �/ Pines and Sullivan.These thoroughfares are generally the distributors for the region, .__+__L__', _L/ -- I and while some intersections demonstrate major turning movements (especially Interstate �� Dishman-Mica and the Sprague-Appleway couplet) many of these arterials carry WiliM 1' NLT' traffic along a path and distribute it to the local streets that connect directly to them. r- rMission Ave For example, Pines carries traffic to and from the east via Interstate 90, yet at its � "��n � �� intersection with Sprague the majority of this traffic does not turn. Pines serves z I �we � Boo Ave o 12 B as a direct access from the South Valley residential areas and Interstate 90 and T� I II I �, = its function in that capacity is greater than its link between the eastern end of the > Broadway Ave .. Ave �oi� Sprague-Appleway commercial corridor and the interstate. Likewise, much of the I —� W. .. traffic on Sprague east of University continues through its intersection with Pines, - Ave _ Valleyway Ave serving residential and commercial areas farther east. ry - — A major confluence is at Sprague and Sullivan, where traffic from the Sprague 1-- - ----- Ilk �I 1 Sprague Aver S.r._u: AveJ•,a.rague Ave M6 _j J -mw �� corridor turns north on Sullivan.Through volumes on Sprague do not decrease. O. 4th Ave 4th Ave m 4th mg .1 ..1 1 E __ _ 12 F- •`_1H. , Ave I 8th Ave 8th Ave rim 4o = ice. =p -8 s° . A < U7 t 12th Ave - 2 h Ave f. LI Spokane Valley Existing Transportation Conditions Traffic Volumes and Flow �`.�c 16th Ave — Streets Displayed by ADT =, \ iis 7 V 1 r - 7 V 111 General Directional Movements i �— I � � T - ' \ Mr= F E - , a a d FIG.A.23. TRAFFIC VOLUMES AND FLOW PAGE 108 7) Bicycle and Pedestrian Facilities Currently, bicycle and pedestrian facilities in the Sprague-Appleway corridor are �� "I IIIIM — a sparse network, with on-street bike lanes only located on Sprague, Appleway, .1. 11L11711 IP ii MVO nxersxaxe 90 nnn��n Mission and Dishman-Mica and sidewalks only on such major streets as Argonne, ' _ 1111-1-1111 Wil -4411' Mullan, Sprague,Appleway and University or on the streets crossing these within aPI �� 111WIM ■�lipria lift '� ` short distance (Fig.A.24.). The Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan has identified 'ill 11� NIN D-� STr� SII ' °j a much more thorough network of on-street lanes and off-street shared paths to be ttt ��n`Jn n�� ou0 �� added to the system, corresponding generally to the arterials and some collectors ip It --iimft : - n .nMELI N E I n �• P 11MA p :L� om Dim of Spokane Valley's street network. One currently identified project in the adopted m• P��M Broadway Transportation Improvement Plan is adding sidewalks to Mission Avenue between IVYI ■■■■E ■ =1 SPI. f� milArgonne and University. ■ nnn��'n I�,II El Y� ommaimmtumminifiligni .i G woNsin_a■�',l .._ - -��P�� ;_ ,.liamm on1 m` 70lo� e• - ' 1 Mad, Ave I • III.IE a■■=== =IflPU __PIMMIMEM 'l' IME ■■■1l1 1 I= MI!A INEIMI71 ■M :Hlin :r: nn===== ■■ ■i1 4l1.MPI�1RMInnglnn 1� ?v g Il 111 ii 111 $pokaneValley Existing Transportation ConditionsII= om= m. Bicycle and Pedestrian Facilities li__ NE n-[ree[Bicycle Lanes S[ree[s ,-I 111=011====0M 1`\MOI 1 �'' Existing Sidewalks - Signo ed '� / u 16 ---- , I, Crossings \ K. __--�- `1� 1.1 - =EMI I l � r ��;mai i , NJ — FIIG.A.24. BICYCLE AND PEDESTRIAN FACILITIES H z 0 a o z x E.E. 0 z L4 a a PAGE 109 c 1�1 @ sFCC m Cheney/MC 8) Regional Transit Service ..--.. .---727, — aµms° s �[ii ® West Brook, m esu x° �` ® Northwest Boulevard @ @M1yLala Express The Spokane Transit Authority provides bus service throughout the area, including ©I�w .t "Dlledlcal '< ® MapleAsh ::vrcExpressp `J g A� Lake ® o. F➢Sprague Y� A Lake ' ai ra �� @ M e @ Valley 'tad 1s �Re° several routes in Spokane Valley (Fig.A.25.). In the context of their regional " n ma.m., „,,, n ', m �.s- s,,,, w e.Vk, Cr ne ©Eantiak network, Spokane Valley appears to benefit from its relative proximity to STA's 1 64 n ', '''2. �" e➢ Nevada ea rmood mon. 'wwwm"" 7 r o �` m sCC m 1,- central central transfer station(the STA Plaza)in downtown Spokane. a ® & � e �n` Inka" Mad ® Fra fll0 kValley c,Fuux \wr�m,�aw k ® Garland Trans,C �M '� % — ��w°„ � €law n,nw at r to a Park eaa = ao - An� >_ Wellesley C' of Route �p a £I ® Fye Mlle Park S.RIM Varlretlon ofseMoe w AAA as E mere,"22 m Brvu,ne's AddlHon see sokedule ki I `1, m Latah Place of Interest ■ ■ e➢ Clao, 0m south Maple La Hospital D V� ® €m wunlnersky/Sekool - i �� CYl a Nth Ave �� CI Inka 44 P9kA skppng Center el wry `3 `� +fir` VI 4 "g m s k Boulevard P WGolf Course el Mo `.\ 'y l II ,FrMIrlE Penh i l'h,,',/F-"'' Altamont rep Military �- — Cll GI nose aPPaoxlmarE SCALE OF MAP FY a ® � /a Cheney �u Hske RIVERSIDEma 'C ° �, © MI•arur � z s pies m M dloal lake me�mev x�re, °re�� w m m )l � mn,nn _ & „ >a II lore` r" .e, >a ,27 f o" Im oW, � ,,,, 11 E ® —®la agia ,a Part=oI g C, zl Zi �€ ,. Swo,e,n °at! "ore e �,.,de, 1 aPo�.nn �a0m„ g�EE,rn Millwood 'River w, PARE AR �n ��&\e "r"� a �mj°w g @ ry i�r� 'i _.. �� ® 4�fere of ° " n M,=;,, m•�'_�:" ��: lley PARA• e, M STA ED— r,�,a n ° 1 �a P• fid= i , L82,a I A Greenacres 1.rem _,_o__� t+ 1 c,,,�, w � `I a'y a € a ll'a s I @ r 'deal. AR oIM Downtown x I 1 Mr� nE�� 7:1 er2'IL © �i orf mid: DOWN WN SPO NS Kane E Trent AR r3_ _ l � _ - �� I f& an • 2.22 ,m)22A,IEE �C� g oN„A °, per,' ori ' yee .Vad ,0P I m IS AIL .e s re �,nah„�r r„�e 222 j lL Lm—� �r ' m wED ,rt ,am a L �e �� e s„ len GUE APPLE WAYS `'� ,-- ___.../41, G” mhran< SPRA - l 1DY� r Anne,• w' k "V, smeh',IME— m �m�aa �� w 8888 ��e"r a�� jMe°°e ww "`a " � w F°a"e� Ee,o , ysH"'n",',.. Airway Heights& -ry 'i I —cel L'Et 1 FAIRCHILD AFB t Ei in"52Y Al On T�le =m lahertyLike a° g cog a�<n I ,. gym Airway Nog s^°°=y " „a ° c.,< c,Nu",< ®cmz. /Za.✓, r°„"de Ere°19 ye PRA 525:.22, e o �' LEI a Sprague >a AAA': i , raged d --r M m �I 4L—__i___J re Liberty em 3 ipagane ti m< ,a; e'1, m a Y , „r, , Lake w FIGaA225. REGIONAL TRANSIT NETWORK H z 0 w 0 z VD d x 0 z w a a d PAGE 110 9) Current Bus Transit Service i=::, I'' �� — 74 90Mm The STA routes serving Spokane Valley intersect at the Pence-Cole Valley Transit ii A1 • 72 • ,__ M&S- \ Center near the intersection of Appleway and University (Fig.A.26.). Transit — � 74 T r 96 NE I � � ■ service throughout the area is regular throughout the day,and north-south lines are �� ` 96 72 generally aligned one mile apart through the corridor areas. Current headways are �I 1pJ' '!j2iI . 1 � "as follows: `` ',■■1 roe a nR illeilt a me �� MEM /�••_ ■ > 9� Broadway Ave �_�1El Broadwa Ave •OM yii I� WEEKDAY SERVICE -NE �` I - ■ Valle ME 12=1 Ave A / �1 �� 1M a Ae1 MEEI P T `J" ,� S,r:ue Ave ■:. � ,'9 d � C � � �j�■` ■■= �� — �TANSITCENTER — Oc • •111 i NMI •® 73(peak only) 30 6 am 8 pm € =E � '- 11� 1 =_ INIRS 92 90(daytime) 15 5 am 6 pm /_ ��a�� 3 ,e l I i=orm_=_ - owI � c 90(evening) 30 6 pm pm 94.1„w 95 PIPA _EM • , 94 30 6 am 9 pm imp_ II� j am� =MI= 95 30 6 am 10 m ��MI MI= — _ I 1 96 30 5 am 7 pm Spokane Valley Existing Transportation Conditions I■■■.■■ E�Nd wm. 97 30 6 am 10 pm Transit Service ��1 CE 96 �_ Spokane Bus Routes F� z p y111= ,--imp J 24,... 1` ;wit�� • l ( ____ , WEEKEND SERVICE �'9+= . �`\;�1 - _____ , \ N .. —p. As ,„, _, FIIG,A,26. TRANSIT SERVICES - In cCk- eiswce 90 IIIII.w i,J< 11614 'i a 1-�4z r , 90 30 7 am 10 pm i .24 • ! 94 30 6 am 10 pm - a 4 _ on AveI r Jrd \ IP �- F `i, • 95 60 6 am 10 pm •' C 4 .. - - - - t, _ N''''''”_ 96* 60 Gam 7 pm "` ap v •,yi1 - 2 • � Ave Ave ,` Boone g - . „_ '! 97 60 Gam 7pm �' e *Indicates no Sunday/holiday service. - I P ap f - Sunday/holiday service typically terminates two k •'r` '' erPadwar Ave s oaea Aw � , hours before end times listed here. IIii ' me _ l .j a , .a - Vaueyveay Ave ', I mo_: V Uvyw Y A : z " ' 3t-_ '\\ ee' — ■ F+lie■_ ; (4o __ Spragu8 Ave •J3C s jr-, � �t Sp ague Ave 4eC •0prague Pve • \ w #•, . *AN, - si a . . s �i— Adie ay �e t . Ii �} iii _ - a •' 4 w. .4� '' '.�>_ � • Y ��e A 1 • '• 4rh- es 4th Ave 10) Light Rail Transit Proposal P�$° , ' - 'R.•\''' F The Spokane Transit Authority is currently evaluating a light rail transit (LRT) - gt LL � 8t, Ave 8t, �-- h Ave - 8th Ave - - system as an alternative mode to vehicle travel.As the Sprague-Appleway corridor ----- - - -- II- — area is outside of a central business district with relatively high concentrations of II th Ave ` `, v Ode Avea• H PROPOSED ALIGNMENT - a `i employment and civic uses, stations are typically positioned a half-mile or more m „- ` _� o from each other. In Spokane Valley, the proposed LRT alignment shares right- -1 ° I6d, Ave C.. of-way with the Burlington Northern-Santa Fe and Union Pacific railroads to the . „-- -- a_ � 1 ;.,a z intersection of Sprague-Appleway and Argonne-Mullan where it moves to the . .•gl ' i y�.w: • _ '-_ — E. • - ► \- z .. °. -' • alignment designated for the Appleway extension(Fig.A.27.). The Spokane Valley "_ RILII • -- �' Comprehensive Plan notes that the University City station is particularly poised to ,fDON -- i: ' - '-„ ginirirS. i- generate redevelopment activity due to its adjacency to the Plan's proposed City 0 ii '�- o ' ... .� Z Center district. �,£g8,=.s5= _ -- 7 �'�" a 1FIIG.A.27. LIGHT RAIL PROPOSAL PAGE 111 sL Mor�TGOM Ls y 11) Planned Projects and Improvements �' G J OF I The adopted 2006-2011 Transportation Improvement Plan has identified several ERYRES�URFACIN J -PINES-MANSEep-RFALIGNNIE T OF 'N PA K ROAD-WA ) __ ..i.--6,--71.7.---.1.# ro'ects in thegeneral area of the S ra ue-A lewa corridor, though the most GRADE SEPARATION �� ". ION projects p g pp Yg 1 _� important of these for the area-wide transportation system is the extension Mi s we �� on 1 I 1 of Appleway east of Universityto continue the S ra e A lewa couplet 1 pp Y p - pp Y p MISSION SIDEW K ONS�fRUCTIOJ'4 ,,, - (Fig.A.28.). �`--�. .e�y,9 Boone Ave - _I� z z I —I I 'wa A d This extension is currently identified in the regional transportation plan as well as in Y RE�URF/ICIIVG Broadway Ave Broadvm AYe the City of Spokane Valley's Capital Facilities Plan as a near-future project. j Whilepublic support for the extension of the S ra ue-A lewd couplet is strong pp p g pp Y p •S Valleyway Ave Valleyway Ave w Valleyway Ave 1 (see the Spokane ValleyComprehensive Plan,Transportation Element,Section -E p p3.9), 7—/ I i I— f I I— I f i = citizens have also shown support for"makingthe streets friendlier for pedestrians and 1 pp Sprague Ave _ t — Sprague Ave V �V Sprague Ave 1 illi bicyclists."The Comprehensive Plan outlines several standards for accommodating Sprague Ave — Appleway bicycle and pedestrian concerns through narrower vehicle lanes and reconfigured __,/,,/,_, I \ s A e _ ad A e "1EW Y T SION T ah Ave roadways. E F ____'�' • TS HURLEY - – « I 8th Ave F (Va ey outlet The Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan also states that citizens should have '� oe, J 8th Ave J-- 8th A8th Ave k I a variety of viable transportation options" and seeks to "[provide] citizens with o p 1-- 4 transportation options and [to reduce] dependency on driving" (Transportation a 1-1- -5 2d Ave Z� 2" A e Element, Sec. 3.0); in discussing the concept of the future city center, it maintains Spokane Valley ExistingTransportation Conditions \ m° I w "pedestrian Planned Transportation Projects �� — that and bicycle mobility is a vital part" of the transportation system 16th A ' I6th Ave thiscenter. TheComprehensivePlan Projects Identfed in Adopted Six-Year 1 ''-i-- - T idoesdesignate a proposed pedestrian path Transportation Improvement Program(TIP) \ ' of estri II�ERSITY ES I G I — 1 through the proposed town center area and generally proposes toenhance the Projects Identified in Spokane Valley — t A �/ L-N l�� Comprehensive Plan Capital Facilities Element 1 K. _ -� n U existingnetwork of trails and bike lanes. J N%W _ FIG,As2:e PLANNED TRANSPORTATION PROJECTS H z 0 a o z Q z w a a d PAGE 112 12) Initial Transportation Observations and Implications of These Conditions In general, the Sprague-Appleway corridor has a strong regional network that is more connected than most post-World War II suburban environments. It also benefits from good transit service with connections to important regional destinations,and it has demonstrated a commitment to strengthening transit service and infrastructure through its sales tax increase and efforts to study light rail transit. However,it appears that there is a mismatch between current traffic volumes and the capacity of Spokane Valley's transportation system. Volume and patterns of traffic are below the levels of existing roadway capacity, creating an imbalance between true vehicular travel demand and what the roads will support.This imbalance creates an additional mismatch between travel speeds and behavior that excess roadway capacity tends to foster with the City's expressed wish to grow around a City Center supporting transportation choices and a vibrant environment. These conditions imply that the corridor is designed to serve a function that may be at odds with the needs of its surrounding community. Typically one-way couplets and larger roads do not support a strong pedestrian environment and greatly compromise the opportunity for success of a full range of commerce and business types,especially small, neighborhood-serving businesses that are relatively dependent on a steady flow of traffic with easy access. There is a great opportunity to eliminate the mismatches by achieving a balance between mobility-oriented desires of high-capacity corridors and the accessibility goals of a walkable City Center. H z 0 z E. H Q z a a PAGE 113 APPENDIX B : WORKSHOP SUMMARY The Planning Process was organized around a series of Focus Groups, Community Workshops, and City Council Study Sessions. This section provides a list of the dates and focus of those sessions, and a summary of comments received from community members at Focus Groups and Community Workshops. • July 19,2006—Community Focus Groups • September 12, 2006 - Community Workshop #1: First Steps Toward a City Center • September 14,2006-City Council Study Session#1: First Steps Toward a City Center • October 11, 2006 - Community Workshop #2: Corridor "Centers and Segments" • November 30,2006—Auto Dealer Focus Group • November 30, 2006 - Community Workshop #3: Circulation and Street Design • January 16, 2007—Community Workshop #4: Circulation and Street Design Recommendations • March 1, 2007 - City Council Study Session#2: Review Recommended Plan Framework 0 0 0 0 z PAGE 114 1) Community Focus Group Summary c) Auto Dealers e) Owners The following represents a summary of comments received by focus group Want To See: Concerns participants: 1. Underground utilities 1. City Center:what is the time frame? 2. Fill vacant buildings 2. Traffic: Is couplet and light rail coming? a) Community 3. Tighten up street,much too wide,way too much capacity City Center? Want To See: 4. Need auto-themed retail businesses to attract people 1. Substantially large area to provide things people will want 5. Increase architectural standards 2. Get rid of all vacant buildings 1. Something visually appealing. 6. Need better accessibility 2. 3. Have University be an interchange off 1-90 Store fronts on both Sprague and Appleway 7. More brands 4. Cityneeds to make a commitment to CityCenter 3. Bike paths, shops,restaurants, specialty retail. 8. Destination type places 5. City Center should be at U-City 4. Spaces that facilitate interaction between people,walking spaces. 9. Large parking lot for big sales&classic car shows 6. U-City is the center of the City 5. City Hall to create an identity. Don't Want: Barriers: 7. All City services need to be contiguous and associated 1. No used car dealers,no independent dealers 8. Extend Appleway 1. Lack of designated funds. Couplet Comments: 9. Maybe we shouldn't extend the couplet 2. No set goals by the City. 10. There should be a dedicated Town Center staff person 3. People unwilling to invest until hard decisions set about City Center or the 1. Dealers on north side hurt the worst by one way traffic 2. Remove the couplet. 11. Hold the traffic down a little bit and compete with freeway couplet. Barriers 4. No clear City gateways 3. Not fine with the couplet,but too much money to put it back. Appleway extension comments: 4. Why is the couplet so big? 1. Failure to extend Appleway 5. Don't expand Appleway. 2. Keep the one-way couplet 1. City and County need to come to terms on right of way for extension. 3. Decide where the City Center is going to be 2. Determine purpose of Appleway and design appropriately d) Developers 4. Confusion on what the City wants b) Agencies Desirable Changes 5. More cross streets g 6. People need to slow down and look Desirable Changes 1. Need an Identity 2. Need a City Center t) East Businesses 1. Landscaping,greenbelts,more cross streets 3. Live/work concept 2. High density/mixed-use development 4. Slow traffic flow Current Conditions 3. City Center with Civic,a Library,and City Hall 5. Need City Center 1. Economic damage west of University came about as a result of couplet Barriers 6. Create a core with City Hall and City offices 2. Rosauer's is the best and busiest grocery on the corridor. 1. Property owners participation 7. Sense of community 3. High vacancy rates,especially big box. 2. Bridging Argonne/Dishman-Mica 8. Affordable housing 4. Sprague is bleak;north/south corridors are doing well. 3. I-90 connection to University Barriers Want To See 4. Sprague/Appleway-street width inhibits pedestrian use 1. Why is there a couplet? 1. Need to diversify uses,and be more creative. 5. Couplet indecision 2. No one is going to stick their neck out until the city takes a stand. 2. Where you have people,they need retail services. 6. City needs to decide the configuration 3. There is no long term champion 3. Downtown Spokane is converting uses to address vacancy rates and low 7. Funding contingencies 4. Processes at the City change on a regular basis and developers/contractors rents can not keep up with the changes 4. One good project will start a rippling effect. Opportunities 5. Ease of access is more important than beautification. 1. Council has tremendous power to decide how things will go. 6. Beautification can block stores,we want people to see stores. 2. Create a City Center Final Comments 3. Underground parking,not a lot of black top1. Whywouldyou make Sprague into another freewaywhen you have I-90? �' p g, 4. Slow the traffic flow 2. Cut the couplet back to Argonne. 5. City needs strict design standards 3. Converting to office not that difficult; not sure about multi-family but it cn 6. Good streets with utility infrastructure in place could be positive. o 7. Mixed-use with on street parking 4. Two -way traffic is very important. Research has indicated that the couplet FD 8. U-City is a good place for the City Center had a negative effect on small retail business. rx 9. Create an identity and it will draw developers 5. One-way killed one business,it relocated further east and business is doing well. p4 Q z w a a d PAGE 115 InWorkshop #1 Summary 3) Workshop #2 Summary 4) Auto Dealer Focus Groups Summary The following represents a summary of comments received by community The following represents a summary of comments received by community The following represents a summary of comments received by auto dealer focus workshop participants in response to consultant presentations regarding first steps workshop participants in response to consultant presentations regarding land use group participants: toward a City Center: and development: We heard comments about how Sprague works in Auto Row with its existing There was a strong desire for a City Center and general consensus to locate it Most workshop participants confirmed that the corridor is in need of configuration: near the University Rd. intersection: revitalization: 1. 60%of our customers come from Sprague 1. Make it happen! 1. With the changes over the last 10-15 years there have been definite 2. A one-way couplet could create an Auto Row loop 2. Auto Row supports the City Center site declines in the economics on Sprague. 3. Customer needs a way to get across the wide one-way road 3. U-City is a natural hub 2. Ground level parking is an eyesore and a waste of land 4. People are all making illegal moves because of the wide one way road. 4. Counteract tendency toward sprawl . . . encourage concentration 3. Absolutely something needs to be done for the Sprague/Appleway 5. Can you narrow Sprague Ave.? 5. Optimum distance from transportation and City Center? corridor area. As a representative for the auto dealerships, we embrace 6. It is difficult to walk across Sprague,the speed limit is too high. There was some interest in keeping options open: this wholeheartedly 7. Sprague has become I90 A 1. [We] should put City Center at Pines& Sprague-Albertsons 4. [There is an] oversupply of Commercial Zoning Auto Dealer's primary concerns are visibility,access, and identity: 2. Good to have more than one [City Center] site this early in the process A minority of participants disagreed: 1. Want to pull in outside customers. Ideas about what the City Center should have,look like,and feel like: 1. I am a property owner and I think that the area is not `struggling'and 'in 2. Like the idea of a Landmark sign 1. City Hall trouble'like you would lead us to believe. • They suggest pursuing signage for Pines/Argonne for West- 2. Sidewalks should be wide enough 2. I think that overall, business is coming back and moving in the right bound 1-90 traffic. 3. Mix in parks and urban density residential next to the City Center direction.There's no need to change the development on Sprague because • They suggest pursuing signage by the Sprague off-ramp, for 4. Historic buildings should be included if possible there's no real peaks and valleys in Spokane Valley's or the region's east-bound 1-90 traffic. 5. Would there be a place around city center for a park? Could you use the economics." 3. Like auto display street treatments park that is across the street from U-city? 3. I don't think we should do it. 4. Telephone poles create visual clutter. 6. I see a `dress code'for the buildings as an attempt to avoid atrocities of 5. Concerned about the area looking like a sea of asphalt architecture. 0 0 0 z PAGE 116 5) Workshop #3 Summary The following represents a summary of comments received by Community Workshop participants as part of the interactive workshop on Circulation and Street Design Character. Workshop Materials All workshop comments were collected and reviewed . . . Street Design Character ' _ The images on the following slides were selected by over 100 Below: .,,,• .. . Future 1 WOrt t 40 Minutes 3a highest • y e , , 40 M1 , ooIt 6a , ,5 ,5M , Il , members of the communi from 34 images presented at the from each categor _ Ch svorMt v ' xNovember 30 Workshop. Images were grouped in four categories: { ^' 3 M -` 1 re _ ' r8 .� e51nE�e �Measuresto Evaluate 0rra p dons ce P 6,1„� tpt.4CA�awzzpp�+ "^11' °' ( r1 gc _ • City Center j . U ___< 3 rae-6,,,-11.46,-6,,,,.[,,h, p L ..r)Leve Exist 9 C culio - ,. , ` 'itp�4i,„ r{iG�Y(COrriC[ 15Ma Q Sprague. Typical Mixed Use segments 2)Tray. 11 "° -� ° •u, m � Appleway: Residential Segments , w w �i °" ”` • �r 04 1�' �.y .e co-..l tz r ;N-Sp,_ ,,-,-1 3)Vahi, I �F «. ate.., y,,,b s� „�_ Auto Row „ .rre AI a I - - oras, • -: Y4)Multi ,,. _ 1. _ - V'EEeS Cil i .,�g n.... •n4 a.ue.wm,e IIS _� ?I'� 5)a Cyt I The images were first reviewed and rated by individual participants, u lgurasruorenruo r«, 4eraRaw TZ';,',""----- -- then fourteen small groups of 6-8 discussed the images,selected their I The following represents a summary of category,6)FedE .-- Greatest Hits in each tate o and recorded comments on each one. r 7)Acce The intent was for participants to not simply choose their favorite what was said. gthoughtappropriate L-- la)6usii images, but the ones they were the most a ro riate for each _-- /1 ar' category in the envisioned future. 91 Land 1 1111111111111 / , - - ; ,,-k/'M. ,J#INN. ,° n im____ , MP lillIllPIIIIII"PP-------7ggwiwm , . . 64. ,.., ,,,_. , cn: . IV. :- Ile 141,.:-'- - -:t r. U i74 711,,,:i 4 tor , I 4ifr . "' r - (711:,,,L , .. ' - J, r W PAGE 117 Existing Circulation : "What Works?" Existing Circulation : What Does Not Work? Future Circulation: A Primary Objective Slower speeds Sprague is recognized as for Sprague/Appleway Provides better visibility the City's main corridor Turn around time Better access Business access • Other Cowmen Generally better for Serves the automobile Business visibility Street is too wide and too fast �„��'e all e i�� Businesses well Businesses impacted by reduced Unappealing image , community traffic count High speed = Low business members want a streetscape Confusing transition from 1-way to visibility l� A lot of capacity (too 2-way traffic Dangerous for pedestrians design and circulation plan that much) and bikes • 1-\Ala1/ Traffic. Sidewalks are too close to "helps ,reate places where people Faster speeds travel lanes Accommodates through traffic Center turn lane Not enough North-South cross Bike lanes are inconsistent wdl it to go." streets Long and infrequent pedestrian Access to Dishman Mica and Pines intersection neighborhoods to the South General traffic congestion crossings Emergency access concerns Future Circulation: Future Circulation: Future Circulation: 2-Way Traffic 1 -WayTraffic 2-Way Traffic • Workshop participants had questions about the Thirteen tauicd wanted to see transition from 1-way to 2-way traffic, and cost primarily 2-way traffic on both concerns about plan implementation. •One tab wanted to see 1-way traffic Sprague & Appleway. Of these: on Sprague & Appleway in the entire Many tables maintained that 2-way traffic is hotter project area. This table stated that: 7 tables proposed 2-way traffic for the for business and still moves traffi. Emphasizing that One way traffic on Sprague & Appieway is not whole project area needed to serve [peak commute] traffic. "2-way traffic causes congestion. It (two-way everywhere) might leave one street unused [either One table summarized the general consensus: x Sprague or Appleway] and the other 6 tables proposed some combination of 1- "We agree to strive to make the businesses way and 2-way traffic street congested. successful AND make traffic work. We need a traffic analysis to make a final determination." as M z a d PAGE 118 l I l ll -)pniJ I JJJ J J y J 1 J r Jr ^1 r. -kW" I l GreatestJHits rypJJ�JJ j' jt, J�J J:�J J�JII��Iir '; � ' r 01 Greatest Hits' ' ,, .4 a'',poi 9it _ .4.11 _-:-.,..14; �:ar- r� - — 4 •Street parking off to •2-way street •Pedestrian friendly •Good pedestrian •Easy access to •Cool lights side of road environment parking in rear •Green •Green space •Taller buildings •Nice trees •Greenery•Not too congested •Retail and •Good visibility •Outdoor seating •Trees pedestrian friendly •Wide sidewalks •Bike lane on •Pedestrian areas •Angled parking •2-way street •Identifies the place •Good lighting •Center public •Gardens •Grassy g g space •Turn lanes Boulevard •Store fronts •Shopping Jr j)] i j1] r]-J i ��£ Iii Si r� .� . w „ Greatest Hits . Greatest Hits 4TIF 4 .Y, It . x 1 iT — 411111 - 1 i_ ii •Is nice for •Trees are good •Greenery residences buffer •Large right of way •Sophisticated •Car display •Pathways with looking building •Shade •Parking on trees •Good theme •Looks nice •Se arate from street •Nice sidewalks p •Colorful •Pedestrian •Multi-use path •Limited access to friendly roadway •Like separation •Green grass median o of pedestrians •Large right of dealerships so •Greenspace for from traffic way •Feature announcing pedestrians can walk •Access to rx families arrival services o •On-street parking •Bigger front •Greenery as yards •Flags/signs z a a PAGE 119 Workshop #4 Summary The following represents a summary of comments received by community workshop participants in response to circulation recommendations: Community Support for Recommendations 1. I think the plan for Sprague to be two-way is fair but especially for the businesses on the north side, but for all businesses. I think this plan is excellent,I think this plan is unbiased. Congratulations everybody. 2. I am thrilled at the prospect of having a two-way street. 3. I'm very excited about stage one. I look forward to Appleway going through,which makes it even easier to use when you have some traffic 4. I would like to emphasize that [the plan] eliminates the uncertainty for the whole corridor and . . . eliminating the uncertainty is crucial for attracting business back to Sprague 5. The Spokane Valley Business Association did a Gonzaga study around the I-90 to University and suggested that a two way from Sprague Ave. These two gentlemen that worked on this seemed to articulate very eloquently what the two ways to do both on Sprague and Appleway. 6. I don't want you to believe that everyone is screaming no roundabouts because there are a few people [who do want them] 7. I think there is a need for extending Appleway out. Additional comments against one way traffic: 1. The couplet already damaged businesses. If we extend the couplet it may hurt more 2. I have been very unhappy that it has been turned into one-way streets. 3. One way streets don't work for retail. 4. The couplet was ruinous. A few participants remained unsure: 1. For some of the smaller businesses,I'm sure there is impact. The bigger businesses like the Auto Row, it seems to me that if I am buying a car it doesn't matter to me if it is a one-way or two-way I'm going to find it either way. 2. I'm not sure about two way on Auto Row. To do more construction and see no immediate improvement seems like money wasted. I battle with that. I don't want to see more time down, I want to see more development,more improvement. It seems like we are going backward six years instead of moving forward. 3. "I recommend that we turn[Sprague] into a six lane road" 4. My property goes back to Appleway which has not been developed and I kinda like it that way. I know the extension is needed,but I can go back there now and it's quiet. None of my neighbors have it developed and personally I would like to leave it that way. 5. There can be big problems with these roundabouts,and that definitely in my opinion,needs a great deal of study. PAGE 120 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS City Council: Bill Gothmann Other Participating Glatting&Jackson Diana Wilhite,Mayor Departments: Caroline McRoberts,Administrative Assistant Traffic Engineering Dick Denenny,Deputy Mayor (former) Troy Russ, AICP, Principal, Senior Urban Gary Schimmels Chris Bainbridge,City Clerk Designer/Transportation Planner Mike DeVleming Inga Note, Senior Traffic Engineer Joel Mann,AICP,Urban Designer Richard Munson Mayor Ken Thompson,Finance Director Rose Dempsey Marina Sukup,CD Director(former) Studio Cascade Steve Taylor Deputy Mayor Mike Connelly,City Attorney Community Outreach Mike Jackson,Parks Director(former) Bill Grimes,AICP,Principal Planning Commission: Art Sharpe Nina Regor,Deputy City Manager(former) Rick Hastings,Associate Bob Blum,Vice-Chair Craig Eggleston Consultants: Freedman Tung&Bottomley(FTB) David Crosby Land Use and Urban Design Fred Beaulac Development Regulations Special Thanks The City and its consultants would like to thank all those who participated in the community Gail Kogle,Chair Public Participation workshops and those who contributed to Ian Robertson Chair Plan Preparation and Publication the development and implementation of this document. John Carroll,Vice-Chair FTB Project Team: Marcia Sands Michael Freedman,Principal City Manager: Dave Mercier Hiroyuki Sasaki,AICP Principal Gregory Tung,Principal City Staff Core Team: Deanna Griffith,Administrative Assistant Trent Greenan AICP Senior Associate Greg McCormick Planning Manager Erik Calloway,Associate&Project Manager Kathy McClung,Community Development Michael Kritzman,Urban Designer Director Alexa Lawrence,Urban Designer Michael Basinger,Associate Planner Mike Jackson,Deputy City Manager EcoNorthwest Neil Kersten,Public Works Director Economics Scott Kuhta, Senior Planner/Project Manager Terry Moore,Vice President VD Steve Worley, Senior Engineer Anne Fifield,Planner z Radcliffe Dacanay,Planner Page Phillips,Planner 0 z PAGE 121 VD H z 0 z PAGE 122 SEPARATELY BOUND COMPENDIUM The following reports can be found in a separately bound compendium APPENDIX C: TRANSPORTATION Analysis of Circulation Alternatives for the Sprague-Appleway Corridor Prepared by Glatting Jackson Kercher Anglin,Inc. March 2007 APPENDIX D: POLICY Public Policy Environment Summary Prepared by Studio Cascade July 2006 APPENDIX E: ECONOMICS Sprague/Appleway Corridor: Evaluation of Market Opportunities and Constraints Prepared by ECONorthWest September 2006 z 0 U z 0 0 a PAGE 123 z w a 0 U z 0 0 A4 a L4 E.P4 L4 a L4 PAGE 124